You are on page 1of 229

10052-9-V18-MAH0-00071 001

QKHXEK1-1360 0

Aly Desouky
2009/10/15 , 03:40:40 PM
SIDI KRIR POWER STATION 750 MW COMBINED CYCLE PROJECT
MECHANICAL EQUIPMENT / PIPE INSTALLATION

WEST DELTA ELECTRICITY PRODUCTION COMPANY

POWER GENERATION ENGINEERING AND SERVICES COMPANY

Installation, Operation & Maintenance Manual for


STG Building # Ventilation Fans

This document is confidential and is the property of Toshiba Plant Systems & Services Corporation. It must not be copied, loaned or transferred, nor must the information it
contains be disclosed to any third party without their written permission.
P.O. Box 410
Schofield, WI 54476

Phone: 715.359.6171
www.greenheck.com

PROTECTING AND REPAIRING THE FINISH


These recommendations are intended to assist architects, contractors, owners, building managers,
etc., who are concerned with the care and maintenance of painted &/or anodized architectural
aluminum. The information contains suggested methods as an aid in establishing safe, sound
cleaning and maintenance procedures.

TODAY'S HIGH QUALITY PAINTED AND ANODIZED FINISHES ARE EXTREMELY


DURABLE. But even the best finish needs a little TLC; and with the most careful treatment of
the louvers or architectural products during installation and daily use, occasional damage will
occur.

This article discusses the recommended care of painted or anodized finishes on architectural
metal and looks at three levels of concern: Care and Cleaning, Minor Repairs, and More
Complex Refinishing.

The Care and Cleaning of Painted Material


Today’s factory applied heat-cured painted finishes are durable and very colorfast. The Kynar
and Hylar based products that meet the AAMA 2605 specification and/or ASCA 96 with trade
names such as Duranar by PPG, Fluropon by Valspar or Trinar by Akzo-Nobel are warranted to
retain their color and gloss level for many years. However, to assure that they retain their original
beauty, even these highly durable finishes should be cleaned occasionally. When selecting a
cleaning solution use mild soap solutions that are safe for use with your bare hands such as those
products that one would use to wash a car. Avoid the use of strong acid or alkali cleaners as they
may damage the finish.

Solvents no stronger than mineral spirits or denatured alcohol may be used to remove grease,
sealants or other materials. Never mix cleaners or cleaners and solvents as the resultant mixture
can cause harmful or even dangerous results. Do not use abrasive cleaners or materials such as
steel wool or abrasive brushes, which can also harm the surface.

Once heavy soil, grease or sealant is removed the mild soap solution should be applied with a
soft cloth, sponge or soft brush. Rinse the surface thoroughly with clean water and dry with a
soft cloth.

In coastal areas where the finish is exposed to salt spray or in areas containing heavy industrial
pollutants the cleaning should take place on a regular basis. For example cleaning the painted
finish can be scheduled as a part of the regular maintenance program for glass cleaning.
Cleaning Anodized Material
Anodized material has an extremely hard surface that is very colorfast and mar resistant. The
Class I clear or color anodized finishes applied by a computer automated, high quality
commercial anodizer specializing in architectural finishing will provide consistent color and long
product life in a variety of applications.

Much like painted surfaces, an anodized finish should be cleaned using mild soap solutions to
retain its original beauty. Products that are safe for use with bare hands including most
commercial cleaning products can be safely used. The cleaning solution should be applied with a
soft cloth, sponge or brush. Avoid the use of strong acid or alkali cleaners.

Severely soiled anodized surfaces can be cleaned a little more aggressively than painted surfaces.
For example, slight scuffmarks and rub marks on an anodized surface can be removed with a
mild abrasive pad such as the Scotch-Brite pad. Use the pad to remove the mark, then clean the
surface using the mild soap solution. Rinse the surface thoroughly with clean water and dry with
a soft cloth.

As with painted surfaces, in coastal areas where the finish is exposed to salt spray or in areas
containing heavy industrial pollutants the cleaning should take place on a regular maintenance
program.

Field Touch Up
It is almost a given that some damage will occur and touchup work will be required during or
after installation. But the good news is that both painted and anodized surface damage can be
easily repaired if the damage is slight such as a scratch or rub mark. Minor painted surface
damage can be sanded prior to touchup painting with excellent results. For scratches or gouges
use a relatively course grit paper to remove the damage, then use progressively finer paper to
remove the sanding marks, finishing with a 180 to 220 grit paper.

Sanding of anodized material that is going to be touched up is not recommended. The anodized
surface is aluminum oxide, which is generally harder than the sandpaper. Some rub marks on an
anodized surface can be removed with a mild abrasive pad such as the Scotch-Brits pad prior to
touch up painting.

Custom finishers usually supply a limited mount of touch-up paint with the project material.
Touchup paint is supplied in small aerosols or bottles with a built in brush for easy application
and is to be applied very sparingly. It is intended to cover small blemishes or to touchup exposed
cut ends on fabricated parts. It is not intended for use on large areas of more than a few square
inches. The color will closely match the factory applied painted or anodized finish, however the
finish is not as hard nor performance the same as the baked on finishes. After cleaning the area to
be touched up, wipe the area with denatured alcohol to remove any moisture or cleaning residue
and apply the touchup per the finisher’s instructions. Use caution as excessive use of touch up
paint may void the original finisher’s warranty.
Serving area: STG Bldg GF
QTY: 3 Supply fan + 3 Exhaust fan
Selected Models: SBCS-3H54- 75
SBCE-3L54- 30 PN 471755
 Capacites: 46366 m3/hr Supply,
41728m3/hr Exhaust
Sidewall Propeller Fans
#FMU%SJWF %JSFDU%SJWFBOE3FWFSTJCMF
&YIBVTU 4VQQMZBOE'JMUFSFE4VQQMZ
*OTUBMMBUJPO 0QFSBUJPOBOE.BJOUFOBODF.BOVBM
Please read and save these instructions for future reference. Read carefully before attempting
to assemble, install, operate, or maintain the product described. Protect yourself and others by
observing all safety information. Failure to comply with instructions could result in personal injury
and/or property damage!

Sidewall Propeller Fans


Greenheck’s sidewall propeller fan line is the ideal choice for factory and
warehouse applications where high volumes of air and low pressures are
required. From general ventilation to industrial duty, the range of construction
and performance capabilities offered represent the most comprehensive sidewall
propeller fan line in the industry.
Performance spans the range between 300 to 87,000 cfm (510 to 147,814 m3/hr)
with static pressures to 1.25 in. wg (249 Pa). Fan sizes range from 8 to 54 inches
(203 to 1372 mm) for direct drive and 20 to 72 inches (508 to 1829 mm) for belt
drive. Regardless of fan size, performance or duty level, all Greenheck sidewall
propeller fans are built to perform with the same high standards of reliability and
durability. All models are available in exhaust or supply arrangements.
Models SE1, SS1, SE2, SS2, SCE3, SCS3, SCR3, SBE-1, SBS-1, SBE-2, SBS-2, SBE-3, SBS-3, SBCE, SBCS, and SBCR.

'JMUFSFE4VQQMZ
Filtered supply wall housings are available in seven sizes for fans ranging
from size 24 to 54 inches (610 to 1372 mm). They are designed with
the draw-thru concept to achieve the highest filter and fan efficiencies.
Permanent 2 inch (51 mm) washable filters are accessed through a bolted
panel and can be easily removed for cleaning.
(FOFSBM4BGFUZ*OGPSNBUJPO
Only qualified personnel should install this fan. the National Fire Protection Agency (NFPA),
Personnel should have a clear understanding of where applicable. Follow the Canadian Electric
these instructions and should be aware of general Code (CEC) in Canada.
safety precautions. Improper installation can result 2. The rotation of the propeller is critical. It must
in electric shock, possible injury due to coming in be free to rotate without striking or rubbing any
contact with moving parts, as well as other potential stationary objects.
hazards. Other considerations may be required 3. Motor must be securely and adequately
if high winds or seismic activity are present. If grounded.
more information is needed, contact a licensed
4. Do not spin fan propeller faster than max
professional engineer before moving forward.
cataloged fan RPM. Adjustments to fan speed
%"/(&3 significantly effects motor load. If the fan RPM is
Always disconnect, lock and tag power source before changed, the motor current should be checked
installing or servicing. Failure to disconnect power source to make sure it is not exceeding the motor
can result in fire, shock or serious injury. nameplate amps.
$"65*0/ 5. Do not allow the power cable to kink or come
in contact with oil, grease, hot surfaces,
When servicing the fan, motor may be hot enough to or chemicals. Replace cord immediately if
cause pain or injury. Allow motor to cool before servicing.
damaged.
$"65*0/ 6. Verify that the power source is compatible with
Precaution should be taken in explosive atmospheres. the equipment.
7. Never open access doors to a duct while the fan
1. Follow all local electrical and safety codes, as
is running.
well as the National Electrical Code (NEC) and
4JEFXBMM1SPQFMMFS'BOTt&YIBVTU 4VQQMZBOE'JMUFSFE4VQQMZ 1
3FDFJWJOH The unit should be stored at least 3½ inches (89 mm)
Upon receiving the product, check to make sure off the floor on wooden blocks covered with moisture
all items are accounted for by referencing the bill proof paper or polyethylene sheathing. Aisles
of lading to ensure all items were received. Inspect between parts and along all walls should be provided
each crate for shipping damage before accepting to permit air circulation and space for inspection.
delivery. Notify the carrier if any damage is noticed. OUTDOOR
The carrier will make notification on the delivery Fans designed for outdoor applications may be
receipt acknowledging any damage to the product. stored outdoors, if absolutely necessary. Roads or
All damage should be noted on all the copies of the aisles for portable cranes and hauling equipment are
bill of lading which is countersigned by the delivering needed.
carrier. A Carrier Inspection Report should be filled
The fan should be placed on a level surface to
out by the carrier upon arrival and reported to the
prevent water from leaking into the fan. The fan
Traffic Department. If damaged upon arrival, file
should be elevated on an adequate number of
a claim with carrier. Any physical damage to the
wooden blocks so it is above water and snow levels
unit after acceptance is not the responsibility of
and has enough blocking to prevent it from settling
Greenheck Fan Corporation.
into soft ground. Locate parts far enough apart to
6OQBDLJOH permit air circulation, sunlight and space for periodic
Verify that all required parts and the correct quantity inspection. To minimize water accumulation, place all
of each item have been received. If any items are fan parts on blocking supports so rain water will run
missing, report shortages to your local representative off.
to arrange for obtaining missing parts. Sometimes it Do not cover parts with plastic film or tarps as these
is not possible that all items for the unit be shipped cause condensation of moisture from the air passing
together due to availability of transportation and through heating and cooling cycles. Fan wheels
truck space. Confirmation of shipment(s) must be should be blocked to prevent spinning caused by
limited to only items on the bill of lading. strong winds.
Note: The filtered supply unit ships with all ordered *OTQFDUJPOBOE.BJOUFOBODF%VSJOH
components completely factory assembled. The
4UPSBHF
optional weatherhood ships knocked down for field
assembly and installation. While in storage, inspect fans once per month. Keep
a record of inspection and maintenance performed.
4UPSBHF If moisture or dirt accumulations are found on parts,
Fans are protected against damage during shipment. the source should be located and eliminated. At each
If the unit cannot be installed and operated inspection, rotate the wheel by hand ten to fifteen
immediately, precautions need to be taken to prevent revolutions to distribute lubricant on motor. If paint
deterioration of the unit during storage. The user deterioration begins, consideration should be given
assumes responsibility of the fan and accessories to touch-up or repainting. Fans with special coatings
while in storage. The manufacturer will not be may require special techniques for touch-up or
responsible for damage during storage. These repair.
suggestions are provided solely as a convenience to Machined parts coated with rust preventive should
the user. be restored to good condition promptly if signs of
rust occur. Immediately remove the original rust
INDOOR preventive coating with petroleum solvent and clean
The ideal environment for the storage of fans and with lint-free cloths. Polish any remaining rust from
accessories is indoors, above grade, in a low surface with crocus cloth or fine emery paper and
humidity atmosphere which is sealed to prevent the oil. Do not destroy the continuity of the surfaces.
entry of blowing dust, rain or snow. Temperatures Thoroughly wipe clean with Tectyl® 506 (Ashland Inc.)
should be evenly maintained between 30° to 110°F or the equivalent. For hard to reach internal surfaces
(-1° to 43°C), wide temperature swings may cause or for occasional use, consider using Tectyl® 511M
condensation and “sweating” of metal parts. All Rust Preventive, WD-40® or the equivalent.
accessories must be stored indoors in a clean, dry
atmosphere. 3FNPWJOH'SPN4UPSBHF
Remove any accumulations of dirt, water, ice, or As fans are removed from storage to be installed
snow and wipe dry before moving to indoor storage. in their final location, they should be protected
To avoid “sweating” of metal parts allow cold parts to and maintained in a similar fashion until the fan
reach room temperature. To dry parts and packages equipment goes into operation.
use a portable electric heater to remove any moisture
build up. Leave coverings loose to permit air
circulation and to allow for periodic inspection.

2 4JEFXBMM1SPQFMMFS'BOTt&YIBVTU 4VQQMZBOE'JMUFSFE4VQQMZ ®
1SF*OTUBMMBUJPO$IFDLT Fans mounted to the wall require a different wall
tCheck chart below for correct wall opening opening (W.O.) size than those mounted in collars or
dimensions. wall housings. Propeller-to-damper distance (M) is
important to reduce turbulence and damper flutter
tCheck motor voltage and amperage rating for
which may lead to premature damper failure.
compatibility with electrical supply. Supply wiring
must be properly fused and conform to local and Figure 1 and 2 show the wall opening (W.O.) required
national codes. for installations with either a wall housing or collar.
tMotor load amperage must be checked and Figure 3 shows the recommended wall opening
compared to nameplate rating to avoid serious (W.O.) and the minimum distance (M) suggested
damage to motor when speed is increased. between the fan and damper for direct to wall
installations.
8BMM0QFOJOH3FRVJSFNFOUT Figure 4 shows the dimensions and wall opening
Wall opening size and propeller-to-damper distance (W.O.) required for installations with a filtered supply
are two important dimensions for fan installation. wall housing.

W.O.
W.O.

Figure 1 - Wall Housing Installation Figure 2 - Wall Collar Installation

Wall
Wall Filter
Housing Section INTERIOR EXTERIOR
Optional 90º
Weatherhood

Filters
Filters
Airflow
A
W.O.

M
C 24 in. 15 in. Optional
Wall

Damper
B

Figure 3 - Direct to Wall Installation Figure 4 - Filtered Supply Wall Housing Installation

3FDPNNFOEFE8BMM0QFOJOH 80

%BNQFS 'JMUFSFE4VQQMZ8BMM)PVTJOH0OMZ
Fan 4RVBSF .
Size
Size 'JHVSFT .JOJNVN
4RVBSF 'JHVSF 'JHVSF " B C 'JMUFS2VBOUJUZ4J[F
and 2
8 10 (254) 14¼ (362) 10½ (267) - 6 (152) - - - -
10 12 (305) 16¼ (413) 12½ (318) - 6 (152) - - - -
12 14 (356) 19¼ (489) 14½ (368) - 7 (178) - - - -
14 16 (406) 21¼ (540) 16½ (419) - 8 (203) - - - -
16 18 (457) 23¼ (591) 18½ (470) - 9 (229) - - - -
18 20 (508) 25¼ (641) 20½ (521) - 10 (254) - - - -
20 22 (559) 27¼ (692) 22½ (572) - 12 (305) - - - -
24 26 (660) 33¾ (857) 26½ (673) 333⁄4 (857) 13 (330) 321⁄4 (819) 63 (1600) 24 (610) 4 23 1⁄4 x 16 1⁄4 (591 x 413)
30 32 (813) 39¾ (1010) 32½ (826) 393⁄4 (1010) 13 (330) 381⁄4 (972) 65 (1651) 26 (660) 4 24 5⁄8 x 191⁄4 (625 x 489)
36 38 (965) 45¾ (1162) 38½ (978) 453⁄4 (1162) 14 (356) 441⁄4 (1124) 671⁄4 (1708) 28¼ (718) 6 231⁄4 x 221⁄8 (591 x 562)
42 44 (1118) 51¾ (1314) 44½ (1130) 513⁄4 (1314) 15 (381) 501⁄8 (1273) 727⁄8 (1851) 34 (864) 6 24 1⁄8 x 25 1⁄8 (613 x 638)
48 50 (1270) 57¾ (1467) 50½ (1283) 573⁄4 (1467) 16 (406) 561⁄8 (1426) 727⁄8 (1851) 34 (864) 12 231⁄4 x 18 3⁄4 (591 x 476)
54 56 (1422) 63¾ (1619) 56½ (1435) 633⁄4 (1619) 17 (432) 623⁄8 (1584) 7911⁄16 (2024) 4011⁄16 (1033) 12 231⁄4 x 20 3⁄4 (591 x 527)
60 62 (1575) 69¾ (1772) 62½ (1588) - 19 (483) - - - -
72 74 (1880) 84¾ (2153) 74½ (1892) - 19 (483) - - - -
All dimensions given in inches (millimeters). Filters are 2 inch (51 mm) nominal thickness. Above filter sizes are actual dimensions.

®
4JEFXBMM1SPQFMMFS'BOTt&YIBVTU 4VQQMZBOE'JMUFSFE4VQQMZ 3
Choose method of support. Attach support to end
8"3/*/(
of unit (above or below housing) with rods, cable,
Always disconnect, lock and tag power source before angle, etc. (supplied by others) as shown.
installing or servicing. Failure to disconnect power Vertical braces must carry a minimum load of 500
source can result in fire, shock or serious injury. pounds per support, and angled (45°) braces a
5ZQJDBM*OTUBMMBUJPO minimum of 750 pounds per support based on two
supports.
Move fan to the desired location and determine the
method by which the fan is to be mounted as shown 4UFQ Install Weatherhood
in Figures 1-4 shown on page 3. Optional wall mount
housings (Figure 1) and wall mount collars (Figure

Wall
Optional 90º
2) provide a convenient means of mounting sidewall Weatherhood

propeller fans while maintaining the proper distance


between propeller and damper.
Attach the fan by inserting a suitable fastener
through each of the prepunched mounting holes in
the fan panel. Care should be taken not to bend or
distort the fan panel or drive components during

Wall
installation.
4VQQPSU#SBDFT Position weatherhood over end of wall housing
Wall Housing sizes 42 and larger with heavy motors and fasten through mounting holes with self-
and all Filtered Supply Wall Housings need additional tapping screws. Caulk, flash and complete
bracing. electrical hook-up to finish installation.
'JMUFSFE4VQQMZ8BMM)PVTJOH*OTUBMMBUJPO 1SF4UBSUJOH$IFDLT
4UFQ Install Housing Check all fasteners and setscrews for tightness. This
is especially important for bearing setscrews.
Wall

INTERIOR EXTERIOR The propeller should rotate freely and not rub on the
fan panel venturi. Rotation direction of the propeller
should be checked by momentarily turning the unit
Airflow
on. Propeller blade should cup and throw the air
when rotating in the correct rotation as shown in
Mounting
the figure below. Rotation should be in the same
Angles
direction as the rotation decal affixed to the unit.
Wall

Temporary
Brace

Install housing through wall opening from outside.


Temporarily brace end of unit until permanent
support braces are installed.
Secure through prepunched holes in angles with
suitable fasteners.
4UFQ Install Support Braces
500 lb. load
per support
750 lb. load
per support
Wall

45º
For 3-phase installations, fan rotation can be
reversed by simply interchanging any two of the
three electrical leads. For single-phase installations
follow the wiring diagram located on the motor.
For Belt Drive Fans: The adjustable motor pulley is
preset at the factory for the specified fan RPM. Fan
speed can be increased by closing or decreased by
Wall

45º
opening the adjustable pulley. Two or three groove
variable pitch pulleys must be adjusted an equal
750 lb. load
500 lb. load per support
per support

4 4JEFXBMM1SPQFMMFS'BOTt&YIBVTU 4VQQMZBOE'JMUFSFE4VQQMZ ®
number of turns open. Any increase in fan speed #FBSJOHT (For belt drive fans only)
represents a substantial increase in horsepower Bearings are the most critical moving part of the
required from the motor. Always check motor load fan and should be inspected at periodic intervals.
amperage and compare to nameplate rating when Locking collars and setscrews, in addition to
changing fan speed. fasteners attaching the bearings to the bearing
3PVUJOF.BJOUFOBODF plate, must be checked for tightness. In a clean
environment and temperatures above 32ºF (0ºC)
Once the fan has been put into operation, a periodic
and below 200ºF (93ºC), fan shaft bearings with
maintenance program should be set up to preserve
grease fittings should be lubricated semi-annually
the reliability and performance of the fan. Items to
using a high-quality lithium based grease. If unusual
be included in this program are: Belts, Bearings,
environmental conditions exist, temperatures below
Fasteners and Setscrews, Lubrication, and Removal
32ºF (0ºC) and above 200ºF (93ºC), moisture or
of Dust and Dirt.
contaminants, more frequent lubrication is required.
8"3/*/( With the unit running, add grease very slowly with
Always disconnect, lock and tag power source before a manual grease gun until a slight bead of grease
installing or servicing. Failure to disconnect power forms at the seal. Be careful not to unseat the seal
source can result in fire, shock or serious injury. by over lubricating or using excessive pressure.
Bearings without grease fittings are lubricated for
life.
#FMUT
Premature belt failures are frequently caused by 'BTUFOFSTBOE4FUTDSFXT
improper belt tension (either too tight or too loose) or Any fan vibration has a tendency to loosen
misaligned pulleys. The proper tension for operating mechanical fasteners. A periodic inspection should
a V-belt is the lowest tension at which the belts will include checking all fasteners and setscrews for
not slip at peak load conditions. For initial tensioning, tightness. Particular attention should be paid to
the proper belt deflection halfway between pulley setscrews or taper-lock bushings attaching the
centers is 1/64 inch (0.4 mm) for each inch of belt propeller to the motor shaft and the motor shaft to
span. For example, if the belt span is 64 inches the bearings. Loose bearing setscrews will lead to
(1626 mm), the belt deflection should be one inch premature failure of the fan shaft. In addition, check
(25 mm) using moderate thumb pressure at midpoint all fasteners attaching the motor to the motor plate.
of the drive. See figure shown below.
-VCSJDBUJPO
Refer to the paragraph on bearings for bearing
lubrication. Many fractional horsepower motors
installed on the smaller fans are lubricated for life
and require no further attention. Motors equipped
Slack
with oil holes should be oiled in accordance with the
Side manufacturer’s instructions printed on the motor.
Use a high grade SAE 20 machine oil and use caution
not to over lubricate. Motors supplied with grease
fittings should be greased according to directions
Check belt tension two times during the first 24
printed on the motor.
hours of operation and periodically thereafter. To
adjust belt tension, simply loosen four fasteners 3FNPWBMPG%VTUBOE%JSU
(two on each side of the motor plate) and slide the Dirt clogs cooling openings on the motor housing,
motor plate away from the fan shaft until proper contaminates bearing lubricant and collects on
belt tension is attained. On some fans, fasteners propeller blades causing severe imbalance if left
attaching the motor to the motor plate must be unchecked. The exterior surface of the motor, fan
loosened in order to adjust the belt. panel and entire propeller should be thoroughly
It is very important cleaned periodically. Use caution and do not allow
that the drive pulleys water or solvents to enter the motor or bearings.
remain in proper Motors or bearings must not be sprayed with steam
alignment after or water.
adjustments are The filters also require periodic cleaning. The 2 inch
made. Misalignment (51 mm) washable aluminum filters are accessed
of pulleys will result through the bolted access panel.
in premature belt
wear noise, vibration
and power loss.

®
4JEFXBMM1SPQFMMFS'BOTt&YIBVTU 4VQQMZBOE'JMUFSFE4VQQMZ 5
5SPVCMFTIPPUJOH
WARNING: Before taking any corrective action, make certain unit is not capable of operation during repairs.

PROBLEM CAUSE CORRECTIVE ACTION

Too Much Airflow Resistance lower than designed Decrease fan speed.
Check backdraft dampers for proper operation. Remove
System resistance too high obstructions in ductwork. Clean dirty filters. Check for adequate
supply air for exhaust fans or exhaust air for supply fans.
Fan too close to damper Increase distance between fan and damper.
Reduced Airflow
Fan speed too low Increase fan speed.

Excessive dirt buildup on


Clean propeller.
propeller

Tighten collars and fasteners. Lubricate bearings. Replace


Bearings
defective bearings.
Tighten pulleys on motor and fan shaft. Adjust belt tension. Align
V-Belt drive
pulleys properly. Replace worn belts or pulleys. See Maintenance.
Clean dirt buildup from propeller. Check all setscrews and
Excessive vibration fasteners for tightness. Check for worn bearing. Correct propeller
Excessive Noise imbalance. Check for loose dampers, guards or ductwork.
Defective motor Replace motor.
Check VFD for drive setting, some controllers are able to be adjust
Variable Frequency Drive (VFD) to lower the harmonic noises sometimes heard during operation by
adjusting a simple setting on the controller.
Debris Remove all debris from the fan.

Check fuses/circuit breakers. Check for switches turned off or


Electrical Supply
disconnected. Check for correct supply voltage.
Fan Does Not
Drive Check for broken or worn belts. Tighten loose pulleys.
Operate
Assure motor is correct horsepower and not tripping overload
Motor
protector.

.BJOUFOBODF%PDVNFOUBUJPO
+PC*OGPSNBUJPO
Job Name:___________________________________ Service Organization: _________________________________
Address: ____________________________________ Address:_____________________________________________
City: ________________________________________ City:_________________________________________________
State: _______________ Zip:__________________ State: _______________ Zip: __________________________
Phone: ______________________________________ Phone: ______________________________________________
Contact Person:______________________________ Work Done By: _______________________________________

/BNFQMBUF*OGPSNBUJPO 'JFME4UBSU6Q%PDVNFOUBUJPO
Model: ______________________________________
Volts: ________ Hertz: ________ Phase: ______ Actual Voltage: _______ Hertz: ______ Phase:_________
Amps:_______________ Mark: ________________ Actual Amperage: ____________________________________
Supply hp:___________ Exhaust hp: __________ Blower Rotation: _____________________________________
Serial Number: _______________________________ Air Volume: Design cfm: _____________________________
Model Voltage: _______________________________ Actual cfm:______________________________
Motor Amperage: ____________________________ Level of fan (L or H): __________________________________
Fan RPM: ___________________________________ Fan RPM Range (min.) ___________ (max.) _____________

6 4JEFXBMM1SPQFMMFS'BOTt&YIBVTU 4VQQMZBOE'JMUFSFE4VQQMZ ®
1BSUT-JTU
/05&
Each fan bears a manufacturer’s nameplate with model number and serial number embossed. This information will
assist the local Greenheck representative and the factory in providing service and replacement parts. Before taking any
corrective action, make certain unit is not capable of operation during repairs.
$"65*0/
A fan manufactured with an explosion resistant motor does not certify the entire unit to be explosion proof.

Parts List - Belt Drive


4#& 4#4 4#&BOE4#4 -BOE)QSPQFMMFST

1. Fan Panel
1
2. Propeller
3. Drive Frame Channel (2)
2 4. Motor /Bearing Plate
9 8
5. Motor
6. Motor Pulley
7. Shaft Pulley
8. Fan Shaft
9. Bearings (2)
10. Belt
4
10
Exhaust Supply
Airflow Airflow
3 5 6 7

4#& 4#4 4#$& 4#$4 BOE4#$3 -BOE)QSPQFMMFST

1. Fan Panel
1 2. Propeller
11 3. Drive Frame Channel (2)
9 4. Motor Plate
4 8
5. Motor
7 6. Motor Pulley
2 7. Shaft Pulley
10 8. Fan Shaft
9. Bearings (2)
6
10. Belt
11. Bearing Plate
5
Exhaust Supply
Airflow Airflow

®
4JEFXBMM1SPQFMMFS'BOTt&YIBVTU 4VQQMZBOE'JMUFSFE4VQQMZ 7
Parts List - Direct Drive
4&BOE44 4J[FTUISV% (BOE&NPUPSTQFFET

1. Fan Panel
2. Propeller
6 3. Drive Frame/Motor Support
2
4. Motor
5. Riser Blocks (4) - supply fan only
4 6. Shaft Extension- supply fan only

Exhaust Supply
Airflow Airflow

1 3 5

4&BOE44 4J[FTUISV" #BOE$NPUPSTQFFET

4&BOE44
4$& 4$4BOE4$3

1. Fan Panel
1 2. Propeller
2 3. Drive Frame Channels (2)
4. Motor Plate
5. Motor

Exhaust Supply
Airflow Airflow
3 4 5

Warranty

Greenheck warrants this equipment to be free from defects in material and workmanship for a period of one year
from the purchase date. Any units or parts which prove defective during the warranty period will be replaced at
our option when returned to our factory, transportation prepaid. Motors are warranted by the motor manufacturer
for a period of one year. Should motors furnished by Greenheck prove defective during this period, they should
be returned to the nearest authorized motor service station. Greenheck will not be responsible for any removal or
installation costs.
As a result of our commitment to continuous improvement, Greenheck reserves the right to change specifications
without notice.

Greenheck Catalog Sidewall Propeller Fans provides additional AMCA Publication 410-96, Safety Practices for
information describing the equipment, fan performance, Users and Installers of Industrial and Commercial
available accessories, and specification data. Fans, provides additional safety information. This
publication can be obtained from AMCA International,
Inc. at: www.amca.org.

1IPOF 
t'BY 
t&NBJMHGDJOGP!HSFFOIFDLDPNtWebsite: www.greenheck.com
8 t4JEFXBMM1SPQFMMFS'BOT*0.t3FW 0DUPCFS $PQZSJHIUª(SFFOIFDL'BO$PSQ
Serving area: STG Bldg Mezz
QTY: 3 Supply fan + 3 Exhaust fan
Selected Models: SBCS-3H54- 75
SBCE-3L54- 30
PN 471755
Capacities: 46366 m3/hr Supply, 41728 m3/hr

Sidewall Propeller Fans
#FMU%SJWF %JSFDU%SJWFBOE3FWFSTJCMF
&YIBVTU 4VQQMZBOE'JMUFSFE4VQQMZ
*OTUBMMBUJPO 0QFSBUJPOBOE.BJOUFOBODF.BOVBM
Please read and save these instructions for future reference. Read carefully before attempting
to assemble, install, operate, or maintain the product described. Protect yourself and others by
observing all safety information. Failure to comply with instructions could result in personal injury
and/or property damage!

Sidewall Propeller Fans


Greenheck’s sidewall propeller fan line is the ideal choice for factory and
warehouse applications where high volumes of air and low pressures are
required. From general ventilation to industrial duty, the range of construction
and performance capabilities offered represent the most comprehensive sidewall
propeller fan line in the industry.
Performance spans the range between 300 to 87,000 cfm (510 to 147,814 m3/hr)
with static pressures to 1.25 in. wg (249 Pa). Fan sizes range from 8 to 54 inches
(203 to 1372 mm) for direct drive and 20 to 72 inches (508 to 1829 mm) for belt
drive. Regardless of fan size, performance or duty level, all Greenheck sidewall
propeller fans are built to perform with the same high standards of reliability and
durability. All models are available in exhaust or supply arrangements.
Models SE1, SS1, SE2, SS2, SCE3, SCS3, SCR3, SBE-1, SBS-1, SBE-2, SBS-2, SBE-3, SBS-3, SBCE, SBCS, and SBCR.

'JMUFSFE4VQQMZ
Filtered supply wall housings are available in seven sizes for fans ranging
from size 24 to 54 inches (610 to 1372 mm). They are designed with
the draw-thru concept to achieve the highest filter and fan efficiencies.
Permanent 2 inch (51 mm) washable filters are accessed through a bolted
panel and can be easily removed for cleaning.
(FOFSBM4BGFUZ*OGPSNBUJPO
Only qualified personnel should install this fan. the National Fire Protection Agency (NFPA),
Personnel should have a clear understanding of where applicable. Follow the Canadian Electric
these instructions and should be aware of general Code (CEC) in Canada.
safety precautions. Improper installation can result 2. The rotation of the propeller is critical. It must
in electric shock, possible injury due to coming in be free to rotate without striking or rubbing any
contact with moving parts, as well as other potential stationary objects.
hazards. Other considerations may be required 3. Motor must be securely and adequately
if high winds or seismic activity are present. If grounded.
more information is needed, contact a licensed
4. Do not spin fan propeller faster than max
professional engineer before moving forward.
cataloged fan RPM. Adjustments to fan speed
%"/(&3 significantly effects motor load. If the fan RPM is
Always disconnect, lock and tag power source before changed, the motor current should be checked
installing or servicing. Failure to disconnect power source to make sure it is not exceeding the motor
can result in fire, shock or serious injury. nameplate amps.
$"65*0/ 5. Do not allow the power cable to kink or come
in contact with oil, grease, hot surfaces,
When servicing the fan, motor may be hot enough to or chemicals. Replace cord immediately if
cause pain or injury. Allow motor to cool before servicing.
damaged.
$"65*0/ 6. Verify that the power source is compatible with
Precaution should be taken in explosive atmospheres. the equipment.
7. Never open access doors to a duct while the fan
1. Follow all local electrical and safety codes, as
is running.
well as the National Electrical Code (NEC) and
4JEFXBMM1SPQFMMFS'BOTt&YIBVTU 4VQQMZBOE'JMUFSFE4VQQMZ 1
3FDFJWJOH The unit should be stored at least 3½ inches (89 mm)
Upon receiving the product, check to make sure off the floor on wooden blocks covered with moisture
all items are accounted for by referencing the bill proof paper or polyethylene sheathing. Aisles
of lading to ensure all items were received. Inspect between parts and along all walls should be provided
each crate for shipping damage before accepting to permit air circulation and space for inspection.
delivery. Notify the carrier if any damage is noticed. OUTDOOR
The carrier will make notification on the delivery Fans designed for outdoor applications may be
receipt acknowledging any damage to the product. stored outdoors, if absolutely necessary. Roads or
All damage should be noted on all the copies of the aisles for portable cranes and hauling equipment are
bill of lading which is countersigned by the delivering needed.
carrier. A Carrier Inspection Report should be filled
The fan should be placed on a level surface to
out by the carrier upon arrival and reported to the
prevent water from leaking into the fan. The fan
Traffic Department. If damaged upon arrival, file
should be elevated on an adequate number of
a claim with carrier. Any physical damage to the
wooden blocks so it is above water and snow levels
unit after acceptance is not the responsibility of
and has enough blocking to prevent it from settling
Greenheck Fan Corporation.
into soft ground. Locate parts far enough apart to
6OQBDLJOH permit air circulation, sunlight and space for periodic
Verify that all required parts and the correct quantity inspection. To minimize water accumulation, place all
of each item have been received. If any items are fan parts on blocking supports so rain water will run
missing, report shortages to your local representative off.
to arrange for obtaining missing parts. Sometimes it Do not cover parts with plastic film or tarps as these
is not possible that all items for the unit be shipped cause condensation of moisture from the air passing
together due to availability of transportation and through heating and cooling cycles. Fan wheels
truck space. Confirmation of shipment(s) must be should be blocked to prevent spinning caused by
limited to only items on the bill of lading. strong winds.
Note: The filtered supply unit ships with all ordered *OTQFDUJPOBOE.BJOUFOBODF%VSJOH
components completely factory assembled. The
4UPSBHF
optional weatherhood ships knocked down for field
assembly and installation. While in storage, inspect fans once per month. Keep
a record of inspection and maintenance performed.
4UPSBHF If moisture or dirt accumulations are found on parts,
Fans are protected against damage during shipment. the source should be located and eliminated. At each
If the unit cannot be installed and operated inspection, rotate the wheel by hand ten to fifteen
immediately, precautions need to be taken to prevent revolutions to distribute lubricant on motor. If paint
deterioration of the unit during storage. The user deterioration begins, consideration should be given
assumes responsibility of the fan and accessories to touch-up or repainting. Fans with special coatings
while in storage. The manufacturer will not be may require special techniques for touch-up or
responsible for damage during storage. These repair.
suggestions are provided solely as a convenience to Machined parts coated with rust preventive should
the user. be restored to good condition promptly if signs of
rust occur. Immediately remove the original rust
INDOOR preventive coating with petroleum solvent and clean
The ideal environment for the storage of fans and with lint-free cloths. Polish any remaining rust from
accessories is indoors, above grade, in a low surface with crocus cloth or fine emery paper and
humidity atmosphere which is sealed to prevent the oil. Do not destroy the continuity of the surfaces.
entry of blowing dust, rain or snow. Temperatures Thoroughly wipe clean with Tectyl® 506 (Ashland Inc.)
should be evenly maintained between 30° to 110°F or the equivalent. For hard to reach internal surfaces
(-1° to 43°C), wide temperature swings may cause or for occasional use, consider using Tectyl® 511M
condensation and “sweating” of metal parts. All Rust Preventive, WD-40® or the equivalent.
accessories must be stored indoors in a clean, dry
atmosphere. 3FNPWJOH'SPN4UPSBHF
Remove any accumulations of dirt, water, ice, or As fans are removed from storage to be installed
snow and wipe dry before moving to indoor storage. in their final location, they should be protected
To avoid “sweating” of metal parts allow cold parts to and maintained in a similar fashion until the fan
reach room temperature. To dry parts and packages equipment goes into operation.
use a portable electric heater to remove any moisture
build up. Leave coverings loose to permit air
circulation and to allow for periodic inspection.

2 4JEFXBMM1SPQFMMFS'BOTt&YIBVTU 4VQQMZBOE'JMUFSFE4VQQMZ ®
1SF*OTUBMMBUJPO$IFDLT Fans mounted to the wall require a different wall
tCheck chart below for correct wall opening opening (W.O.) size than those mounted in collars or
dimensions. wall housings. Propeller-to-damper distance (M) is
important to reduce turbulence and damper flutter
tCheck motor voltage and amperage rating for
which may lead to premature damper failure.
compatibility with electrical supply. Supply wiring
must be properly fused and conform to local and Figure 1 and 2 show the wall opening (W.O.) required
national codes. for installations with either a wall housing or collar.
tMotor load amperage must be checked and Figure 3 shows the recommended wall opening
compared to nameplate rating to avoid serious (W.O.) and the minimum distance (M) suggested
damage to motor when speed is increased. between the fan and damper for direct to wall
installations.
8BMM0QFOJOH3FRVJSFNFOUT Figure 4 shows the dimensions and wall opening
Wall opening size and propeller-to-damper distance (W.O.) required for installations with a filtered supply
are two important dimensions for fan installation. wall housing.

W.O.
W.O.

Figure 1 - Wall Housing Installation Figure 2 - Wall Collar Installation

Wall
Wall Filter
Housing Section INTERIOR EXTERIOR
Optional 90º
Weatherhood

Filters
Filters
Airflow
A
W.O.

M
C 24 in. 15 in. Optional
Wall

Damper
B

Figure 3 - Direct to Wall Installation Figure 4 - Filtered Supply Wall Housing Installation

3FDPNNFOEFE8BMM0QFOJOH 80

%BNQFS 'JMUFSFE4VQQMZ8BMM)PVTJOH0OMZ
Fan 4RVBSF .
Size
Size 'JHVSFT .JOJNVN
4RVBSF 'JHVSF 'JHVSF " B C 'JMUFS2VBOUJUZ4J[F
and 2
8 10 (254) 14¼ (362) 10½ (267) - 6 (152) - - - -
10 12 (305) 16¼ (413) 12½ (318) - 6 (152) - - - -
12 14 (356) 19¼ (489) 14½ (368) - 7 (178) - - - -
14 16 (406) 21¼ (540) 16½ (419) - 8 (203) - - - -
16 18 (457) 23¼ (591) 18½ (470) - 9 (229) - - - -
18 20 (508) 25¼ (641) 20½ (521) - 10 (254) - - - -
20 22 (559) 27¼ (692) 22½ (572) - 12 (305) - - - -
24 26 (660) 33¾ (857) 26½ (673) 333⁄4 (857) 13 (330) 321⁄4 (819) 63 (1600) 24 (610) 4 23 1⁄4 x 16 1⁄4 (591 x 413)
30 32 (813) 39¾ (1010) 32½ (826) 393⁄4 (1010) 13 (330) 381⁄4 (972) 65 (1651) 26 (660) 4 24 5⁄8 x 191⁄4 (625 x 489)
36 38 (965) 45¾ (1162) 38½ (978) 453⁄4 (1162) 14 (356) 441⁄4 (1124) 671⁄4 (1708) 28¼ (718) 6 231⁄4 x 221⁄8 (591 x 562)
42 44 (1118) 51¾ (1314) 44½ (1130) 513⁄4 (1314) 15 (381) 501⁄8 (1273) 727⁄8 (1851) 34 (864) 6 24 1⁄8 x 25 1⁄8 (613 x 638)
48 50 (1270) 57¾ (1467) 50½ (1283) 573⁄4 (1467) 16 (406) 561⁄8 (1426) 727⁄8 (1851) 34 (864) 12 231⁄4 x 18 3⁄4 (591 x 476)
54 56 (1422) 63¾ (1619) 56½ (1435) 633⁄4 (1619) 17 (432) 623⁄8 (1584) 7911⁄16 (2024) 4011⁄16 (1033) 12 231⁄4 x 20 3⁄4 (591 x 527)
60 62 (1575) 69¾ (1772) 62½ (1588) - 19 (483) - - - -
72 74 (1880) 84¾ (2153) 74½ (1892) - 19 (483) - - - -
All dimensions given in inches (millimeters). Filters are 2 inch (51 mm) nominal thickness. Above filter sizes are actual dimensions.

®
4JEFXBMM1SPQFMMFS'BOTt&YIBVTU 4VQQMZBOE'JMUFSFE4VQQMZ 3
Choose method of support. Attach support to end
8"3/*/(
of unit (above or below housing) with rods, cable,
Always disconnect, lock and tag power source before angle, etc. (supplied by others) as shown.
installing or servicing. Failure to disconnect power Vertical braces must carry a minimum load of 500
source can result in fire, shock or serious injury. pounds per support, and angled (45°) braces a
5ZQJDBM*OTUBMMBUJPO minimum of 750 pounds per support based on two
supports.
Move fan to the desired location and determine the
method by which the fan is to be mounted as shown 4UFQ Install Weatherhood
in Figures 1-4 shown on page 3. Optional wall mount
housings (Figure 1) and wall mount collars (Figure

Wall
Optional 90º
2) provide a convenient means of mounting sidewall Weatherhood

propeller fans while maintaining the proper distance


between propeller and damper.
Attach the fan by inserting a suitable fastener
through each of the prepunched mounting holes in
the fan panel. Care should be taken not to bend or
distort the fan panel or drive components during

Wall
installation.
4VQQPSU#SBDFT Position weatherhood over end of wall housing
Wall Housing sizes 42 and larger with heavy motors and fasten through mounting holes with self-
and all Filtered Supply Wall Housings need additional tapping screws. Caulk, flash and complete
bracing. electrical hook-up to finish installation.
'JMUFSFE4VQQMZ8BMM)PVTJOH*OTUBMMBUJPO 1SF4UBSUJOH$IFDLT
4UFQ Install Housing Check all fasteners and setscrews for tightness. This
is especially important for bearing setscrews.
Wall

INTERIOR EXTERIOR The propeller should rotate freely and not rub on the
fan panel venturi. Rotation direction of the propeller
should be checked by momentarily turning the unit
Airflow
on. Propeller blade should cup and throw the air
when rotating in the correct rotation as shown in
Mounting
the figure below. Rotation should be in the same
Angles
direction as the rotation decal affixed to the unit.
Wall

Temporary
Brace

Install housing through wall opening from outside.


Temporarily brace end of unit until permanent
support braces are installed.
Secure through prepunched holes in angles with
suitable fasteners.
4UFQ Install Support Braces
500 lb. load
per support
750 lb. load
per support
Wall

45º
For 3-phase installations, fan rotation can be
reversed by simply interchanging any two of the
three electrical leads. For single-phase installations
follow the wiring diagram located on the motor.
For Belt Drive Fans: The adjustable motor pulley is
preset at the factory for the specified fan RPM. Fan
speed can be increased by closing or decreased by
Wall

45º
opening the adjustable pulley. Two or three groove
variable pitch pulleys must be adjusted an equal
750 lb. load
500 lb. load per support
per support

4 4JEFXBMM1SPQFMMFS'BOTt&YIBVTU 4VQQMZBOE'JMUFSFE4VQQMZ ®
number of turns open. Any increase in fan speed #FBSJOHT (For belt drive fans only)
represents a substantial increase in horsepower Bearings are the most critical moving part of the
required from the motor. Always check motor load fan and should be inspected at periodic intervals.
amperage and compare to nameplate rating when Locking collars and setscrews, in addition to
changing fan speed. fasteners attaching the bearings to the bearing
3PVUJOF.BJOUFOBODF plate, must be checked for tightness. In a clean
environment and temperatures above 32ºF (0ºC)
Once the fan has been put into operation, a periodic
and below 200ºF (93ºC), fan shaft bearings with
maintenance program should be set up to preserve
grease fittings should be lubricated semi-annually
the reliability and performance of the fan. Items to
using a high-quality lithium based grease. If unusual
be included in this program are: Belts, Bearings,
environmental conditions exist, temperatures below
Fasteners and Setscrews, Lubrication, and Removal
32ºF (0ºC) and above 200ºF (93ºC), moisture or
of Dust and Dirt.
contaminants, more frequent lubrication is required.
8"3/*/( With the unit running, add grease very slowly with
Always disconnect, lock and tag power source before a manual grease gun until a slight bead of grease
installing or servicing. Failure to disconnect power forms at the seal. Be careful not to unseat the seal
source can result in fire, shock or serious injury. by over lubricating or using excessive pressure.
Bearings without grease fittings are lubricated for
life.
#FMUT
Premature belt failures are frequently caused by 'BTUFOFSTBOE4FUTDSFXT
improper belt tension (either too tight or too loose) or Any fan vibration has a tendency to loosen
misaligned pulleys. The proper tension for operating mechanical fasteners. A periodic inspection should
a V-belt is the lowest tension at which the belts will include checking all fasteners and setscrews for
not slip at peak load conditions. For initial tensioning, tightness. Particular attention should be paid to
the proper belt deflection halfway between pulley setscrews or taper-lock bushings attaching the
centers is 1/64 inch (0.4 mm) for each inch of belt propeller to the motor shaft and the motor shaft to
span. For example, if the belt span is 64 inches the bearings. Loose bearing setscrews will lead to
(1626 mm), the belt deflection should be one inch premature failure of the fan shaft. In addition, check
(25 mm) using moderate thumb pressure at midpoint all fasteners attaching the motor to the motor plate.
of the drive. See figure shown below.
-VCSJDBUJPO
Refer to the paragraph on bearings for bearing
lubrication. Many fractional horsepower motors
installed on the smaller fans are lubricated for life
and require no further attention. Motors equipped
Slack
with oil holes should be oiled in accordance with the
Side manufacturer’s instructions printed on the motor.
Use a high grade SAE 20 machine oil and use caution
not to over lubricate. Motors supplied with grease
fittings should be greased according to directions
Check belt tension two times during the first 24
printed on the motor.
hours of operation and periodically thereafter. To
adjust belt tension, simply loosen four fasteners 3FNPWBMPG%VTUBOE%JSU
(two on each side of the motor plate) and slide the Dirt clogs cooling openings on the motor housing,
motor plate away from the fan shaft until proper contaminates bearing lubricant and collects on
belt tension is attained. On some fans, fasteners propeller blades causing severe imbalance if left
attaching the motor to the motor plate must be unchecked. The exterior surface of the motor, fan
loosened in order to adjust the belt. panel and entire propeller should be thoroughly
It is very important cleaned periodically. Use caution and do not allow
that the drive pulleys water or solvents to enter the motor or bearings.
remain in proper Motors or bearings must not be sprayed with steam
alignment after or water.
adjustments are The filters also require periodic cleaning. The 2 inch
made. Misalignment (51 mm) washable aluminum filters are accessed
of pulleys will result through the bolted access panel.
in premature belt
wear noise, vibration
and power loss.

®
4JEFXBMM1SPQFMMFS'BOTt&YIBVTU 4VQQMZBOE'JMUFSFE4VQQMZ 5
5SPVCMFTIPPUJOH
WARNING: Before taking any corrective action, make certain unit is not capable of operation during repairs.

PROBLEM CAUSE CORRECTIVE ACTION

Too Much Airflow Resistance lower than designed Decrease fan speed.
Check backdraft dampers for proper operation. Remove
System resistance too high obstructions in ductwork. Clean dirty filters. Check for adequate
supply air for exhaust fans or exhaust air for supply fans.
Fan too close to damper Increase distance between fan and damper.
Reduced Airflow
Fan speed too low Increase fan speed.

Excessive dirt buildup on


Clean propeller.
propeller

Tighten collars and fasteners. Lubricate bearings. Replace


Bearings
defective bearings.
Tighten pulleys on motor and fan shaft. Adjust belt tension. Align
V-Belt drive
pulleys properly. Replace worn belts or pulleys. See Maintenance.
Clean dirt buildup from propeller. Check all setscrews and
Excessive vibration fasteners for tightness. Check for worn bearing. Correct propeller
Excessive Noise imbalance. Check for loose dampers, guards or ductwork.
Defective motor Replace motor.
Check VFD for drive setting, some controllers are able to be adjust
Variable Frequency Drive (VFD) to lower the harmonic noises sometimes heard during operation by
adjusting a simple setting on the controller.
Debris Remove all debris from the fan.

Check fuses/circuit breakers. Check for switches turned off or


Electrical Supply
disconnected. Check for correct supply voltage.
Fan Does Not
Drive Check for broken or worn belts. Tighten loose pulleys.
Operate
Assure motor is correct horsepower and not tripping overload
Motor
protector.

.BJOUFOBODF%PDVNFOUBUJPO
+PC*OGPSNBUJPO
Job Name:___________________________________ Service Organization: _________________________________
Address: ____________________________________ Address:_____________________________________________
City: ________________________________________ City:_________________________________________________
State: _______________ Zip:__________________ State: _______________ Zip: __________________________
Phone: ______________________________________ Phone: ______________________________________________
Contact Person:______________________________ Work Done By: _______________________________________

/BNFQMBUF*OGPSNBUJPO 'JFME4UBSU6Q%PDVNFOUBUJPO
Model: ______________________________________
Volts: ________ Hertz: ________ Phase: ______ Actual Voltage: _______ Hertz: ______ Phase:_________
Amps:_______________ Mark: ________________ Actual Amperage: ____________________________________
Supply hp:___________ Exhaust hp: __________ Blower Rotation: _____________________________________
Serial Number: _______________________________ Air Volume: Design cfm: _____________________________
Model Voltage: _______________________________ Actual cfm:______________________________
Motor Amperage: ____________________________ Level of fan (L or H): __________________________________
Fan RPM: ___________________________________ Fan RPM Range (min.) ___________ (max.) _____________

6 4JEFXBMM1SPQFMMFS'BOTt&YIBVTU 4VQQMZBOE'JMUFSFE4VQQMZ ®
1BSUT-JTU
/05&
Each fan bears a manufacturer’s nameplate with model number and serial number embossed. This information will
assist the local Greenheck representative and the factory in providing service and replacement parts. Before taking any
corrective action, make certain unit is not capable of operation during repairs.
$"65*0/
A fan manufactured with an explosion resistant motor does not certify the entire unit to be explosion proof.

Parts List - Belt Drive


4#& 4#4 4#&BOE4#4 -BOE)QSPQFMMFST

1. Fan Panel
1
2. Propeller
3. Drive Frame Channel (2)
2 4. Motor /Bearing Plate
9 8
5. Motor
6. Motor Pulley
7. Shaft Pulley
8. Fan Shaft
9. Bearings (2)
10. Belt
4
10
Exhaust Supply
Airflow Airflow
3 5 6 7

4#& 4#4 4#$& 4#$4 BOE4#$3 -BOE)QSPQFMMFST

1. Fan Panel
1 2. Propeller
11 3. Drive Frame Channel (2)
9 4. Motor Plate
4 8
5. Motor
7 6. Motor Pulley
2 7. Shaft Pulley
10 8. Fan Shaft
9. Bearings (2)
6
10. Belt
11. Bearing Plate
5
Exhaust Supply
Airflow Airflow

®
4JEFXBMM1SPQFMMFS'BOTt&YIBVTU 4VQQMZBOE'JMUFSFE4VQQMZ 7
Parts List - Direct Drive
4&BOE44 4J[FTUISV% (BOE&NPUPSTQFFET

1. Fan Panel
2. Propeller
6 3. Drive Frame/Motor Support
2
4. Motor
5. Riser Blocks (4) - supply fan only
4 6. Shaft Extension- supply fan only

Exhaust Supply
Airflow Airflow

1 3 5

4&BOE44 4J[FTUISV" #BOE$NPUPSTQFFET

4&BOE44
4$& 4$4BOE4$3

1. Fan Panel
1 2. Propeller
2 3. Drive Frame Channels (2)
4. Motor Plate
5. Motor

Exhaust Supply
Airflow Airflow
3 4 5

Warranty

Greenheck warrants this equipment to be free from defects in material and workmanship for a period of one year
from the purchase date. Any units or parts which prove defective during the warranty period will be replaced at
our option when returned to our factory, transportation prepaid. Motors are warranted by the motor manufacturer
for a period of one year. Should motors furnished by Greenheck prove defective during this period, they should
be returned to the nearest authorized motor service station. Greenheck will not be responsible for any removal or
installation costs.
As a result of our commitment to continuous improvement, Greenheck reserves the right to change specifications
without notice.

Greenheck Catalog Sidewall Propeller Fans provides additional AMCA Publication 410-96, Safety Practices for
information describing the equipment, fan performance, Users and Installers of Industrial and Commercial
available accessories, and specification data. Fans, provides additional safety information. This
publication can be obtained from AMCA International,
Inc. at: www.amca.org.

1IPOF 
t'BY 
t&NBJMHGDJOGP!HSFFOIFDLDPNtWebsite: www.greenheck.com
8 t4JEFXBMM1SPQFMMFS'BOT*0.t3FW 0DUPCFS $PQZSJHIUª(SFFOIFDL'BO$PSQ
Serving area: STG Bldg Operating
QTY: 8 Supply fan
Selected Models: SBCS-3H54- 100
Capacities: 46366 m3/hr Supply
PN 471755

Sidewall Propeller Fans
#FMU%SJWF %JSFDU%SJWFBOE3FWFSTJCMF
&YIBVTU 4VQQMZBOE'JMUFSFE4VQQMZ
*OTUBMMBUJPO 0QFSBUJPOBOE.BJOUFOBODF.BOVBM
Please read and save these instructions for future reference. Read carefully before attempting
to assemble, install, operate, or maintain the product described. Protect yourself and others by
observing all safety information. Failure to comply with instructions could result in personal injury
and/or property damage!

Sidewall Propeller Fans


Greenheck’s sidewall propeller fan line is the ideal choice for factory and
warehouse applications where high volumes of air and low pressures are
required. From general ventilation to industrial duty, the range of construction
and performance capabilities offered represent the most comprehensive sidewall
propeller fan line in the industry.
Performance spans the range between 300 to 87,000 cfm (510 to 147,814 m3/hr)
with static pressures to 1.25 in. wg (249 Pa). Fan sizes range from 8 to 54 inches
(203 to 1372 mm) for direct drive and 20 to 72 inches (508 to 1829 mm) for belt
drive. Regardless of fan size, performance or duty level, all Greenheck sidewall
propeller fans are built to perform with the same high standards of reliability and
durability. All models are available in exhaust or supply arrangements.
Models SE1, SS1, SE2, SS2, SCE3, SCS3, SCR3, SBE-1, SBS-1, SBE-2, SBS-2, SBE-3, SBS-3, SBCE, SBCS, and SBCR.

'JMUFSFE4VQQMZ
Filtered supply wall housings are available in seven sizes for fans ranging
from size 24 to 54 inches (610 to 1372 mm). They are designed with
the draw-thru concept to achieve the highest filter and fan efficiencies.
Permanent 2 inch (51 mm) washable filters are accessed through a bolted
panel and can be easily removed for cleaning.
(FOFSBM4BGFUZ*OGPSNBUJPO
Only qualified personnel should install this fan. the National Fire Protection Agency (NFPA),
Personnel should have a clear understanding of where applicable. Follow the Canadian Electric
these instructions and should be aware of general Code (CEC) in Canada.
safety precautions. Improper installation can result 2. The rotation of the propeller is critical. It must
in electric shock, possible injury due to coming in be free to rotate without striking or rubbing any
contact with moving parts, as well as other potential stationary objects.
hazards. Other considerations may be required 3. Motor must be securely and adequately
if high winds or seismic activity are present. If grounded.
more information is needed, contact a licensed
4. Do not spin fan propeller faster than max
professional engineer before moving forward.
cataloged fan RPM. Adjustments to fan speed
%"/(&3 significantly effects motor load. If the fan RPM is
Always disconnect, lock and tag power source before changed, the motor current should be checked
installing or servicing. Failure to disconnect power source to make sure it is not exceeding the motor
can result in fire, shock or serious injury. nameplate amps.
$"65*0/ 5. Do not allow the power cable to kink or come
in contact with oil, grease, hot surfaces,
When servicing the fan, motor may be hot enough to or chemicals. Replace cord immediately if
cause pain or injury. Allow motor to cool before servicing.
damaged.
$"65*0/ 6. Verify that the power source is compatible with
Precaution should be taken in explosive atmospheres. the equipment.
7. Never open access doors to a duct while the fan
1. Follow all local electrical and safety codes, as
is running.
well as the National Electrical Code (NEC) and
4JEFXBMM1SPQFMMFS'BOTt&YIBVTU 4VQQMZBOE'JMUFSFE4VQQMZ 1
3FDFJWJOH The unit should be stored at least 3½ inches (89 mm)
Upon receiving the product, check to make sure off the floor on wooden blocks covered with moisture
all items are accounted for by referencing the bill proof paper or polyethylene sheathing. Aisles
of lading to ensure all items were received. Inspect between parts and along all walls should be provided
each crate for shipping damage before accepting to permit air circulation and space for inspection.
delivery. Notify the carrier if any damage is noticed. OUTDOOR
The carrier will make notification on the delivery Fans designed for outdoor applications may be
receipt acknowledging any damage to the product. stored outdoors, if absolutely necessary. Roads or
All damage should be noted on all the copies of the aisles for portable cranes and hauling equipment are
bill of lading which is countersigned by the delivering needed.
carrier. A Carrier Inspection Report should be filled
The fan should be placed on a level surface to
out by the carrier upon arrival and reported to the
prevent water from leaking into the fan. The fan
Traffic Department. If damaged upon arrival, file
should be elevated on an adequate number of
a claim with carrier. Any physical damage to the
wooden blocks so it is above water and snow levels
unit after acceptance is not the responsibility of
and has enough blocking to prevent it from settling
Greenheck Fan Corporation.
into soft ground. Locate parts far enough apart to
6OQBDLJOH permit air circulation, sunlight and space for periodic
Verify that all required parts and the correct quantity inspection. To minimize water accumulation, place all
of each item have been received. If any items are fan parts on blocking supports so rain water will run
missing, report shortages to your local representative off.
to arrange for obtaining missing parts. Sometimes it Do not cover parts with plastic film or tarps as these
is not possible that all items for the unit be shipped cause condensation of moisture from the air passing
together due to availability of transportation and through heating and cooling cycles. Fan wheels
truck space. Confirmation of shipment(s) must be should be blocked to prevent spinning caused by
limited to only items on the bill of lading. strong winds.
Note: The filtered supply unit ships with all ordered *OTQFDUJPOBOE.BJOUFOBODF%VSJOH
components completely factory assembled. The
4UPSBHF
optional weatherhood ships knocked down for field
assembly and installation. While in storage, inspect fans once per month. Keep
a record of inspection and maintenance performed.
4UPSBHF If moisture or dirt accumulations are found on parts,
Fans are protected against damage during shipment. the source should be located and eliminated. At each
If the unit cannot be installed and operated inspection, rotate the wheel by hand ten to fifteen
immediately, precautions need to be taken to prevent revolutions to distribute lubricant on motor. If paint
deterioration of the unit during storage. The user deterioration begins, consideration should be given
assumes responsibility of the fan and accessories to touch-up or repainting. Fans with special coatings
while in storage. The manufacturer will not be may require special techniques for touch-up or
responsible for damage during storage. These repair.
suggestions are provided solely as a convenience to Machined parts coated with rust preventive should
the user. be restored to good condition promptly if signs of
rust occur. Immediately remove the original rust
INDOOR preventive coating with petroleum solvent and clean
The ideal environment for the storage of fans and with lint-free cloths. Polish any remaining rust from
accessories is indoors, above grade, in a low surface with crocus cloth or fine emery paper and
humidity atmosphere which is sealed to prevent the oil. Do not destroy the continuity of the surfaces.
entry of blowing dust, rain or snow. Temperatures Thoroughly wipe clean with Tectyl® 506 (Ashland Inc.)
should be evenly maintained between 30° to 110°F or the equivalent. For hard to reach internal surfaces
(-1° to 43°C), wide temperature swings may cause or for occasional use, consider using Tectyl® 511M
condensation and “sweating” of metal parts. All Rust Preventive, WD-40® or the equivalent.
accessories must be stored indoors in a clean, dry
atmosphere. 3FNPWJOH'SPN4UPSBHF
Remove any accumulations of dirt, water, ice, or As fans are removed from storage to be installed
snow and wipe dry before moving to indoor storage. in their final location, they should be protected
To avoid “sweating” of metal parts allow cold parts to and maintained in a similar fashion until the fan
reach room temperature. To dry parts and packages equipment goes into operation.
use a portable electric heater to remove any moisture
build up. Leave coverings loose to permit air
circulation and to allow for periodic inspection.

2 4JEFXBMM1SPQFMMFS'BOTt&YIBVTU 4VQQMZBOE'JMUFSFE4VQQMZ ®
1SF*OTUBMMBUJPO$IFDLT Fans mounted to the wall require a different wall
tCheck chart below for correct wall opening opening (W.O.) size than those mounted in collars or
dimensions. wall housings. Propeller-to-damper distance (M) is
important to reduce turbulence and damper flutter
tCheck motor voltage and amperage rating for
which may lead to premature damper failure.
compatibility with electrical supply. Supply wiring
must be properly fused and conform to local and Figure 1 and 2 show the wall opening (W.O.) required
national codes. for installations with either a wall housing or collar.
tMotor load amperage must be checked and Figure 3 shows the recommended wall opening
compared to nameplate rating to avoid serious (W.O.) and the minimum distance (M) suggested
damage to motor when speed is increased. between the fan and damper for direct to wall
installations.
8BMM0QFOJOH3FRVJSFNFOUT Figure 4 shows the dimensions and wall opening
Wall opening size and propeller-to-damper distance (W.O.) required for installations with a filtered supply
are two important dimensions for fan installation. wall housing.

W.O.
W.O.

Figure 1 - Wall Housing Installation Figure 2 - Wall Collar Installation

Wall
Wall Filter
Housing Section INTERIOR EXTERIOR
Optional 90º
Weatherhood

Filters
Filters
Airflow
A
W.O.

M
C 24 in. 15 in. Optional
Wall

Damper
B

Figure 3 - Direct to Wall Installation Figure 4 - Filtered Supply Wall Housing Installation

3FDPNNFOEFE8BMM0QFOJOH 80

%BNQFS 'JMUFSFE4VQQMZ8BMM)PVTJOH0OMZ
Fan 4RVBSF .
Size
Size 'JHVSFT .JOJNVN
4RVBSF 'JHVSF 'JHVSF " B C 'JMUFS2VBOUJUZ4J[F
and 2
8 10 (254) 14¼ (362) 10½ (267) - 6 (152) - - - -
10 12 (305) 16¼ (413) 12½ (318) - 6 (152) - - - -
12 14 (356) 19¼ (489) 14½ (368) - 7 (178) - - - -
14 16 (406) 21¼ (540) 16½ (419) - 8 (203) - - - -
16 18 (457) 23¼ (591) 18½ (470) - 9 (229) - - - -
18 20 (508) 25¼ (641) 20½ (521) - 10 (254) - - - -
20 22 (559) 27¼ (692) 22½ (572) - 12 (305) - - - -
24 26 (660) 33¾ (857) 26½ (673) 333⁄4 (857) 13 (330) 321⁄4 (819) 63 (1600) 24 (610) 4 23 1⁄4 x 16 1⁄4 (591 x 413)
30 32 (813) 39¾ (1010) 32½ (826) 393⁄4 (1010) 13 (330) 381⁄4 (972) 65 (1651) 26 (660) 4 24 5⁄8 x 191⁄4 (625 x 489)
36 38 (965) 45¾ (1162) 38½ (978) 453⁄4 (1162) 14 (356) 441⁄4 (1124) 671⁄4 (1708) 28¼ (718) 6 231⁄4 x 221⁄8 (591 x 562)
42 44 (1118) 51¾ (1314) 44½ (1130) 513⁄4 (1314) 15 (381) 501⁄8 (1273) 727⁄8 (1851) 34 (864) 6 24 1⁄8 x 25 1⁄8 (613 x 638)
48 50 (1270) 57¾ (1467) 50½ (1283) 573⁄4 (1467) 16 (406) 561⁄8 (1426) 727⁄8 (1851) 34 (864) 12 231⁄4 x 18 3⁄4 (591 x 476)
54 56 (1422) 63¾ (1619) 56½ (1435) 633⁄4 (1619) 17 (432) 623⁄8 (1584) 7911⁄16 (2024) 4011⁄16 (1033) 12 231⁄4 x 20 3⁄4 (591 x 527)
60 62 (1575) 69¾ (1772) 62½ (1588) - 19 (483) - - - -
72 74 (1880) 84¾ (2153) 74½ (1892) - 19 (483) - - - -
All dimensions given in inches (millimeters). Filters are 2 inch (51 mm) nominal thickness. Above filter sizes are actual dimensions.

®
4JEFXBMM1SPQFMMFS'BOTt&YIBVTU 4VQQMZBOE'JMUFSFE4VQQMZ 3
Choose method of support. Attach support to end
8"3/*/(
of unit (above or below housing) with rods, cable,
Always disconnect, lock and tag power source before angle, etc. (supplied by others) as shown.
installing or servicing. Failure to disconnect power Vertical braces must carry a minimum load of 500
source can result in fire, shock or serious injury. pounds per support, and angled (45°) braces a
5ZQJDBM*OTUBMMBUJPO minimum of 750 pounds per support based on two
supports.
Move fan to the desired location and determine the
method by which the fan is to be mounted as shown 4UFQ Install Weatherhood
in Figures 1-4 shown on page 3. Optional wall mount
housings (Figure 1) and wall mount collars (Figure

Wall
Optional 90º
2) provide a convenient means of mounting sidewall Weatherhood

propeller fans while maintaining the proper distance


between propeller and damper.
Attach the fan by inserting a suitable fastener
through each of the prepunched mounting holes in
the fan panel. Care should be taken not to bend or
distort the fan panel or drive components during

Wall
installation.
4VQQPSU#SBDFT Position weatherhood over end of wall housing
Wall Housing sizes 42 and larger with heavy motors and fasten through mounting holes with self-
and all Filtered Supply Wall Housings need additional tapping screws. Caulk, flash and complete
bracing. electrical hook-up to finish installation.
'JMUFSFE4VQQMZ8BMM)PVTJOH*OTUBMMBUJPO 1SF4UBSUJOH$IFDLT
4UFQ Install Housing Check all fasteners and setscrews for tightness. This
is especially important for bearing setscrews.
Wall

INTERIOR EXTERIOR The propeller should rotate freely and not rub on the
fan panel venturi. Rotation direction of the propeller
should be checked by momentarily turning the unit
Airflow
on. Propeller blade should cup and throw the air
when rotating in the correct rotation as shown in
Mounting
the figure below. Rotation should be in the same
Angles
direction as the rotation decal affixed to the unit.
Wall

Temporary
Brace

Install housing through wall opening from outside.


Temporarily brace end of unit until permanent
support braces are installed.
Secure through prepunched holes in angles with
suitable fasteners.
4UFQ Install Support Braces
500 lb. load
per support
750 lb. load
per support
Wall

45º
For 3-phase installations, fan rotation can be
reversed by simply interchanging any two of the
three electrical leads. For single-phase installations
follow the wiring diagram located on the motor.
For Belt Drive Fans: The adjustable motor pulley is
preset at the factory for the specified fan RPM. Fan
speed can be increased by closing or decreased by
Wall

45º
opening the adjustable pulley. Two or three groove
variable pitch pulleys must be adjusted an equal
750 lb. load
500 lb. load per support
per support

4 4JEFXBMM1SPQFMMFS'BOTt&YIBVTU 4VQQMZBOE'JMUFSFE4VQQMZ ®
number of turns open. Any increase in fan speed #FBSJOHT (For belt drive fans only)
represents a substantial increase in horsepower Bearings are the most critical moving part of the
required from the motor. Always check motor load fan and should be inspected at periodic intervals.
amperage and compare to nameplate rating when Locking collars and setscrews, in addition to
changing fan speed. fasteners attaching the bearings to the bearing
3PVUJOF.BJOUFOBODF plate, must be checked for tightness. In a clean
environment and temperatures above 32ºF (0ºC)
Once the fan has been put into operation, a periodic
and below 200ºF (93ºC), fan shaft bearings with
maintenance program should be set up to preserve
grease fittings should be lubricated semi-annually
the reliability and performance of the fan. Items to
using a high-quality lithium based grease. If unusual
be included in this program are: Belts, Bearings,
environmental conditions exist, temperatures below
Fasteners and Setscrews, Lubrication, and Removal
32ºF (0ºC) and above 200ºF (93ºC), moisture or
of Dust and Dirt.
contaminants, more frequent lubrication is required.
8"3/*/( With the unit running, add grease very slowly with
Always disconnect, lock and tag power source before a manual grease gun until a slight bead of grease
installing or servicing. Failure to disconnect power forms at the seal. Be careful not to unseat the seal
source can result in fire, shock or serious injury. by over lubricating or using excessive pressure.
Bearings without grease fittings are lubricated for
life.
#FMUT
Premature belt failures are frequently caused by 'BTUFOFSTBOE4FUTDSFXT
improper belt tension (either too tight or too loose) or Any fan vibration has a tendency to loosen
misaligned pulleys. The proper tension for operating mechanical fasteners. A periodic inspection should
a V-belt is the lowest tension at which the belts will include checking all fasteners and setscrews for
not slip at peak load conditions. For initial tensioning, tightness. Particular attention should be paid to
the proper belt deflection halfway between pulley setscrews or taper-lock bushings attaching the
centers is 1/64 inch (0.4 mm) for each inch of belt propeller to the motor shaft and the motor shaft to
span. For example, if the belt span is 64 inches the bearings. Loose bearing setscrews will lead to
(1626 mm), the belt deflection should be one inch premature failure of the fan shaft. In addition, check
(25 mm) using moderate thumb pressure at midpoint all fasteners attaching the motor to the motor plate.
of the drive. See figure shown below.
-VCSJDBUJPO
Refer to the paragraph on bearings for bearing
lubrication. Many fractional horsepower motors
installed on the smaller fans are lubricated for life
and require no further attention. Motors equipped
Slack
with oil holes should be oiled in accordance with the
Side manufacturer’s instructions printed on the motor.
Use a high grade SAE 20 machine oil and use caution
not to over lubricate. Motors supplied with grease
fittings should be greased according to directions
Check belt tension two times during the first 24
printed on the motor.
hours of operation and periodically thereafter. To
adjust belt tension, simply loosen four fasteners 3FNPWBMPG%VTUBOE%JSU
(two on each side of the motor plate) and slide the Dirt clogs cooling openings on the motor housing,
motor plate away from the fan shaft until proper contaminates bearing lubricant and collects on
belt tension is attained. On some fans, fasteners propeller blades causing severe imbalance if left
attaching the motor to the motor plate must be unchecked. The exterior surface of the motor, fan
loosened in order to adjust the belt. panel and entire propeller should be thoroughly
It is very important cleaned periodically. Use caution and do not allow
that the drive pulleys water or solvents to enter the motor or bearings.
remain in proper Motors or bearings must not be sprayed with steam
alignment after or water.
adjustments are The filters also require periodic cleaning. The 2 inch
made. Misalignment (51 mm) washable aluminum filters are accessed
of pulleys will result through the bolted access panel.
in premature belt
wear noise, vibration
and power loss.

®
4JEFXBMM1SPQFMMFS'BOTt&YIBVTU 4VQQMZBOE'JMUFSFE4VQQMZ 5
5SPVCMFTIPPUJOH
WARNING: Before taking any corrective action, make certain unit is not capable of operation during repairs.

PROBLEM CAUSE CORRECTIVE ACTION

Too Much Airflow Resistance lower than designed Decrease fan speed.
Check backdraft dampers for proper operation. Remove
System resistance too high obstructions in ductwork. Clean dirty filters. Check for adequate
supply air for exhaust fans or exhaust air for supply fans.
Fan too close to damper Increase distance between fan and damper.
Reduced Airflow
Fan speed too low Increase fan speed.

Excessive dirt buildup on


Clean propeller.
propeller

Tighten collars and fasteners. Lubricate bearings. Replace


Bearings
defective bearings.
Tighten pulleys on motor and fan shaft. Adjust belt tension. Align
V-Belt drive
pulleys properly. Replace worn belts or pulleys. See Maintenance.
Clean dirt buildup from propeller. Check all setscrews and
Excessive vibration fasteners for tightness. Check for worn bearing. Correct propeller
Excessive Noise imbalance. Check for loose dampers, guards or ductwork.
Defective motor Replace motor.
Check VFD for drive setting, some controllers are able to be adjust
Variable Frequency Drive (VFD) to lower the harmonic noises sometimes heard during operation by
adjusting a simple setting on the controller.
Debris Remove all debris from the fan.

Check fuses/circuit breakers. Check for switches turned off or


Electrical Supply
disconnected. Check for correct supply voltage.
Fan Does Not
Drive Check for broken or worn belts. Tighten loose pulleys.
Operate
Assure motor is correct horsepower and not tripping overload
Motor
protector.

.BJOUFOBODF%PDVNFOUBUJPO
+PC*OGPSNBUJPO
Job Name:___________________________________ Service Organization: _________________________________
Address: ____________________________________ Address:_____________________________________________
City: ________________________________________ City:_________________________________________________
State: _______________ Zip:__________________ State: _______________ Zip: __________________________
Phone: ______________________________________ Phone: ______________________________________________
Contact Person:______________________________ Work Done By: _______________________________________

/BNFQMBUF*OGPSNBUJPO 'JFME4UBSU6Q%PDVNFOUBUJPO
Model: ______________________________________
Volts: ________ Hertz: ________ Phase: ______ Actual Voltage: _______ Hertz: ______ Phase:_________
Amps:_______________ Mark: ________________ Actual Amperage: ____________________________________
Supply hp:___________ Exhaust hp: __________ Blower Rotation: _____________________________________
Serial Number: _______________________________ Air Volume: Design cfm: _____________________________
Model Voltage: _______________________________ Actual cfm:______________________________
Motor Amperage: ____________________________ Level of fan (L or H): __________________________________
Fan RPM: ___________________________________ Fan RPM Range (min.) ___________ (max.) _____________

6 4JEFXBMM1SPQFMMFS'BOTt&YIBVTU 4VQQMZBOE'JMUFSFE4VQQMZ ®
1BSUT-JTU
/05&
Each fan bears a manufacturer’s nameplate with model number and serial number embossed. This information will
assist the local Greenheck representative and the factory in providing service and replacement parts. Before taking any
corrective action, make certain unit is not capable of operation during repairs.
$"65*0/
A fan manufactured with an explosion resistant motor does not certify the entire unit to be explosion proof.

Parts List - Belt Drive


4#& 4#4 4#&BOE4#4 -BOE)QSPQFMMFST

1. Fan Panel
1
2. Propeller
3. Drive Frame Channel (2)
2 4. Motor /Bearing Plate
9 8
5. Motor
6. Motor Pulley
7. Shaft Pulley
8. Fan Shaft
9. Bearings (2)
10. Belt
4
10
Exhaust Supply
Airflow Airflow
3 5 6 7

4#& 4#4 4#$& 4#$4 BOE4#$3 -BOE)QSPQFMMFST

1. Fan Panel
1 2. Propeller
11 3. Drive Frame Channel (2)
9 4. Motor Plate
4 8
5. Motor
7 6. Motor Pulley
2 7. Shaft Pulley
10 8. Fan Shaft
9. Bearings (2)
6
10. Belt
11. Bearing Plate
5
Exhaust Supply
Airflow Airflow

®
4JEFXBMM1SPQFMMFS'BOTt&YIBVTU 4VQQMZBOE'JMUFSFE4VQQMZ 7
Parts List - Direct Drive
4&BOE44 4J[FTUISV% (BOE&NPUPSTQFFET

1. Fan Panel
2. Propeller
6 3. Drive Frame/Motor Support
2
4. Motor
5. Riser Blocks (4) - supply fan only
4 6. Shaft Extension- supply fan only

Exhaust Supply
Airflow Airflow

1 3 5

4&BOE44 4J[FTUISV" #BOE$NPUPSTQFFET

4&BOE44
4$& 4$4BOE4$3

1. Fan Panel
1 2. Propeller
2 3. Drive Frame Channels (2)
4. Motor Plate
5. Motor

Exhaust Supply
Airflow Airflow
3 4 5

Warranty

Greenheck warrants this equipment to be free from defects in material and workmanship for a period of one year
from the purchase date. Any units or parts which prove defective during the warranty period will be replaced at
our option when returned to our factory, transportation prepaid. Motors are warranted by the motor manufacturer
for a period of one year. Should motors furnished by Greenheck prove defective during this period, they should
be returned to the nearest authorized motor service station. Greenheck will not be responsible for any removal or
installation costs.
As a result of our commitment to continuous improvement, Greenheck reserves the right to change specifications
without notice.

Greenheck Catalog Sidewall Propeller Fans provides additional AMCA Publication 410-96, Safety Practices for
information describing the equipment, fan performance, Users and Installers of Industrial and Commercial
available accessories, and specification data. Fans, provides additional safety information. This
publication can be obtained from AMCA International,
Inc. at: www.amca.org.

1IPOF 
t'BY 
t&NBJMHGDJOGP!HSFFOIFDLDPNtWebsite: www.greenheck.com
8 t4JEFXBMM1SPQFMMFS'BOT*0.t3FW 0DUPCFS $PQZSJHIUª(SFFOIFDL'BO$PSQ
PN 460983

GREENHECK
P.O. BOX 410 SCHOFIELD, WISCONSIN 54476-0410
TBI Tubular Belt Inline Fan
®
PH. 715-359-6171
www.greenheck.com
TDI Tubular Direct Inline Fan

Installation Operation and Maintenance Manual


READ AND SAVE THESE INSTRUCTIONS
Serving area: STG Bldg
Capacity : 45195 m3/hr
QTY:8
Selected Model: TBI-CA-5L54- 50
Exhaust Fan

TBI-CA, TBI-FS TDI


Level 3, 4 & 5 Level 3, 4 & 5
RECEIVING
Greenheck model TBI / TDI fans are thoroughly inspected and test run at the factory. Items such as proper propeller
alignment, balance, and workmanship are analyzed by personnel using state-of-the art equipment. However, damage may
occur during handling and shipping. Therefore, it is important that the unit be carefully inspected for visible and concealed
damage before beginning installation. In addition, check to see that all accessory items are accounted for.

Report any damaged equipment to the shipper immediately!


Lifting Locations
HANDLING with optional
Fans should NOT be lifted by the shaft, housing, motor, belt guard, or any mounting brackets
accessories.

Units - Flanged Housing Only


Use a minimum of four bolt holes, two per flange, or attach two suitable chains /
straps around the entire fan housing, one near each duct flange, when lifting large
horizontal fans. Secure the fan housing to prevent the weight of a top or side
mounted motor from rotating the housing while being lifted.

For vertical hanging installations, attach a suitable lifting device to the fan housing or
inlet/outlet flange.

Units - With Mounting Brackets


Fans are to be rigged by either the optional brackets provided or by the skid when a
forklift is used. Slings can be attached as described above or to mounting brackets
located at the ends of the fan housing (Fig. 1).
Fig. 1
STORAGE - Indoor and Outdoor
When a fan is to be stored for a period of time, it must be protected from dirt and moisture. Use of a tarp to cover the unit
will aid in keeping it clean and dry, but avoid using a black plastic tarp as it will promote condensation. Improper storage
which results in damage to the fan will void the warranty. If the storage period is lengthy, the propeller and motor should be
rotated periodically and the bearings purged with fresh grease. In humid, dusty, or corrosive atmospheres, rotate the fan and
purge the bearings once a month. Under normal conditions, this procedure should be repeated once every three months.
June 2001
INSTALLATION
EFFECT OF INSTALLATION ON PERFORMANCE
Any installation with inlet or discharge configurations that deviate from these recommendations may result in reduced fan
performance. Restricted or unstable flow at the fan inlet can cause pre-rotation of incoming air or uneven loading of the fan
prop yielding large system losses and increased sound levels. Free discharge or turbulent flow in the discharge ductwork
will also result in system effect losses.

The most common inlet and discharge conditions which affect fan performance are:
INLET DUCT TURNS DISCHARGE DUCT TURNS

Poor

1 Fan
Wheel
Dia.

Turning
Vanes
Length of Straight Duct

Good Poor

Good

Installation of a duct turn or elbow too close to the fan inlet Fan performance is reduced when duct turns are made
reduces fan performance because air is loaded unevenly into immediately off the fan discharge. To achieve cataloged
the fan prop. To achieve full fan performance there should fan performance, there should be at least one equivalent
be at least one to two fan prop diameters between the turn duct diameter of straight ductwork between the fan
or elbow and the fan inlet. discharge and any duct turns.

TYPICAL INSTALLATIONS - WITH MOUNTING BRACKETS


Following are typical mounting installations for models with mounting brackets. Diagrams show dimensions for ceiling hung
installations, the dimensions for floor or base mount installations are mirror images of these. For TBI's with motor in the 3 or
9 o'clock position or vertical installations, additional mounting rails are recommended. Mounting rail dimensions are shown
for field fabrication.

Horizontal Vertical
B
D C
A B C

Optional
Mounting
Rails g

Optional
Mounting
Rails

Motor at 3 or 9 o’clock position


Mounting Hole Locations
Unit Level Identification - Refer to TBI/TDI A B C D
fan name plate Fan Belt Direct Belt Drive Direct Drive Belt Belt
Example: TBI-3L42 (level 3) Size Drive Drive Level 3 Level 4/5 Level 3 Level 4/5 Drive Drive
TBI-4H30 (level 4) 18 17.63 17.63 17.38 21.38 13.38 21.38 26.00 28.00
20 19.00 19.00 17.38 22.38 14.38 21.38 28.50 29.25
24 21.88 21.88 18.38 23.38 14.38 21.38 33.00 33.75
GREENHECK
P.O. BOX 410 SCHOFIELD, WISCONSIN 54476-0410 30 26.13 26.13 19.38 28.38 16.38 25.88 37.00 38.75
PH. 715-359-6171
® www.greenheck.com
36 30.50 30.50 21.88 26.88 13.88 23.38 44.00 47.00
MODEL 42 34.75 34.75 22.88 31.88 19.88 26.38 50.00 51.25
S/N 48 42.00 42.00 25.38 36.38 19.38 31.38 56.00 61.00
MARK 54 46.75 46.75 29.88 40.38 NA 31.38 62.00 65.50
60 51.00 51.00 32.38 41.38 NA 31.38 71.00 70.00
TYPICAL HIGH TEMPERATURE CONTINUOUS DUTY INSTALLATIONS

Roof
TBI-FS with optional high temperature
construction are factory modified for operation
in high temperature continuous duty Ambient temperature
not to exceed 120∞F
applications. With propeller on the discharge
end of the fan, negative pressure is created in
the belt tube during operation. Ambient air is
drawn in through the belt tube and cools the Duct to heat source
belts and bearings.
Minimum duct
Airflow at discharge
For the greatest amount of internal cooling,
discharge static pressure should be kept to a
minimum while keeping most of the pressure
on the inlet side. Locate the fan at ends of the
duct runs and near the discharge point in the Cooling air for
drives and
system. This set-up will promote the ambient bearings
air cooling effect.

Wall and/or ceiling should enclose


fan when used for emergency heat
OPERATION and smoke exhaust.

ELECTRICAL CONNECTIONS
Before electrical connections are made, the supply voltage, phase and ampere capacity must be checked for compatibility
with the fan motor. In addition, the supply wiring must be properly fused and conform to local and national electrical codes.
The supply wires are then connected to an optional safety disconnect switch (if supplied) or wired directly to the motor.

PRE-START UP CHECKS
1. Check all fasteners for tightness. This includes motor bolts, bearing bolts, and any set screws or locking collars attaching
the propeller to the shaft and shaft to the bearings.
2. Prop rotation should be in the same direction as the rotation decal affixed to the unit. For 3-phase installations, fan
rotation can be reversed by simply interchanging any two of the three electrical leads. For single phase installations,
follow the wiring diagram located on the motor.
3. (Belt Drive) Adjustable motor pulleys are preset at the factory for the specified fan RPM. Fan speed can be increased by
closing or decreased by opening the adjustable pulley. Two or three groove variable pitch pulleys must be adjusted an
equal number of turns open or closed.
Note: Any change, increase or decrease, in fan speed can represent a substantial increase in
horsepower required from the motor. Always check motor load amperage and compare to name plate
rating when changing fan speed.

MAINTENANCE

WARNING
Disconnect and secure to the “OFF” position all electrical power to the fan prior to inspection or
servicing. Failure to comply with this safety precaution could result in serious injury or death.

Once the fan has been put into operation, a periodic maintenance program should be set up to preserve the reliability and
performance of the fan. Items to be included in this program are:
• BEARINGS • SET SCREWS • BELTS
• LUBRICATION • FASTENERS • REMOVAL OF DUST/DIRT
BEARINGS (Belt Drive)
Bearings are the most critical moving part of the fan and should be inspected at periodic intervals. Locking collars and set
screws, in addition to fasteners attaching the bearing to the bearing plate, must be checked for tightness. In a clean
environment and temperature above 32º F (0º C) and below 200º F (93º C), fan shaft bearings with grease fittings should be
lubricated semi-annually using a high quality lithium based grease. If unusual environmental conditions exist such as
temperatures below 32º F (0º C) and above 200º F (93º C), moisture or contaminants, more frequent lubrication is required.
With the unit running, add grease very slowly with a manual grease gun. Be careful not to unseat the seal by over lubricating
or using excessive pressure. Bearings without grease fittings are lubricated for life.
BELTS (Belt Drive) Deflection = Belt Span
64
Premature belt failures are frequently caused by improper belt tension (either too tight or
too loose) or misaligned pulleys. The proper tension for operating a V-belt is the lowest
tension at which the belts will not slip at peak load conditions. For initial tensioning,
the proper belt deflection half-way between pulley centers is 1/64” for each inch of belt
span. For example, if the belt span is 64 inches, the belt deflection should be one inch
using moderate thumb pressure at midpoint of the drive (Fig. 2).
Belt Span
Check belt tension two times during the first 24 hours of operation and periodically
thereafter. To adjust belt tension, simply pivot the motor on the motor plate. Use the Fig. 2
bolts in the slotted brackets and adjustment rods with bolts as adjustment points until
proper belt tension is attained.
It is very important that the drive pulleys remain in proper alignment after adjustments
are made. Misalignment of pulleys will result in premature belt wear, noise, vibration
and power loss (Fig. 3).

FASTENERS AND SET SCREWS (Belt & Direct Drive) Fig. 3


A periodic inspection should include checking all fasteners and set screws for tightness.
Particular attention should be paid to set screws and locking collars attaching the propeller
to the shaft and the shaft to the bearings. Loose bearing set screws and locking collars will lead to premature failure of the
fan shaft.
MOTOR LUBRICATION (Belt & Direct Drive)
Refer to the paragraph on bearings for bearing lubrication. Many fractional horsepower motors installed on the smaller fans
are lubricated for life and require no further attention. Greasing of motors is intended only when fittings are provided.
Motors equipped with oil holes should be oiled in accordance with the manufacturer’s instructions printed on the motor. Use
a high grade SAE 20 machine oil and use caution not to over lubricate. Motors supplied with grease fittings should be
greased according to directions printed on the motor.
REMOVAL OF DUST AND DIRT (Belt & Direct Drive)
Dirt clogs cooling openings on the motor housing, contaminates bearing lubricant, and collects on the impeller causing
severe imbalance if left unchecked. The exterior surface of the motor and impeller should be thoroughly cleaned periodically.
Use caution and do not allow water or solvents to enter the motor or bearings. Under no circumstances should motors or
bearings be sprayed with steam or water.

PARTS LIST
MOTOR MOTOR
PULLEY MOTOR
COVER
MOTOR (OPTIONAL)
Each fan bears a PLATE BELT
manufacturer's PROPELLER
nameplate with model BELT
number and serial TUBE
BEARING
number embossed. This SUPPORT
information in addition SHAFT
to the shown parts PULLEY
diagram will assist the
local Greenheck BEARING
representative and the COVER
factory in providing
service and replacement
MOUNTING
parts. BRACKETS BEARINGS SHAFT
(Qty. of 4)

Warranty
Greenheck warrants this equipment to be free from defects in material and workmanship for a period of one year from the
purchase date. Any units or parts which prove defective during the warranty period will be replaced at our option when returned
to our factory, transportation prepaid.
Motors are warranted by the motor manufacturer for a period of one year. Should motors furnished by Greenheck prove defective
during this period, they should be returned to the nearest authorized motor service station. Greenheck will not be responsible for
any removal or installation costs.

IOM TBI TDI


Copyright © 2001 Greenheck Fan Corp. Rev. 1 June 2001
READ AND SAVE THESE INSTRUCTIONS PN 453148

Serving area: STG bldg Stairwell


Qty : 1
Selected Model: RSFP-200- 100 Roof Supply Fans
® Capacity : 25308 m3/hr
Pressurization Fan
Models RSF and RSFP

Installation, Operation and Maintenance Manual

Model RSF

Model RSFP

Greenheck Model RSF and RSFP fans are thoroughly inspected and test run at the factory, however damage
may occur during handling and shipping. Consequently, it is important to inspect the unit for visible and
concealed damage before beginning installation. Report any damage to the shipper immediately. In addition,
assure all accessory items are accounted for.

Dimensional Data
B SQ. BL SQ.

F
C CL

J
D D
G H
2 1/2 in. 2 1/2 in.
A
A SQ. A SQ.
BASE OF UNIT
RSF RSFP
M
Louver Weights
Fan A B BL K L Nominal
C CL D F G H J M Tiers
Size SQ. SQ. SQ. SQ. SQ. Filter RSFP RSF RSFP L K
SQ. SQ.
90 26 351/8 317/8 231/4 253/8 101/4 121/4 103/4 75/8 67/8 241/2 121/4 61/8 (4) 12x20 3 145 126
100 30 411/8 357/8 231/4 253/8 101/4 135/8 117/8 91/16 83/16 281/2 141/4 71/8 (4) 12x25 3 173 146
120 34 471/8 397/8 271/4 293/8 101/4 161/8 137/8 101/16 815/16 321/2 181/4 71/8 (4) 16x25 4 225 180 M
150 40 531/8 457/8 311/4 333/8 101/4 191/8 161/2 111/4 107/16 381/2 201/4 91/8 (8) 16x20 5 336 250
(4) 16x20 M
180 46 611/8 517/8 341/4 353/8 121/4 221/2 191/2 101/8 113/4 441/2 261/4 91/8 5 400 285
(4) 20x20
OPTIONAL DUCT ADAPTER
200 52 731/8 583/16 391/4 403/8 121/4 231/4 251/4 133/8 143/8 501/2 301/4 101/8 (8) 20x25 6 620 431
All dimensions are in inches.

1
Lifting
Lifting the RSF and RSFP model fans must be done with care to avoid
damaging the housing. For Model RSF attach four lifting devices under the
outer housing, each device beneath the vertical row of fasteners (Fig. 1).
Lifting devices should be a minimum of 3 in. wide to avoid damaging the
sheet metal housing. Do not lift Model RSF near the center of the outer
housing. Fig. 1
For Model RSFP attach a minimum of four lifting devices under an exterior
louver panel, each device near the corner of the louvered housing. Lift Here
Lift Here

Installation
Move the fan to its intended location and fasten it securely through mounting holes provided in the fan base. Shims may be
necessary depending upon thickness of the roofing material. For ducted applications, an optional duct adapter (if provided)
is attached and holds the ductwork in place prior to installing the unit. The following diagram shows a typical installation
with prefab roof curb and ductwork.

TYPICAL INSTALLATION
Curb Recom. Duct Nominal
Fan Roof Size Damper
Size* Opening ID Size
RSF unit with prepunched RSF/RSFP- 90 241/2 15 12 12 x 12
mounting holes and 21/2 inch
RSF/RSFP- 100 281/2 17 14 14 x 14
skirt to aid in installation.
RSF/RSFP- 120 321/2 21 18 18 x 18
Ductwork (by others) RSF/RSFP- 150 381/2 23 20 20 x 20

Duct adapter (optional) allows RSF/RSFP- 180 441/2 29 26 26 x 26


ductwork to be completed RSF/RSFP- 200 501/2 33 30 30 x 30
prior to setting unit on curb.
All dimensions are in inches.
Roof Curb Note: In cases where extreme snow depths may be
encountered, extended base may be required to raise unit
or condensation pans may be required in ductwork.
*Recommended curb size shown is outside curb
dimension without roofing and flashing.

Access to the motor compartment is made by releasing four latches which secure the cover. The cover should be placed in
an area where wind will not blow it off the roof.

Electrical Connection
The electrical supply must be compatible with the fan motor with regard to voltage, phase and amperage capacity.
Moreover, the electrical supply line must be properly fused and conform to local and national electrical codes.
Electrical lead-in wires should be routed through the pre-punched hole in the optional duct adapter (if provided) and the
punched hole in the bottom of the fan housing. Electrical wires must be located so as not to rub on moving components.
The electrical supply line is connected to the optional safety disconnect switch (if provided) or wired directly to the motor.

Pre-Starting Checks

Note: For units shipped with motor and drives separate, refer to the Motor Mounting Instructions included in the hardware
bag.

WARNING!
DISCONNECT AND SECURE TO THE “OFF” POSITION ALL ELECTRICAL POWER TO THE FAN PRIOR TO INSPECTION OR
SERVICING. FAILURE TO COMPLY WITH THIS SAFETY PRECAUTION COULD RESULT IN SERIOUS INJURY OR DEATH.

Check all fasteners and set screws for tightness. Rotate the fan wheel by hand
to assure it turns freely and is centered between the inlets. Check pulleys and
belts for proper alignment to avoid premature belt wear, noise, vibration and
power loss. Motor and fan pulleys must be parallel and in line (Fig. 2).

The adjustable motor pulley is set at the factory for the fan RPM specified. Fan
speed can be increased by closing or decreased by opening the adjustable
motor pulley. Two groove variable pitch pulleys must be adjusted an equal WRONG WRONG CORRECT
Fig. 2
2
number of turns open. Any increase in fan speed results in an increase in horsepower required for the motor. Motor load
amperes should always be checked and compared to nameplate rating when changing fan speed.

Direction of fan wheel rotation is critical. A fan wheel rotating in the wrong
ROTATIO ROT
AT
direction will result in reduced airflow, motor overloading and possible burn- N

IO
out. Check wheel rotation by momentarily turning the fan on.

N
Rotation should be in the same direction as airflow at the outlet. See housing
and wheel examples in Fig. 3. IMPORTANT NOTE: RSF/RSFP fans should be
operated only when attached to the completed system. Without proper
static pressure loading, the motor may be overloaded and burnout may
occur.
Fig. 3 AIRFLOW

Routine Maintenance - See WARNING Page 2


To preserve the reliability and performance designed into the fan, regularly scheduled maintenance should be performed.
Items to be checked at each maintenance interval are filters, belts, bearings, fasteners, lubrication and removal of dust and
dirt.

Filters
1 inch washable aluminum mesh filters are standard on Model RSF and RSFP fans. (Optional 2 inch filters may be supplied
on some fans). Filters should be cleaned on a regular basis for optimum efficiency.

To remove the filters, first remove the fan cover by releasing the four latches. (Place the cover in an area where wind will not
blow it off the roof). The filters can be lifted out and washed in a mild detergent solution. If desired, an adhesive spray
available at most filter distributors can be applied to increase filter efficiency.

Belts
Belt tension should be checked two times during the first 24 hours of
operation and during each scheduled maintenance thereafter. Premature belt
failures are frequently caused by improper belt tension, either too tight or
loose. The proper belt tension for operating a V-belt is the lowest tension at Belt Span
which the belt will not slip at peak load conditions. For initial tensioning, belt
deflection should be 1/64 inch for each inch of belt span, determined by using
moderate thumb pressure half way between pulley centers. For example, the
belt deflection should be 1/2 inch if the belt span is 32 inches (Fig. 4).

Belt tension can be adjusted by loosening the motor plate hinge bolts and
adjusting the jack screws as required. RSF/RSFP units are supplied with Deflection =
either a painted steel motor bracket or a galvanized motor plate for larger Belt Span
motor frames. To adjust belt tension on units equipped with the painted steel 64
motor bracket, simply adjust the single jack screw. Fig. 4

For units equipped with a galvanized motor plate, both jack screws must be adjusted equally. Check pulley and belt
alignment after adjusting belt tension (Fig. 2).

Lubrication
Fan bearings on Model RSF and RSFP are permanently lubricated. Motor bearings equipped with grease fittings should be
lubricated in accordance with instructions on the motor nameplate. Motors without grease fittings are lubricated for life.

Cleaning
Motors and Fan Wheels require periodic cleaning to remove dust and dirt which may accumulate. Motor cleaning should be
limited to the exterior surface only. Removing dust and dirt from the motor housing assists in motor cooling and prolongs
motor life. Motors should never be sprayed with steam, water or solvents.
Fan wheels which are left to accumulate dust and dirt will have poor air performance, loss of efficiency and possible
damaging vibration due to an unbalanced condition.

Periodic cleaning is a good investment in preserving the reliability and performance designed into the fan.

3
PARTS LIST

Blower Unit

Filters
*Motor Plate

Shaft Pulley
Motor

Blower Mounting Angle

Motor Pulley

Belt
Shock Mounts (4)

*Galvanized motor plate shown. Painted steel motor bracket used on units with smaller motor frame sizes.

Note: The unit serial number, located on the Greenheck name tag, should be provided when requesting parts or
information.

Warranty
Greenheck warrants this equipment to be free from defects in material and workmanship for a period of one year from
the purchase date. Any units or parts which prove to be defective during the warranty period will be replaced at our
option when returned to our factory, transportation prepaid.
The motor is warranted by the motor manufacturer for a period of one year. Should the motor furnished by Greenheck
prove defective during this period, it should be returned to the nearest authorized motor service station. Greenheck
will not be responsible for any removal or installation costs.

As a result of our commitment to continuous improvement, Greenheck reserves the right to change specifications without notice.

GREENHECK
P.O. BOX 410 SCHOFIELD, WISCONSIN 54476-0410
PH. 715-359-6171
® www.greenheck.com
RSF/RSFP IOM
#453148 Rev 2 Dec 2004
Copyright © 2004 Greenheck Fan Corp.
SIDI KRIR POWER STATION 750 MW COMBINED CYCLE PROJECT
MECHANICAL EQUIPMENT / PIPE INSTALLATION

WEST DELTA ELECTRICITY PRODUCTION COMPANY

POWER GENERATION ENGINEERING AND SERVICES COMPANY

Installation, Operation & Maintenance Manual for


CTG Building # Ventilation Fans

This document is confidential and is the property of Toshiba Plant Systems & Services Corporation. It must not be copied, loaned or transferred, nor must the information it
contains be disclosed to any third party without their written permission.
P.O. Box 410
Schofield, WI 54476

Phone: 715.359.6171
www.greenheck.com

PROTECTING AND REPAIRING THE FINISH


These recommendations are intended to assist architects, contractors, owners, building managers,
etc., who are concerned with the care and maintenance of painted &/or anodized architectural
aluminum. The information contains suggested methods as an aid in establishing safe, sound
cleaning and maintenance procedures.

TODAY'S HIGH QUALITY PAINTED AND ANODIZED FINISHES ARE EXTREMELY


DURABLE. But even the best finish needs a little TLC; and with the most careful treatment of
the louvers or architectural products during installation and daily use, occasional damage will
occur.

This article discusses the recommended care of painted or anodized finishes on architectural
metal and looks at three levels of concern: Care and Cleaning, Minor Repairs, and More
Complex Refinishing.

The Care and Cleaning of Painted Material


Today’s factory applied heat-cured painted finishes are durable and very colorfast. The Kynar
and Hylar based products that meet the AAMA 2605 specification and/or ASCA 96 with trade
names such as Duranar by PPG, Fluropon by Valspar or Trinar by Akzo-Nobel are warranted to
retain their color and gloss level for many years. However, to assure that they retain their original
beauty, even these highly durable finishes should be cleaned occasionally. When selecting a
cleaning solution use mild soap solutions that are safe for use with your bare hands such as those
products that one would use to wash a car. Avoid the use of strong acid or alkali cleaners as they
may damage the finish.

Solvents no stronger than mineral spirits or denatured alcohol may be used to remove grease,
sealants or other materials. Never mix cleaners or cleaners and solvents as the resultant mixture
can cause harmful or even dangerous results. Do not use abrasive cleaners or materials such as
steel wool or abrasive brushes, which can also harm the surface.

Once heavy soil, grease or sealant is removed the mild soap solution should be applied with a
soft cloth, sponge or soft brush. Rinse the surface thoroughly with clean water and dry with a
soft cloth.

In coastal areas where the finish is exposed to salt spray or in areas containing heavy industrial
pollutants the cleaning should take place on a regular basis. For example cleaning the painted
finish can be scheduled as a part of the regular maintenance program for glass cleaning.
Cleaning Anodized Material
Anodized material has an extremely hard surface that is very colorfast and mar resistant. The
Class I clear or color anodized finishes applied by a computer automated, high quality
commercial anodizer specializing in architectural finishing will provide consistent color and long
product life in a variety of applications.

Much like painted surfaces, an anodized finish should be cleaned using mild soap solutions to
retain its original beauty. Products that are safe for use with bare hands including most
commercial cleaning products can be safely used. The cleaning solution should be applied with a
soft cloth, sponge or brush. Avoid the use of strong acid or alkali cleaners.

Severely soiled anodized surfaces can be cleaned a little more aggressively than painted surfaces.
For example, slight scuffmarks and rub marks on an anodized surface can be removed with a
mild abrasive pad such as the Scotch-Brite pad. Use the pad to remove the mark, then clean the
surface using the mild soap solution. Rinse the surface thoroughly with clean water and dry with
a soft cloth.

As with painted surfaces, in coastal areas where the finish is exposed to salt spray or in areas
containing heavy industrial pollutants the cleaning should take place on a regular maintenance
program.

Field Touch Up
It is almost a given that some damage will occur and touchup work will be required during or
after installation. But the good news is that both painted and anodized surface damage can be
easily repaired if the damage is slight such as a scratch or rub mark. Minor painted surface
damage can be sanded prior to touchup painting with excellent results. For scratches or gouges
use a relatively course grit paper to remove the damage, then use progressively finer paper to
remove the sanding marks, finishing with a 180 to 220 grit paper.

Sanding of anodized material that is going to be touched up is not recommended. The anodized
surface is aluminum oxide, which is generally harder than the sandpaper. Some rub marks on an
anodized surface can be removed with a mild abrasive pad such as the Scotch-Brits pad prior to
touch up painting.

Custom finishers usually supply a limited mount of touch-up paint with the project material.
Touchup paint is supplied in small aerosols or bottles with a built in brush for easy application
and is to be applied very sparingly. It is intended to cover small blemishes or to touchup exposed
cut ends on fabricated parts. It is not intended for use on large areas of more than a few square
inches. The color will closely match the factory applied painted or anodized finish, however the
finish is not as hard nor performance the same as the baked on finishes. After cleaning the area to
be touched up, wipe the area with denatured alcohol to remove any moisture or cleaning residue
and apply the touchup per the finisher’s instructions. Use caution as excessive use of touch up
paint may void the original finisher’s warranty.
Serving area: CTG bldg
Qty: 12
Selected Model: SBCS-3H54- 100
PN 471755
Capacity : 46750 m3/hr
Supply Fan

Sidewall Propeller Fans
#FMU%SJWF %JSFDU%SJWFBOE3FWFSTJCMF
&YIBVTU 4VQQMZBOE'JMUFSFE4VQQMZ
*OTUBMMBUJPO 0QFSBUJPOBOE.BJOUFOBODF.BOVBM
Please read and save these instructions for future reference. Read carefully before attempting
to assemble, install, operate, or maintain the product described. Protect yourself and others by
observing all safety information. Failure to comply with instructions could result in personal injury
and/or property damage!

Sidewall Propeller Fans


Greenheck’s sidewall propeller fan line is the ideal choice for factory and
warehouse applications where high volumes of air and low pressures are
required. From general ventilation to industrial duty, the range of construction
and performance capabilities offered represent the most comprehensive sidewall
propeller fan line in the industry.
Performance spans the range between 300 to 87,000 cfm (510 to 147,814 m3/hr)
with static pressures to 1.25 in. wg (249 Pa). Fan sizes range from 8 to 54 inches
(203 to 1372 mm) for direct drive and 20 to 72 inches (508 to 1829 mm) for belt
drive. Regardless of fan size, performance or duty level, all Greenheck sidewall
propeller fans are built to perform with the same high standards of reliability and
durability. All models are available in exhaust or supply arrangements.
Models SE1, SS1, SE2, SS2, SCE3, SCS3, SCR3, SBE-1, SBS-1, SBE-2, SBS-2, SBE-3, SBS-3, SBCE, SBCS, and SBCR.

'JMUFSFE4VQQMZ
Filtered supply wall housings are available in seven sizes for fans ranging
from size 24 to 54 inches (610 to 1372 mm). They are designed with
the draw-thru concept to achieve the highest filter and fan efficiencies.
Permanent 2 inch (51 mm) washable filters are accessed through a bolted
panel and can be easily removed for cleaning.
(FOFSBM4BGFUZ*OGPSNBUJPO
Only qualified personnel should install this fan. the National Fire Protection Agency (NFPA),
Personnel should have a clear understanding of where applicable. Follow the Canadian Electric
these instructions and should be aware of general Code (CEC) in Canada.
safety precautions. Improper installation can result 2. The rotation of the propeller is critical. It must
in electric shock, possible injury due to coming in be free to rotate without striking or rubbing any
contact with moving parts, as well as other potential stationary objects.
hazards. Other considerations may be required 3. Motor must be securely and adequately
if high winds or seismic activity are present. If grounded.
more information is needed, contact a licensed
4. Do not spin fan propeller faster than max
professional engineer before moving forward.
cataloged fan RPM. Adjustments to fan speed
%"/(&3 significantly effects motor load. If the fan RPM is
Always disconnect, lock and tag power source before changed, the motor current should be checked
installing or servicing. Failure to disconnect power source to make sure it is not exceeding the motor
can result in fire, shock or serious injury. nameplate amps.
$"65*0/ 5. Do not allow the power cable to kink or come
in contact with oil, grease, hot surfaces,
When servicing the fan, motor may be hot enough to or chemicals. Replace cord immediately if
cause pain or injury. Allow motor to cool before servicing.
damaged.
$"65*0/ 6. Verify that the power source is compatible with
Precaution should be taken in explosive atmospheres. the equipment.
7. Never open access doors to a duct while the fan
1. Follow all local electrical and safety codes, as
is running.
well as the National Electrical Code (NEC) and
4JEFXBMM1SPQFMMFS'BOTt&YIBVTU 4VQQMZBOE'JMUFSFE4VQQMZ 1
3FDFJWJOH The unit should be stored at least 3½ inches (89 mm)
Upon receiving the product, check to make sure off the floor on wooden blocks covered with moisture
all items are accounted for by referencing the bill proof paper or polyethylene sheathing. Aisles
of lading to ensure all items were received. Inspect between parts and along all walls should be provided
each crate for shipping damage before accepting to permit air circulation and space for inspection.
delivery. Notify the carrier if any damage is noticed. OUTDOOR
The carrier will make notification on the delivery Fans designed for outdoor applications may be
receipt acknowledging any damage to the product. stored outdoors, if absolutely necessary. Roads or
All damage should be noted on all the copies of the aisles for portable cranes and hauling equipment are
bill of lading which is countersigned by the delivering needed.
carrier. A Carrier Inspection Report should be filled
The fan should be placed on a level surface to
out by the carrier upon arrival and reported to the
prevent water from leaking into the fan. The fan
Traffic Department. If damaged upon arrival, file
should be elevated on an adequate number of
a claim with carrier. Any physical damage to the
wooden blocks so it is above water and snow levels
unit after acceptance is not the responsibility of
and has enough blocking to prevent it from settling
Greenheck Fan Corporation.
into soft ground. Locate parts far enough apart to
6OQBDLJOH permit air circulation, sunlight and space for periodic
Verify that all required parts and the correct quantity inspection. To minimize water accumulation, place all
of each item have been received. If any items are fan parts on blocking supports so rain water will run
missing, report shortages to your local representative off.
to arrange for obtaining missing parts. Sometimes it Do not cover parts with plastic film or tarps as these
is not possible that all items for the unit be shipped cause condensation of moisture from the air passing
together due to availability of transportation and through heating and cooling cycles. Fan wheels
truck space. Confirmation of shipment(s) must be should be blocked to prevent spinning caused by
limited to only items on the bill of lading. strong winds.
Note: The filtered supply unit ships with all ordered *OTQFDUJPOBOE.BJOUFOBODF%VSJOH
components completely factory assembled. The
4UPSBHF
optional weatherhood ships knocked down for field
assembly and installation. While in storage, inspect fans once per month. Keep
a record of inspection and maintenance performed.
4UPSBHF If moisture or dirt accumulations are found on parts,
Fans are protected against damage during shipment. the source should be located and eliminated. At each
If the unit cannot be installed and operated inspection, rotate the wheel by hand ten to fifteen
immediately, precautions need to be taken to prevent revolutions to distribute lubricant on motor. If paint
deterioration of the unit during storage. The user deterioration begins, consideration should be given
assumes responsibility of the fan and accessories to touch-up or repainting. Fans with special coatings
while in storage. The manufacturer will not be may require special techniques for touch-up or
responsible for damage during storage. These repair.
suggestions are provided solely as a convenience to Machined parts coated with rust preventive should
the user. be restored to good condition promptly if signs of
rust occur. Immediately remove the original rust
INDOOR preventive coating with petroleum solvent and clean
The ideal environment for the storage of fans and with lint-free cloths. Polish any remaining rust from
accessories is indoors, above grade, in a low surface with crocus cloth or fine emery paper and
humidity atmosphere which is sealed to prevent the oil. Do not destroy the continuity of the surfaces.
entry of blowing dust, rain or snow. Temperatures Thoroughly wipe clean with Tectyl® 506 (Ashland Inc.)
should be evenly maintained between 30° to 110°F or the equivalent. For hard to reach internal surfaces
(-1° to 43°C), wide temperature swings may cause or for occasional use, consider using Tectyl® 511M
condensation and “sweating” of metal parts. All Rust Preventive, WD-40® or the equivalent.
accessories must be stored indoors in a clean, dry
atmosphere. 3FNPWJOH'SPN4UPSBHF
Remove any accumulations of dirt, water, ice, or As fans are removed from storage to be installed
snow and wipe dry before moving to indoor storage. in their final location, they should be protected
To avoid “sweating” of metal parts allow cold parts to and maintained in a similar fashion until the fan
reach room temperature. To dry parts and packages equipment goes into operation.
use a portable electric heater to remove any moisture
build up. Leave coverings loose to permit air
circulation and to allow for periodic inspection.

2 4JEFXBMM1SPQFMMFS'BOTt&YIBVTU 4VQQMZBOE'JMUFSFE4VQQMZ ®
1SF*OTUBMMBUJPO$IFDLT Fans mounted to the wall require a different wall
tCheck chart below for correct wall opening opening (W.O.) size than those mounted in collars or
dimensions. wall housings. Propeller-to-damper distance (M) is
important to reduce turbulence and damper flutter
tCheck motor voltage and amperage rating for
which may lead to premature damper failure.
compatibility with electrical supply. Supply wiring
must be properly fused and conform to local and Figure 1 and 2 show the wall opening (W.O.) required
national codes. for installations with either a wall housing or collar.
tMotor load amperage must be checked and Figure 3 shows the recommended wall opening
compared to nameplate rating to avoid serious (W.O.) and the minimum distance (M) suggested
damage to motor when speed is increased. between the fan and damper for direct to wall
installations.
8BMM0QFOJOH3FRVJSFNFOUT Figure 4 shows the dimensions and wall opening
Wall opening size and propeller-to-damper distance (W.O.) required for installations with a filtered supply
are two important dimensions for fan installation. wall housing.

W.O.
W.O.

Figure 1 - Wall Housing Installation Figure 2 - Wall Collar Installation

Wall
Wall Filter
Housing Section INTERIOR EXTERIOR
Optional 90º
Weatherhood

Filters
Filters
Airflow
A
W.O.

M
C 24 in. 15 in. Optional
Wall

Damper
B

Figure 3 - Direct to Wall Installation Figure 4 - Filtered Supply Wall Housing Installation

3FDPNNFOEFE8BMM0QFOJOH 80

%BNQFS 'JMUFSFE4VQQMZ8BMM)PVTJOH0OMZ
Fan 4RVBSF .
Size
Size 'JHVSFT .JOJNVN
4RVBSF 'JHVSF 'JHVSF " B C 'JMUFS2VBOUJUZ4J[F
and 2
8 10 (254) 14¼ (362) 10½ (267) - 6 (152) - - - -
10 12 (305) 16¼ (413) 12½ (318) - 6 (152) - - - -
12 14 (356) 19¼ (489) 14½ (368) - 7 (178) - - - -
14 16 (406) 21¼ (540) 16½ (419) - 8 (203) - - - -
16 18 (457) 23¼ (591) 18½ (470) - 9 (229) - - - -
18 20 (508) 25¼ (641) 20½ (521) - 10 (254) - - - -
20 22 (559) 27¼ (692) 22½ (572) - 12 (305) - - - -
24 26 (660) 33¾ (857) 26½ (673) 333⁄4 (857) 13 (330) 321⁄4 (819) 63 (1600) 24 (610) 4 23 1⁄4 x 16 1⁄4 (591 x 413)
30 32 (813) 39¾ (1010) 32½ (826) 393⁄4 (1010) 13 (330) 381⁄4 (972) 65 (1651) 26 (660) 4 24 5⁄8 x 191⁄4 (625 x 489)
36 38 (965) 45¾ (1162) 38½ (978) 453⁄4 (1162) 14 (356) 441⁄4 (1124) 671⁄4 (1708) 28¼ (718) 6 231⁄4 x 221⁄8 (591 x 562)
42 44 (1118) 51¾ (1314) 44½ (1130) 513⁄4 (1314) 15 (381) 501⁄8 (1273) 727⁄8 (1851) 34 (864) 6 24 1⁄8 x 25 1⁄8 (613 x 638)
48 50 (1270) 57¾ (1467) 50½ (1283) 573⁄4 (1467) 16 (406) 561⁄8 (1426) 727⁄8 (1851) 34 (864) 12 231⁄4 x 18 3⁄4 (591 x 476)
54 56 (1422) 63¾ (1619) 56½ (1435) 633⁄4 (1619) 17 (432) 623⁄8 (1584) 7911⁄16 (2024) 4011⁄16 (1033) 12 231⁄4 x 20 3⁄4 (591 x 527)
60 62 (1575) 69¾ (1772) 62½ (1588) - 19 (483) - - - -
72 74 (1880) 84¾ (2153) 74½ (1892) - 19 (483) - - - -
All dimensions given in inches (millimeters). Filters are 2 inch (51 mm) nominal thickness. Above filter sizes are actual dimensions.

®
4JEFXBMM1SPQFMMFS'BOTt&YIBVTU 4VQQMZBOE'JMUFSFE4VQQMZ 3
Choose method of support. Attach support to end
8"3/*/(
of unit (above or below housing) with rods, cable,
Always disconnect, lock and tag power source before angle, etc. (supplied by others) as shown.
installing or servicing. Failure to disconnect power Vertical braces must carry a minimum load of 500
source can result in fire, shock or serious injury. pounds per support, and angled (45°) braces a
5ZQJDBM*OTUBMMBUJPO minimum of 750 pounds per support based on two
supports.
Move fan to the desired location and determine the
method by which the fan is to be mounted as shown 4UFQ Install Weatherhood
in Figures 1-4 shown on page 3. Optional wall mount
housings (Figure 1) and wall mount collars (Figure

Wall
Optional 90º
2) provide a convenient means of mounting sidewall Weatherhood

propeller fans while maintaining the proper distance


between propeller and damper.
Attach the fan by inserting a suitable fastener
through each of the prepunched mounting holes in
the fan panel. Care should be taken not to bend or
distort the fan panel or drive components during

Wall
installation.
4VQQPSU#SBDFT Position weatherhood over end of wall housing
Wall Housing sizes 42 and larger with heavy motors and fasten through mounting holes with self-
and all Filtered Supply Wall Housings need additional tapping screws. Caulk, flash and complete
bracing. electrical hook-up to finish installation.
'JMUFSFE4VQQMZ8BMM)PVTJOH*OTUBMMBUJPO 1SF4UBSUJOH$IFDLT
4UFQ Install Housing Check all fasteners and setscrews for tightness. This
is especially important for bearing setscrews.
Wall

INTERIOR EXTERIOR The propeller should rotate freely and not rub on the
fan panel venturi. Rotation direction of the propeller
should be checked by momentarily turning the unit
Airflow
on. Propeller blade should cup and throw the air
when rotating in the correct rotation as shown in
Mounting
the figure below. Rotation should be in the same
Angles
direction as the rotation decal affixed to the unit.
Wall

Temporary
Brace

Install housing through wall opening from outside.


Temporarily brace end of unit until permanent
support braces are installed.
Secure through prepunched holes in angles with
suitable fasteners.
4UFQ Install Support Braces
500 lb. load
per support
750 lb. load
per support
Wall

45º
For 3-phase installations, fan rotation can be
reversed by simply interchanging any two of the
three electrical leads. For single-phase installations
follow the wiring diagram located on the motor.
For Belt Drive Fans: The adjustable motor pulley is
preset at the factory for the specified fan RPM. Fan
speed can be increased by closing or decreased by
Wall

45º
opening the adjustable pulley. Two or three groove
variable pitch pulleys must be adjusted an equal
750 lb. load
500 lb. load per support
per support

4 4JEFXBMM1SPQFMMFS'BOTt&YIBVTU 4VQQMZBOE'JMUFSFE4VQQMZ ®
number of turns open. Any increase in fan speed #FBSJOHT (For belt drive fans only)
represents a substantial increase in horsepower Bearings are the most critical moving part of the
required from the motor. Always check motor load fan and should be inspected at periodic intervals.
amperage and compare to nameplate rating when Locking collars and setscrews, in addition to
changing fan speed. fasteners attaching the bearings to the bearing
3PVUJOF.BJOUFOBODF plate, must be checked for tightness. In a clean
environment and temperatures above 32ºF (0ºC)
Once the fan has been put into operation, a periodic
and below 200ºF (93ºC), fan shaft bearings with
maintenance program should be set up to preserve
grease fittings should be lubricated semi-annually
the reliability and performance of the fan. Items to
using a high-quality lithium based grease. If unusual
be included in this program are: Belts, Bearings,
environmental conditions exist, temperatures below
Fasteners and Setscrews, Lubrication, and Removal
32ºF (0ºC) and above 200ºF (93ºC), moisture or
of Dust and Dirt.
contaminants, more frequent lubrication is required.
8"3/*/( With the unit running, add grease very slowly with
Always disconnect, lock and tag power source before a manual grease gun until a slight bead of grease
installing or servicing. Failure to disconnect power forms at the seal. Be careful not to unseat the seal
source can result in fire, shock or serious injury. by over lubricating or using excessive pressure.
Bearings without grease fittings are lubricated for
life.
#FMUT
Premature belt failures are frequently caused by 'BTUFOFSTBOE4FUTDSFXT
improper belt tension (either too tight or too loose) or Any fan vibration has a tendency to loosen
misaligned pulleys. The proper tension for operating mechanical fasteners. A periodic inspection should
a V-belt is the lowest tension at which the belts will include checking all fasteners and setscrews for
not slip at peak load conditions. For initial tensioning, tightness. Particular attention should be paid to
the proper belt deflection halfway between pulley setscrews or taper-lock bushings attaching the
centers is 1/64 inch (0.4 mm) for each inch of belt propeller to the motor shaft and the motor shaft to
span. For example, if the belt span is 64 inches the bearings. Loose bearing setscrews will lead to
(1626 mm), the belt deflection should be one inch premature failure of the fan shaft. In addition, check
(25 mm) using moderate thumb pressure at midpoint all fasteners attaching the motor to the motor plate.
of the drive. See figure shown below.
-VCSJDBUJPO
Refer to the paragraph on bearings for bearing
lubrication. Many fractional horsepower motors
installed on the smaller fans are lubricated for life
and require no further attention. Motors equipped
Slack
with oil holes should be oiled in accordance with the
Side manufacturer’s instructions printed on the motor.
Use a high grade SAE 20 machine oil and use caution
not to over lubricate. Motors supplied with grease
fittings should be greased according to directions
Check belt tension two times during the first 24
printed on the motor.
hours of operation and periodically thereafter. To
adjust belt tension, simply loosen four fasteners 3FNPWBMPG%VTUBOE%JSU
(two on each side of the motor plate) and slide the Dirt clogs cooling openings on the motor housing,
motor plate away from the fan shaft until proper contaminates bearing lubricant and collects on
belt tension is attained. On some fans, fasteners propeller blades causing severe imbalance if left
attaching the motor to the motor plate must be unchecked. The exterior surface of the motor, fan
loosened in order to adjust the belt. panel and entire propeller should be thoroughly
It is very important cleaned periodically. Use caution and do not allow
that the drive pulleys water or solvents to enter the motor or bearings.
remain in proper Motors or bearings must not be sprayed with steam
alignment after or water.
adjustments are The filters also require periodic cleaning. The 2 inch
made. Misalignment (51 mm) washable aluminum filters are accessed
of pulleys will result through the bolted access panel.
in premature belt
wear noise, vibration
and power loss.

®
4JEFXBMM1SPQFMMFS'BOTt&YIBVTU 4VQQMZBOE'JMUFSFE4VQQMZ 5
5SPVCMFTIPPUJOH
WARNING: Before taking any corrective action, make certain unit is not capable of operation during repairs.

PROBLEM CAUSE CORRECTIVE ACTION

Too Much Airflow Resistance lower than designed Decrease fan speed.
Check backdraft dampers for proper operation. Remove
System resistance too high obstructions in ductwork. Clean dirty filters. Check for adequate
supply air for exhaust fans or exhaust air for supply fans.
Fan too close to damper Increase distance between fan and damper.
Reduced Airflow
Fan speed too low Increase fan speed.

Excessive dirt buildup on


Clean propeller.
propeller

Tighten collars and fasteners. Lubricate bearings. Replace


Bearings
defective bearings.
Tighten pulleys on motor and fan shaft. Adjust belt tension. Align
V-Belt drive
pulleys properly. Replace worn belts or pulleys. See Maintenance.
Clean dirt buildup from propeller. Check all setscrews and
Excessive vibration fasteners for tightness. Check for worn bearing. Correct propeller
Excessive Noise imbalance. Check for loose dampers, guards or ductwork.
Defective motor Replace motor.
Check VFD for drive setting, some controllers are able to be adjust
Variable Frequency Drive (VFD) to lower the harmonic noises sometimes heard during operation by
adjusting a simple setting on the controller.
Debris Remove all debris from the fan.

Check fuses/circuit breakers. Check for switches turned off or


Electrical Supply
disconnected. Check for correct supply voltage.
Fan Does Not
Drive Check for broken or worn belts. Tighten loose pulleys.
Operate
Assure motor is correct horsepower and not tripping overload
Motor
protector.

.BJOUFOBODF%PDVNFOUBUJPO
+PC*OGPSNBUJPO
Job Name:___________________________________ Service Organization: _________________________________
Address: ____________________________________ Address:_____________________________________________
City: ________________________________________ City:_________________________________________________
State: _______________ Zip:__________________ State: _______________ Zip: __________________________
Phone: ______________________________________ Phone: ______________________________________________
Contact Person:______________________________ Work Done By: _______________________________________

/BNFQMBUF*OGPSNBUJPO 'JFME4UBSU6Q%PDVNFOUBUJPO
Model: ______________________________________
Volts: ________ Hertz: ________ Phase: ______ Actual Voltage: _______ Hertz: ______ Phase:_________
Amps:_______________ Mark: ________________ Actual Amperage: ____________________________________
Supply hp:___________ Exhaust hp: __________ Blower Rotation: _____________________________________
Serial Number: _______________________________ Air Volume: Design cfm: _____________________________
Model Voltage: _______________________________ Actual cfm:______________________________
Motor Amperage: ____________________________ Level of fan (L or H): __________________________________
Fan RPM: ___________________________________ Fan RPM Range (min.) ___________ (max.) _____________

6 4JEFXBMM1SPQFMMFS'BOTt&YIBVTU 4VQQMZBOE'JMUFSFE4VQQMZ ®
1BSUT-JTU
/05&
Each fan bears a manufacturer’s nameplate with model number and serial number embossed. This information will
assist the local Greenheck representative and the factory in providing service and replacement parts. Before taking any
corrective action, make certain unit is not capable of operation during repairs.
$"65*0/
A fan manufactured with an explosion resistant motor does not certify the entire unit to be explosion proof.

Parts List - Belt Drive


4#& 4#4 4#&BOE4#4 -BOE)QSPQFMMFST

1. Fan Panel
1
2. Propeller
3. Drive Frame Channel (2)
2 4. Motor /Bearing Plate
9 8
5. Motor
6. Motor Pulley
7. Shaft Pulley
8. Fan Shaft
9. Bearings (2)
10. Belt
4
10
Exhaust Supply
Airflow Airflow
3 5 6 7

4#& 4#4 4#$& 4#$4 BOE4#$3 -BOE)QSPQFMMFST

1. Fan Panel
1 2. Propeller
11 3. Drive Frame Channel (2)
9 4. Motor Plate
4 8
5. Motor
7 6. Motor Pulley
2 7. Shaft Pulley
10 8. Fan Shaft
9. Bearings (2)
6
10. Belt
11. Bearing Plate
5
Exhaust Supply
Airflow Airflow

®
4JEFXBMM1SPQFMMFS'BOTt&YIBVTU 4VQQMZBOE'JMUFSFE4VQQMZ 7
Parts List - Direct Drive
4&BOE44 4J[FTUISV% (BOE&NPUPSTQFFET

1. Fan Panel
2. Propeller
6 3. Drive Frame/Motor Support
2
4. Motor
5. Riser Blocks (4) - supply fan only
4 6. Shaft Extension- supply fan only

Exhaust Supply
Airflow Airflow

1 3 5

4&BOE44 4J[FTUISV" #BOE$NPUPSTQFFET

4&BOE44
4$& 4$4BOE4$3

1. Fan Panel
1 2. Propeller
2 3. Drive Frame Channels (2)
4. Motor Plate
5. Motor

Exhaust Supply
Airflow Airflow
3 4 5

Warranty

Greenheck warrants this equipment to be free from defects in material and workmanship for a period of one year
from the purchase date. Any units or parts which prove defective during the warranty period will be replaced at
our option when returned to our factory, transportation prepaid. Motors are warranted by the motor manufacturer
for a period of one year. Should motors furnished by Greenheck prove defective during this period, they should
be returned to the nearest authorized motor service station. Greenheck will not be responsible for any removal or
installation costs.
As a result of our commitment to continuous improvement, Greenheck reserves the right to change specifications
without notice.

Greenheck Catalog Sidewall Propeller Fans provides additional AMCA Publication 410-96, Safety Practices for
information describing the equipment, fan performance, Users and Installers of Industrial and Commercial
available accessories, and specification data. Fans, provides additional safety information. This
publication can be obtained from AMCA International,
Inc. at: www.amca.org.

1IPOF 
t'BY 
t&NBJMHGDJOGP!HSFFOIFDLDPNtWebsite: www.greenheck.com
8 t4JEFXBMM1SPQFMMFS'BOT*0.t3FW 0DUPCFS $PQZSJHIUª(SFFOIFDL'BO$PSQ
PN 460983

GREENHECK
P.O. BOX 410 SCHOFIELD, WISCONSIN 54476-0410
TBI Tubular Belt Inline Fan
®
PH. 715-359-6171
www.greenheck.com
TDI Tubular Direct Inline Fan

Installation Operation and Maintenance Manual


READ AND SAVE THESE INSTRUCTIONS
Serving area: CTG Bldg
Capacity : 42500 m3/hr
QTY:12
Selected Model: TBI-CA-4L48- 75
Exhaust Fan

TBI-CA, TBI-FS TDI


Level 3, 4 & 5 Level 3, 4 & 5
RECEIVING
Greenheck model TBI / TDI fans are thoroughly inspected and test run at the factory. Items such as proper propeller
alignment, balance, and workmanship are analyzed by personnel using state-of-the art equipment. However, damage may
occur during handling and shipping. Therefore, it is important that the unit be carefully inspected for visible and concealed
damage before beginning installation. In addition, check to see that all accessory items are accounted for.

Report any damaged equipment to the shipper immediately!


Lifting Locations
HANDLING with optional
Fans should NOT be lifted by the shaft, housing, motor, belt guard, or any mounting brackets
accessories.

Units - Flanged Housing Only


Use a minimum of four bolt holes, two per flange, or attach two suitable chains /
straps around the entire fan housing, one near each duct flange, when lifting large
horizontal fans. Secure the fan housing to prevent the weight of a top or side
mounted motor from rotating the housing while being lifted.

For vertical hanging installations, attach a suitable lifting device to the fan housing or
inlet/outlet flange.

Units - With Mounting Brackets


Fans are to be rigged by either the optional brackets provided or by the skid when a
forklift is used. Slings can be attached as described above or to mounting brackets
located at the ends of the fan housing (Fig. 1).
Fig. 1
STORAGE - Indoor and Outdoor
When a fan is to be stored for a period of time, it must be protected from dirt and moisture. Use of a tarp to cover the unit
will aid in keeping it clean and dry, but avoid using a black plastic tarp as it will promote condensation. Improper storage
which results in damage to the fan will void the warranty. If the storage period is lengthy, the propeller and motor should be
rotated periodically and the bearings purged with fresh grease. In humid, dusty, or corrosive atmospheres, rotate the fan and
purge the bearings once a month. Under normal conditions, this procedure should be repeated once every three months.
June 2001
INSTALLATION
EFFECT OF INSTALLATION ON PERFORMANCE
Any installation with inlet or discharge configurations that deviate from these recommendations may result in reduced fan
performance. Restricted or unstable flow at the fan inlet can cause pre-rotation of incoming air or uneven loading of the fan
prop yielding large system losses and increased sound levels. Free discharge or turbulent flow in the discharge ductwork
will also result in system effect losses.

The most common inlet and discharge conditions which affect fan performance are:
INLET DUCT TURNS DISCHARGE DUCT TURNS

Poor

1 Fan
Wheel
Dia.

Turning
Vanes
Length of Straight Duct

Good Poor

Good

Installation of a duct turn or elbow too close to the fan inlet Fan performance is reduced when duct turns are made
reduces fan performance because air is loaded unevenly into immediately off the fan discharge. To achieve cataloged
the fan prop. To achieve full fan performance there should fan performance, there should be at least one equivalent
be at least one to two fan prop diameters between the turn duct diameter of straight ductwork between the fan
or elbow and the fan inlet. discharge and any duct turns.

TYPICAL INSTALLATIONS - WITH MOUNTING BRACKETS


Following are typical mounting installations for models with mounting brackets. Diagrams show dimensions for ceiling hung
installations, the dimensions for floor or base mount installations are mirror images of these. For TBI's with motor in the 3 or
9 o'clock position or vertical installations, additional mounting rails are recommended. Mounting rail dimensions are shown
for field fabrication.

Horizontal Vertical
B
D C
A B C

Optional
Mounting
Rails g

Optional
Mounting
Rails

Motor at 3 or 9 o’clock position


Mounting Hole Locations
Unit Level Identification - Refer to TBI/TDI A B C D
fan name plate Fan Belt Direct Belt Drive Direct Drive Belt Belt
Example: TBI-3L42 (level 3) Size Drive Drive Level 3 Level 4/5 Level 3 Level 4/5 Drive Drive
TBI-4H30 (level 4) 18 17.63 17.63 17.38 21.38 13.38 21.38 26.00 28.00
20 19.00 19.00 17.38 22.38 14.38 21.38 28.50 29.25
24 21.88 21.88 18.38 23.38 14.38 21.38 33.00 33.75
GREENHECK
P.O. BOX 410 SCHOFIELD, WISCONSIN 54476-0410 30 26.13 26.13 19.38 28.38 16.38 25.88 37.00 38.75
PH. 715-359-6171
® www.greenheck.com
36 30.50 30.50 21.88 26.88 13.88 23.38 44.00 47.00
MODEL 42 34.75 34.75 22.88 31.88 19.88 26.38 50.00 51.25
S/N 48 42.00 42.00 25.38 36.38 19.38 31.38 56.00 61.00
MARK 54 46.75 46.75 29.88 40.38 NA 31.38 62.00 65.50
60 51.00 51.00 32.38 41.38 NA 31.38 71.00 70.00
TYPICAL HIGH TEMPERATURE CONTINUOUS DUTY INSTALLATIONS

Roof
TBI-FS with optional high temperature
construction are factory modified for operation
in high temperature continuous duty Ambient temperature
not to exceed 120∞F
applications. With propeller on the discharge
end of the fan, negative pressure is created in
the belt tube during operation. Ambient air is
drawn in through the belt tube and cools the Duct to heat source
belts and bearings.
Minimum duct
Airflow at discharge
For the greatest amount of internal cooling,
discharge static pressure should be kept to a
minimum while keeping most of the pressure
on the inlet side. Locate the fan at ends of the
duct runs and near the discharge point in the Cooling air for
drives and
system. This set-up will promote the ambient bearings
air cooling effect.

Wall and/or ceiling should enclose


fan when used for emergency heat
OPERATION and smoke exhaust.

ELECTRICAL CONNECTIONS
Before electrical connections are made, the supply voltage, phase and ampere capacity must be checked for compatibility
with the fan motor. In addition, the supply wiring must be properly fused and conform to local and national electrical codes.
The supply wires are then connected to an optional safety disconnect switch (if supplied) or wired directly to the motor.

PRE-START UP CHECKS
1. Check all fasteners for tightness. This includes motor bolts, bearing bolts, and any set screws or locking collars attaching
the propeller to the shaft and shaft to the bearings.
2. Prop rotation should be in the same direction as the rotation decal affixed to the unit. For 3-phase installations, fan
rotation can be reversed by simply interchanging any two of the three electrical leads. For single phase installations,
follow the wiring diagram located on the motor.
3. (Belt Drive) Adjustable motor pulleys are preset at the factory for the specified fan RPM. Fan speed can be increased by
closing or decreased by opening the adjustable pulley. Two or three groove variable pitch pulleys must be adjusted an
equal number of turns open or closed.
Note: Any change, increase or decrease, in fan speed can represent a substantial increase in
horsepower required from the motor. Always check motor load amperage and compare to name plate
rating when changing fan speed.

MAINTENANCE

WARNING
Disconnect and secure to the “OFF” position all electrical power to the fan prior to inspection or
servicing. Failure to comply with this safety precaution could result in serious injury or death.

Once the fan has been put into operation, a periodic maintenance program should be set up to preserve the reliability and
performance of the fan. Items to be included in this program are:
• BEARINGS • SET SCREWS • BELTS
• LUBRICATION • FASTENERS • REMOVAL OF DUST/DIRT
BEARINGS (Belt Drive)
Bearings are the most critical moving part of the fan and should be inspected at periodic intervals. Locking collars and set
screws, in addition to fasteners attaching the bearing to the bearing plate, must be checked for tightness. In a clean
environment and temperature above 32º F (0º C) and below 200º F (93º C), fan shaft bearings with grease fittings should be
lubricated semi-annually using a high quality lithium based grease. If unusual environmental conditions exist such as
temperatures below 32º F (0º C) and above 200º F (93º C), moisture or contaminants, more frequent lubrication is required.
With the unit running, add grease very slowly with a manual grease gun. Be careful not to unseat the seal by over lubricating
or using excessive pressure. Bearings without grease fittings are lubricated for life.
BELTS (Belt Drive) Deflection = Belt Span
64
Premature belt failures are frequently caused by improper belt tension (either too tight or
too loose) or misaligned pulleys. The proper tension for operating a V-belt is the lowest
tension at which the belts will not slip at peak load conditions. For initial tensioning,
the proper belt deflection half-way between pulley centers is 1/64” for each inch of belt
span. For example, if the belt span is 64 inches, the belt deflection should be one inch
using moderate thumb pressure at midpoint of the drive (Fig. 2).
Belt Span
Check belt tension two times during the first 24 hours of operation and periodically
thereafter. To adjust belt tension, simply pivot the motor on the motor plate. Use the Fig. 2
bolts in the slotted brackets and adjustment rods with bolts as adjustment points until
proper belt tension is attained.
It is very important that the drive pulleys remain in proper alignment after adjustments
are made. Misalignment of pulleys will result in premature belt wear, noise, vibration
and power loss (Fig. 3).

FASTENERS AND SET SCREWS (Belt & Direct Drive) Fig. 3


A periodic inspection should include checking all fasteners and set screws for tightness.
Particular attention should be paid to set screws and locking collars attaching the propeller
to the shaft and the shaft to the bearings. Loose bearing set screws and locking collars will lead to premature failure of the
fan shaft.
MOTOR LUBRICATION (Belt & Direct Drive)
Refer to the paragraph on bearings for bearing lubrication. Many fractional horsepower motors installed on the smaller fans
are lubricated for life and require no further attention. Greasing of motors is intended only when fittings are provided.
Motors equipped with oil holes should be oiled in accordance with the manufacturer’s instructions printed on the motor. Use
a high grade SAE 20 machine oil and use caution not to over lubricate. Motors supplied with grease fittings should be
greased according to directions printed on the motor.
REMOVAL OF DUST AND DIRT (Belt & Direct Drive)
Dirt clogs cooling openings on the motor housing, contaminates bearing lubricant, and collects on the impeller causing
severe imbalance if left unchecked. The exterior surface of the motor and impeller should be thoroughly cleaned periodically.
Use caution and do not allow water or solvents to enter the motor or bearings. Under no circumstances should motors or
bearings be sprayed with steam or water.

PARTS LIST
MOTOR MOTOR
PULLEY MOTOR
COVER
MOTOR (OPTIONAL)
Each fan bears a PLATE BELT
manufacturer's PROPELLER
nameplate with model BELT
number and serial TUBE
BEARING
number embossed. This SUPPORT
information in addition SHAFT
to the shown parts PULLEY
diagram will assist the
local Greenheck BEARING
representative and the COVER
factory in providing
service and replacement
MOUNTING
parts. BRACKETS BEARINGS SHAFT
(Qty. of 4)

Warranty
Greenheck warrants this equipment to be free from defects in material and workmanship for a period of one year from the
purchase date. Any units or parts which prove defective during the warranty period will be replaced at our option when returned
to our factory, transportation prepaid.
Motors are warranted by the motor manufacturer for a period of one year. Should motors furnished by Greenheck prove defective
during this period, they should be returned to the nearest authorized motor service station. Greenheck will not be responsible for
any removal or installation costs.

IOM TBI TDI


Copyright © 2001 Greenheck Fan Corp. Rev. 1 June 2001
SIDI KRIR POWER STATION 750 MW COMBINED CYCLE PROJECT
MECHANICAL EQUIPMENT / PIPE INSTALLATION

WEST DELTA ELECTRICITY PRODUCTION COMPANY

POWER GENERATION ENGINEERING AND SERVICES COMPANY

Installation, Operation & Maintenance Manual for


Control Building # Ventilation Fans & AC Units

This document is confidential and is the property of Toshiba Plant Systems & Services Corporation. It must not be copied, loaned or transferred, nor must the information it
contains be disclosed to any third party without their written permission.
Serving area: Control bldg Basement cable room
Qty: 3
Selected Model: SBCE-3H36- 10
Capacity : 13351 m3/hr
Exhaust Fan
PN 471755

Sidewall Propeller Fans
#FMU%SJWF %JSFDU%SJWFBOE3FWFSTJCMF
&YIBVTU 4VQQMZBOE'JMUFSFE4VQQMZ
*OTUBMMBUJPO 0QFSBUJPOBOE.BJOUFOBODF.BOVBM
Please read and save these instructions for future reference. Read carefully before attempting
to assemble, install, operate, or maintain the product described. Protect yourself and others by
observing all safety information. Failure to comply with instructions could result in personal injury
and/or property damage!

Sidewall Propeller Fans


Greenheck’s sidewall propeller fan line is the ideal choice for factory and
warehouse applications where high volumes of air and low pressures are
required. From general ventilation to industrial duty, the range of construction
and performance capabilities offered represent the most comprehensive sidewall
propeller fan line in the industry.
Performance spans the range between 300 to 87,000 cfm (510 to 147,814 m3/hr)
with static pressures to 1.25 in. wg (249 Pa). Fan sizes range from 8 to 54 inches
(203 to 1372 mm) for direct drive and 20 to 72 inches (508 to 1829 mm) for belt
drive. Regardless of fan size, performance or duty level, all Greenheck sidewall
propeller fans are built to perform with the same high standards of reliability and
durability. All models are available in exhaust or supply arrangements.
Models SE1, SS1, SE2, SS2, SCE3, SCS3, SCR3, SBE-1, SBS-1, SBE-2, SBS-2, SBE-3, SBS-3, SBCE, SBCS, and SBCR.

'JMUFSFE4VQQMZ
Filtered supply wall housings are available in seven sizes for fans ranging
from size 24 to 54 inches (610 to 1372 mm). They are designed with
the draw-thru concept to achieve the highest filter and fan efficiencies.
Permanent 2 inch (51 mm) washable filters are accessed through a bolted
panel and can be easily removed for cleaning.
(FOFSBM4BGFUZ*OGPSNBUJPO
Only qualified personnel should install this fan. the National Fire Protection Agency (NFPA),
Personnel should have a clear understanding of where applicable. Follow the Canadian Electric
these instructions and should be aware of general Code (CEC) in Canada.
safety precautions. Improper installation can result 2. The rotation of the propeller is critical. It must
in electric shock, possible injury due to coming in be free to rotate without striking or rubbing any
contact with moving parts, as well as other potential stationary objects.
hazards. Other considerations may be required 3. Motor must be securely and adequately
if high winds or seismic activity are present. If grounded.
more information is needed, contact a licensed
4. Do not spin fan propeller faster than max
professional engineer before moving forward.
cataloged fan RPM. Adjustments to fan speed
%"/(&3 significantly effects motor load. If the fan RPM is
Always disconnect, lock and tag power source before changed, the motor current should be checked
installing or servicing. Failure to disconnect power source to make sure it is not exceeding the motor
can result in fire, shock or serious injury. nameplate amps.
$"65*0/ 5. Do not allow the power cable to kink or come
in contact with oil, grease, hot surfaces,
When servicing the fan, motor may be hot enough to or chemicals. Replace cord immediately if
cause pain or injury. Allow motor to cool before servicing.
damaged.
$"65*0/ 6. Verify that the power source is compatible with
Precaution should be taken in explosive atmospheres. the equipment.
7. Never open access doors to a duct while the fan
1. Follow all local electrical and safety codes, as
is running.
well as the National Electrical Code (NEC) and
4JEFXBMM1SPQFMMFS'BOTt&YIBVTU 4VQQMZBOE'JMUFSFE4VQQMZ 1
3FDFJWJOH The unit should be stored at least 3½ inches (89 mm)
Upon receiving the product, check to make sure off the floor on wooden blocks covered with moisture
all items are accounted for by referencing the bill proof paper or polyethylene sheathing. Aisles
of lading to ensure all items were received. Inspect between parts and along all walls should be provided
each crate for shipping damage before accepting to permit air circulation and space for inspection.
delivery. Notify the carrier if any damage is noticed. OUTDOOR
The carrier will make notification on the delivery Fans designed for outdoor applications may be
receipt acknowledging any damage to the product. stored outdoors, if absolutely necessary. Roads or
All damage should be noted on all the copies of the aisles for portable cranes and hauling equipment are
bill of lading which is countersigned by the delivering needed.
carrier. A Carrier Inspection Report should be filled
The fan should be placed on a level surface to
out by the carrier upon arrival and reported to the
prevent water from leaking into the fan. The fan
Traffic Department. If damaged upon arrival, file
should be elevated on an adequate number of
a claim with carrier. Any physical damage to the
wooden blocks so it is above water and snow levels
unit after acceptance is not the responsibility of
and has enough blocking to prevent it from settling
Greenheck Fan Corporation.
into soft ground. Locate parts far enough apart to
6OQBDLJOH permit air circulation, sunlight and space for periodic
Verify that all required parts and the correct quantity inspection. To minimize water accumulation, place all
of each item have been received. If any items are fan parts on blocking supports so rain water will run
missing, report shortages to your local representative off.
to arrange for obtaining missing parts. Sometimes it Do not cover parts with plastic film or tarps as these
is not possible that all items for the unit be shipped cause condensation of moisture from the air passing
together due to availability of transportation and through heating and cooling cycles. Fan wheels
truck space. Confirmation of shipment(s) must be should be blocked to prevent spinning caused by
limited to only items on the bill of lading. strong winds.
Note: The filtered supply unit ships with all ordered *OTQFDUJPOBOE.BJOUFOBODF%VSJOH
components completely factory assembled. The
4UPSBHF
optional weatherhood ships knocked down for field
assembly and installation. While in storage, inspect fans once per month. Keep
a record of inspection and maintenance performed.
4UPSBHF If moisture or dirt accumulations are found on parts,
Fans are protected against damage during shipment. the source should be located and eliminated. At each
If the unit cannot be installed and operated inspection, rotate the wheel by hand ten to fifteen
immediately, precautions need to be taken to prevent revolutions to distribute lubricant on motor. If paint
deterioration of the unit during storage. The user deterioration begins, consideration should be given
assumes responsibility of the fan and accessories to touch-up or repainting. Fans with special coatings
while in storage. The manufacturer will not be may require special techniques for touch-up or
responsible for damage during storage. These repair.
suggestions are provided solely as a convenience to Machined parts coated with rust preventive should
the user. be restored to good condition promptly if signs of
rust occur. Immediately remove the original rust
INDOOR preventive coating with petroleum solvent and clean
The ideal environment for the storage of fans and with lint-free cloths. Polish any remaining rust from
accessories is indoors, above grade, in a low surface with crocus cloth or fine emery paper and
humidity atmosphere which is sealed to prevent the oil. Do not destroy the continuity of the surfaces.
entry of blowing dust, rain or snow. Temperatures Thoroughly wipe clean with Tectyl® 506 (Ashland Inc.)
should be evenly maintained between 30° to 110°F or the equivalent. For hard to reach internal surfaces
(-1° to 43°C), wide temperature swings may cause or for occasional use, consider using Tectyl® 511M
condensation and “sweating” of metal parts. All Rust Preventive, WD-40® or the equivalent.
accessories must be stored indoors in a clean, dry
atmosphere. 3FNPWJOH'SPN4UPSBHF
Remove any accumulations of dirt, water, ice, or As fans are removed from storage to be installed
snow and wipe dry before moving to indoor storage. in their final location, they should be protected
To avoid “sweating” of metal parts allow cold parts to and maintained in a similar fashion until the fan
reach room temperature. To dry parts and packages equipment goes into operation.
use a portable electric heater to remove any moisture
build up. Leave coverings loose to permit air
circulation and to allow for periodic inspection.

2 4JEFXBMM1SPQFMMFS'BOTt&YIBVTU 4VQQMZBOE'JMUFSFE4VQQMZ ®
1SF*OTUBMMBUJPO$IFDLT Fans mounted to the wall require a different wall
tCheck chart below for correct wall opening opening (W.O.) size than those mounted in collars or
dimensions. wall housings. Propeller-to-damper distance (M) is
important to reduce turbulence and damper flutter
tCheck motor voltage and amperage rating for
which may lead to premature damper failure.
compatibility with electrical supply. Supply wiring
must be properly fused and conform to local and Figure 1 and 2 show the wall opening (W.O.) required
national codes. for installations with either a wall housing or collar.
tMotor load amperage must be checked and Figure 3 shows the recommended wall opening
compared to nameplate rating to avoid serious (W.O.) and the minimum distance (M) suggested
damage to motor when speed is increased. between the fan and damper for direct to wall
installations.
8BMM0QFOJOH3FRVJSFNFOUT Figure 4 shows the dimensions and wall opening
Wall opening size and propeller-to-damper distance (W.O.) required for installations with a filtered supply
are two important dimensions for fan installation. wall housing.

W.O.
W.O.

Figure 1 - Wall Housing Installation Figure 2 - Wall Collar Installation

Wall
Wall Filter
Housing Section INTERIOR EXTERIOR
Optional 90º
Weatherhood

Filters
Filters
Airflow
A
W.O.

M
C 24 in. 15 in. Optional
Wall

Damper
B

Figure 3 - Direct to Wall Installation Figure 4 - Filtered Supply Wall Housing Installation

3FDPNNFOEFE8BMM0QFOJOH 80

%BNQFS 'JMUFSFE4VQQMZ8BMM)PVTJOH0OMZ
Fan 4RVBSF .
Size
Size 'JHVSFT .JOJNVN
4RVBSF 'JHVSF 'JHVSF " B C 'JMUFS2VBOUJUZ4J[F
and 2
8 10 (254) 14¼ (362) 10½ (267) - 6 (152) - - - -
10 12 (305) 16¼ (413) 12½ (318) - 6 (152) - - - -
12 14 (356) 19¼ (489) 14½ (368) - 7 (178) - - - -
14 16 (406) 21¼ (540) 16½ (419) - 8 (203) - - - -
16 18 (457) 23¼ (591) 18½ (470) - 9 (229) - - - -
18 20 (508) 25¼ (641) 20½ (521) - 10 (254) - - - -
20 22 (559) 27¼ (692) 22½ (572) - 12 (305) - - - -
24 26 (660) 33¾ (857) 26½ (673) 333⁄4 (857) 13 (330) 321⁄4 (819) 63 (1600) 24 (610) 4 23 1⁄4 x 16 1⁄4 (591 x 413)
30 32 (813) 39¾ (1010) 32½ (826) 393⁄4 (1010) 13 (330) 381⁄4 (972) 65 (1651) 26 (660) 4 24 5⁄8 x 191⁄4 (625 x 489)
36 38 (965) 45¾ (1162) 38½ (978) 453⁄4 (1162) 14 (356) 441⁄4 (1124) 671⁄4 (1708) 28¼ (718) 6 231⁄4 x 221⁄8 (591 x 562)
42 44 (1118) 51¾ (1314) 44½ (1130) 513⁄4 (1314) 15 (381) 501⁄8 (1273) 727⁄8 (1851) 34 (864) 6 24 1⁄8 x 25 1⁄8 (613 x 638)
48 50 (1270) 57¾ (1467) 50½ (1283) 573⁄4 (1467) 16 (406) 561⁄8 (1426) 727⁄8 (1851) 34 (864) 12 231⁄4 x 18 3⁄4 (591 x 476)
54 56 (1422) 63¾ (1619) 56½ (1435) 633⁄4 (1619) 17 (432) 623⁄8 (1584) 7911⁄16 (2024) 4011⁄16 (1033) 12 231⁄4 x 20 3⁄4 (591 x 527)
60 62 (1575) 69¾ (1772) 62½ (1588) - 19 (483) - - - -
72 74 (1880) 84¾ (2153) 74½ (1892) - 19 (483) - - - -
All dimensions given in inches (millimeters). Filters are 2 inch (51 mm) nominal thickness. Above filter sizes are actual dimensions.

®
4JEFXBMM1SPQFMMFS'BOTt&YIBVTU 4VQQMZBOE'JMUFSFE4VQQMZ 3
Choose method of support. Attach support to end
8"3/*/(
of unit (above or below housing) with rods, cable,
Always disconnect, lock and tag power source before angle, etc. (supplied by others) as shown.
installing or servicing. Failure to disconnect power Vertical braces must carry a minimum load of 500
source can result in fire, shock or serious injury. pounds per support, and angled (45°) braces a
5ZQJDBM*OTUBMMBUJPO minimum of 750 pounds per support based on two
supports.
Move fan to the desired location and determine the
method by which the fan is to be mounted as shown 4UFQ Install Weatherhood
in Figures 1-4 shown on page 3. Optional wall mount
housings (Figure 1) and wall mount collars (Figure

Wall
Optional 90º
2) provide a convenient means of mounting sidewall Weatherhood

propeller fans while maintaining the proper distance


between propeller and damper.
Attach the fan by inserting a suitable fastener
through each of the prepunched mounting holes in
the fan panel. Care should be taken not to bend or
distort the fan panel or drive components during

Wall
installation.
4VQQPSU#SBDFT Position weatherhood over end of wall housing
Wall Housing sizes 42 and larger with heavy motors and fasten through mounting holes with self-
and all Filtered Supply Wall Housings need additional tapping screws. Caulk, flash and complete
bracing. electrical hook-up to finish installation.
'JMUFSFE4VQQMZ8BMM)PVTJOH*OTUBMMBUJPO 1SF4UBSUJOH$IFDLT
4UFQ Install Housing Check all fasteners and setscrews for tightness. This
is especially important for bearing setscrews.
Wall

INTERIOR EXTERIOR The propeller should rotate freely and not rub on the
fan panel venturi. Rotation direction of the propeller
should be checked by momentarily turning the unit
Airflow
on. Propeller blade should cup and throw the air
when rotating in the correct rotation as shown in
Mounting
the figure below. Rotation should be in the same
Angles
direction as the rotation decal affixed to the unit.
Wall

Temporary
Brace

Install housing through wall opening from outside.


Temporarily brace end of unit until permanent
support braces are installed.
Secure through prepunched holes in angles with
suitable fasteners.
4UFQ Install Support Braces
500 lb. load
per support
750 lb. load
per support
Wall

45º
For 3-phase installations, fan rotation can be
reversed by simply interchanging any two of the
three electrical leads. For single-phase installations
follow the wiring diagram located on the motor.
For Belt Drive Fans: The adjustable motor pulley is
preset at the factory for the specified fan RPM. Fan
speed can be increased by closing or decreased by
Wall

45º
opening the adjustable pulley. Two or three groove
variable pitch pulleys must be adjusted an equal
750 lb. load
500 lb. load per support
per support

4 4JEFXBMM1SPQFMMFS'BOTt&YIBVTU 4VQQMZBOE'JMUFSFE4VQQMZ ®
number of turns open. Any increase in fan speed #FBSJOHT (For belt drive fans only)
represents a substantial increase in horsepower Bearings are the most critical moving part of the
required from the motor. Always check motor load fan and should be inspected at periodic intervals.
amperage and compare to nameplate rating when Locking collars and setscrews, in addition to
changing fan speed. fasteners attaching the bearings to the bearing
3PVUJOF.BJOUFOBODF plate, must be checked for tightness. In a clean
environment and temperatures above 32ºF (0ºC)
Once the fan has been put into operation, a periodic
and below 200ºF (93ºC), fan shaft bearings with
maintenance program should be set up to preserve
grease fittings should be lubricated semi-annually
the reliability and performance of the fan. Items to
using a high-quality lithium based grease. If unusual
be included in this program are: Belts, Bearings,
environmental conditions exist, temperatures below
Fasteners and Setscrews, Lubrication, and Removal
32ºF (0ºC) and above 200ºF (93ºC), moisture or
of Dust and Dirt.
contaminants, more frequent lubrication is required.
8"3/*/( With the unit running, add grease very slowly with
Always disconnect, lock and tag power source before a manual grease gun until a slight bead of grease
installing or servicing. Failure to disconnect power forms at the seal. Be careful not to unseat the seal
source can result in fire, shock or serious injury. by over lubricating or using excessive pressure.
Bearings without grease fittings are lubricated for
life.
#FMUT
Premature belt failures are frequently caused by 'BTUFOFSTBOE4FUTDSFXT
improper belt tension (either too tight or too loose) or Any fan vibration has a tendency to loosen
misaligned pulleys. The proper tension for operating mechanical fasteners. A periodic inspection should
a V-belt is the lowest tension at which the belts will include checking all fasteners and setscrews for
not slip at peak load conditions. For initial tensioning, tightness. Particular attention should be paid to
the proper belt deflection halfway between pulley setscrews or taper-lock bushings attaching the
centers is 1/64 inch (0.4 mm) for each inch of belt propeller to the motor shaft and the motor shaft to
span. For example, if the belt span is 64 inches the bearings. Loose bearing setscrews will lead to
(1626 mm), the belt deflection should be one inch premature failure of the fan shaft. In addition, check
(25 mm) using moderate thumb pressure at midpoint all fasteners attaching the motor to the motor plate.
of the drive. See figure shown below.
-VCSJDBUJPO
Refer to the paragraph on bearings for bearing
lubrication. Many fractional horsepower motors
installed on the smaller fans are lubricated for life
and require no further attention. Motors equipped
Slack
with oil holes should be oiled in accordance with the
Side manufacturer’s instructions printed on the motor.
Use a high grade SAE 20 machine oil and use caution
not to over lubricate. Motors supplied with grease
fittings should be greased according to directions
Check belt tension two times during the first 24
printed on the motor.
hours of operation and periodically thereafter. To
adjust belt tension, simply loosen four fasteners 3FNPWBMPG%VTUBOE%JSU
(two on each side of the motor plate) and slide the Dirt clogs cooling openings on the motor housing,
motor plate away from the fan shaft until proper contaminates bearing lubricant and collects on
belt tension is attained. On some fans, fasteners propeller blades causing severe imbalance if left
attaching the motor to the motor plate must be unchecked. The exterior surface of the motor, fan
loosened in order to adjust the belt. panel and entire propeller should be thoroughly
It is very important cleaned periodically. Use caution and do not allow
that the drive pulleys water or solvents to enter the motor or bearings.
remain in proper Motors or bearings must not be sprayed with steam
alignment after or water.
adjustments are The filters also require periodic cleaning. The 2 inch
made. Misalignment (51 mm) washable aluminum filters are accessed
of pulleys will result through the bolted access panel.
in premature belt
wear noise, vibration
and power loss.

®
4JEFXBMM1SPQFMMFS'BOTt&YIBVTU 4VQQMZBOE'JMUFSFE4VQQMZ 5
5SPVCMFTIPPUJOH
WARNING: Before taking any corrective action, make certain unit is not capable of operation during repairs.

PROBLEM CAUSE CORRECTIVE ACTION

Too Much Airflow Resistance lower than designed Decrease fan speed.
Check backdraft dampers for proper operation. Remove
System resistance too high obstructions in ductwork. Clean dirty filters. Check for adequate
supply air for exhaust fans or exhaust air for supply fans.
Fan too close to damper Increase distance between fan and damper.
Reduced Airflow
Fan speed too low Increase fan speed.

Excessive dirt buildup on


Clean propeller.
propeller

Tighten collars and fasteners. Lubricate bearings. Replace


Bearings
defective bearings.
Tighten pulleys on motor and fan shaft. Adjust belt tension. Align
V-Belt drive
pulleys properly. Replace worn belts or pulleys. See Maintenance.
Clean dirt buildup from propeller. Check all setscrews and
Excessive vibration fasteners for tightness. Check for worn bearing. Correct propeller
Excessive Noise imbalance. Check for loose dampers, guards or ductwork.
Defective motor Replace motor.
Check VFD for drive setting, some controllers are able to be adjust
Variable Frequency Drive (VFD) to lower the harmonic noises sometimes heard during operation by
adjusting a simple setting on the controller.
Debris Remove all debris from the fan.

Check fuses/circuit breakers. Check for switches turned off or


Electrical Supply
disconnected. Check for correct supply voltage.
Fan Does Not
Drive Check for broken or worn belts. Tighten loose pulleys.
Operate
Assure motor is correct horsepower and not tripping overload
Motor
protector.

.BJOUFOBODF%PDVNFOUBUJPO
+PC*OGPSNBUJPO
Job Name:___________________________________ Service Organization: _________________________________
Address: ____________________________________ Address:_____________________________________________
City: ________________________________________ City:_________________________________________________
State: _______________ Zip:__________________ State: _______________ Zip: __________________________
Phone: ______________________________________ Phone: ______________________________________________
Contact Person:______________________________ Work Done By: _______________________________________

/BNFQMBUF*OGPSNBUJPO 'JFME4UBSU6Q%PDVNFOUBUJPO
Model: ______________________________________
Volts: ________ Hertz: ________ Phase: ______ Actual Voltage: _______ Hertz: ______ Phase:_________
Amps:_______________ Mark: ________________ Actual Amperage: ____________________________________
Supply hp:___________ Exhaust hp: __________ Blower Rotation: _____________________________________
Serial Number: _______________________________ Air Volume: Design cfm: _____________________________
Model Voltage: _______________________________ Actual cfm:______________________________
Motor Amperage: ____________________________ Level of fan (L or H): __________________________________
Fan RPM: ___________________________________ Fan RPM Range (min.) ___________ (max.) _____________

6 4JEFXBMM1SPQFMMFS'BOTt&YIBVTU 4VQQMZBOE'JMUFSFE4VQQMZ ®
1BSUT-JTU
/05&
Each fan bears a manufacturer’s nameplate with model number and serial number embossed. This information will
assist the local Greenheck representative and the factory in providing service and replacement parts. Before taking any
corrective action, make certain unit is not capable of operation during repairs.
$"65*0/
A fan manufactured with an explosion resistant motor does not certify the entire unit to be explosion proof.

Parts List - Belt Drive


4#& 4#4 4#&BOE4#4 -BOE)QSPQFMMFST

1. Fan Panel
1
2. Propeller
3. Drive Frame Channel (2)
2 4. Motor /Bearing Plate
9 8
5. Motor
6. Motor Pulley
7. Shaft Pulley
8. Fan Shaft
9. Bearings (2)
10. Belt
4
10
Exhaust Supply
Airflow Airflow
3 5 6 7

4#& 4#4 4#$& 4#$4 BOE4#$3 -BOE)QSPQFMMFST

1. Fan Panel
1 2. Propeller
11 3. Drive Frame Channel (2)
9 4. Motor Plate
4 8
5. Motor
7 6. Motor Pulley
2 7. Shaft Pulley
10 8. Fan Shaft
9. Bearings (2)
6
10. Belt
11. Bearing Plate
5
Exhaust Supply
Airflow Airflow

®
4JEFXBMM1SPQFMMFS'BOTt&YIBVTU 4VQQMZBOE'JMUFSFE4VQQMZ 7
Parts List - Direct Drive
4&BOE44 4J[FTUISV% (BOE&NPUPSTQFFET

1. Fan Panel
2. Propeller
6 3. Drive Frame/Motor Support
2
4. Motor
5. Riser Blocks (4) - supply fan only
4 6. Shaft Extension- supply fan only

Exhaust Supply
Airflow Airflow

1 3 5

4&BOE44 4J[FTUISV" #BOE$NPUPSTQFFET

4&BOE44
4$& 4$4BOE4$3

1. Fan Panel
1 2. Propeller
2 3. Drive Frame Channels (2)
4. Motor Plate
5. Motor

Exhaust Supply
Airflow Airflow
3 4 5

Warranty

Greenheck warrants this equipment to be free from defects in material and workmanship for a period of one year
from the purchase date. Any units or parts which prove defective during the warranty period will be replaced at
our option when returned to our factory, transportation prepaid. Motors are warranted by the motor manufacturer
for a period of one year. Should motors furnished by Greenheck prove defective during this period, they should
be returned to the nearest authorized motor service station. Greenheck will not be responsible for any removal or
installation costs.
As a result of our commitment to continuous improvement, Greenheck reserves the right to change specifications
without notice.

Greenheck Catalog Sidewall Propeller Fans provides additional AMCA Publication 410-96, Safety Practices for
information describing the equipment, fan performance, Users and Installers of Industrial and Commercial
available accessories, and specification data. Fans, provides additional safety information. This
publication can be obtained from AMCA International,
Inc. at: www.amca.org.

1IPOF 
t'BY 
t&NBJMHGDJOGP!HSFFOIFDLDPNtWebsite: www.greenheck.com
8 t4JEFXBMM1SPQFMMFS'BOT*0.t3FW 0DUPCFS $PQZSJHIUª(SFFOIFDL'BO$PSQ
50AZ/UZ
Packaged Rooftop Cooling
Only Units and Heat Pumps
Serving area : Control building Battery & Relay room
Selected model: 50AZ028
Capacity: 23.5 T.R
Qty : 2 working + 2 Stand by

Carrier is participating in the


(XURYHQW&HUWLÀFDWLRQ3URJUDPPH
Products are as listed in the
(XURYHQW'LUHFWRU\RI&HUWLÀHG
3URGXFWV

Installation, operation and maintenance instructions


CONTENTS

START-UP CHECKLIST..................................................... 3 START-UP............................................................................ 20


Heat pump operation - defrost cycle (50UZ units only) ....... 20
PHYSICAL DATA............................................................. 4, 5 Initial checks ......................................................................... 20

ELECTRICAL DATA....................................................... 4, 5 REFRIGERANT SYSTEM DESCRIPTION................... 20

DIMENSIONS.................................................................... 6-9 COMPRESSOR REPLACEMENT .................................. 20


Service area........................................................................... 10 Description of unit protection devices .................................. 20
Centre of gravity (approx.) ................................................... 10 High pressurestat................................................................... 20
Weight distribution (approx.)................................................ 10 Operating limits .................................................................... 20

FAN PERFORMANCE ................................................. 11-13 SETTING UP PRO-DIALOG PLUS CONTROL ........... 21


Local interface general features ............................................ 21
RECOMMENDED WIRE SECTIONS ............................ 14 Standard human interface ..................................................... 21
Optional enhanced human interface...................................... 22
SAFETY CONSIDERATIONS.......................................... 14 Unit start/stop control ........................................................... 23
Menus.................................................................................... 24
INSTALLATION ................................................................ 14
Siting the unit........................................................................ 14 OPTIONS AND ACCESSORIES ...................................... 24
Rigging.................................................................................. 14
Unit base frame ..................................................................... 15 GENERAL MAINTENANCE ........................................... 25
Sensor location...................................................................... 16
Ductwork............................................................................... 16 SERVICE............................................................................. 25
Condensate and rainwater drainage ...................................... 16 Indoor fan air adjustment ...................................................... 25
Lubrication............................................................................ 25
ELECTRICAL CONNECTIONS...................................... 17 Condenser coil ...................................................................... 26
Inserting line power leads into unit....................................... 17
Thermostat connection.......................................................... 17 MAINTENANCE PROGRAMME ................................... 26
Necessary checks/precautions before start-up ...................... 18 Maintenance instructions ...................................................... 26
Maintenance schedule........................................................... 26
VERIFICATION OF REFRIGERANT CHARGE ......... 18 Description of maintenance operations................................. 27
Refrigerant guidelines........................................................... 18 Servicing recommendations.................................................. 28
Recharging liquid refrigerant ................................................ 19
Undercharge .......................................................................... 19 FINAL RECOMMENDATIONS....................................... 28
Characteristics of R407C ...................................................... 19
TROUBLESHOOTING CHART...................................... 28

Serving area : Control building Battery & Relay room


Selected model: 50AZ028
Capacity: 23.5 T.R
Qty : 2 working + 2 Stand by

The drawings in this document are for illustrative purposes only and is not part of any offer for sale or contract.

2
START-UP CHECK LIST Start up date: ..................................................................

Equipment sold by: ..................................................................................................................... Contract No: ..................................................................

Installed by: ................................................................................................................................. Contract No: .................................................................

Site address: ....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Equipment type and serial No: 50AZ ....................................................................................................................................................................................

50UZ ...................................................................................................................................................................................

ELECTRICAL DATA:

Supply voltage Ph 1: ........................... Volts Ph 2: .................... Volts Ph 3: ................... Volts

Nominal voltage: ...................................................... Volts % network voltage: ..................................................................

Current draw Ph 1: ................................ Amperes Ph 2: ................................... Amperes Ph 3: ...................................... Amperes

Control circuit voltage: ................................ Volts Control circuit fuse: ............................................................................................ Amperes

Main circuit breaker rating: .......................................................................................................................................................................................................

PHYSICAL DATA:
Condenser: Evaporator:

o o
Entering air temp.: ...................................................... C Entering air temp.: ....................................................... C
o o
Leaving air temp.: ...................................................... C Leaving air temp.: ....................................................... C

Pressure drop (air): .................................................... kPa Pressure drop (air): ...................................................... kPa

Discharge air pressure: ............................................ Pa Discharge air pressure: ............................................... Pa

Fan motor input: Ph. 1: ................................. Volts Fan motor input: Ph. 1: ................................... Volts

Ph. 2: ................................. Volts Ph. 2: ................................... Volts

Ph. 3: ................................. Volts Ph. 3: ................................... Volts

SAFETY DEVICE SETTING:

High pressure switch: cut-out: ................................................... kPa cut-in: ............................................................... kPa

Low pressure switch: cut-out: ................................................... kPa cut-in: ............................................................... kPa

Step controller: cut-out 1st step: ....................................... oC cut-in 1st step: ................................................. oC

cut-out 2nd step: ..................................... oC cut-in 2 nd step: .............................................. oC

Oil level: ...........................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Oil visible in sight glass? ..............................................................................................................................................................................................................

ACCESSORIES

Commissioning engineer (name): ............................................................................................................................................................................................

Customer agreement

Name: .......................................................................................... Date: ...............................................................................................................

Remarks:

Note: Complete this start-up list at the time of installation

3
Table 1 - Physical data - 50UZ
50UZ 016 020 024 028 038 042
Nominal cooling capacity* N:      
Nominal heating capacity** N:      
Operating weight NJ      
Refrigerant charge   5&
&LUFXLW$ NJ      
&LUFXLW% NJ      
Compressor Scroll Hermetic Scroll Scroll Scroll Scroll
Quantity, circuit A 1 1 1 1 1 1
Quantity, circuit B - 1 1 1 1 1
2LOFKDUJH HDFK  O      
Control type Pro-Dialog Plus
Indoor coil  &RSSHUWXEHVSUHFRDWHGDOXPLQLXPÀQV 
Face area m2      
5RZVÀQVSDFLQJ PP      
Outdoor coil  &RSSHUWXEHVSUHFRDWHGDOXPLQLXPÀQV 
Face area m2      
5RZVÀQVSDFLQJ PP      
Indoor fan One, centrifugal
$LUÁRZ OV      
)DQVSHHG UV      
1RPLQDOSRZHULQSXW N:      
1RPLQDOVWDWLFSUHVVXUH GU\ZHWFRLO  3D      
Outdoor fan Axial Flying Bird fans with rotating shroud
Quantity 1 2 2 2 2 2
$LUÁRZ OV      
)DQVSHHG KLJKORZVSHHG  UV      
1RPLQDOSRZHULQSXW HDFK  N:      
$LUÀOWHU Washable
Quantity 4 4 4 4 4 4
:LGWK[KHLJKW PP [ [ [ [ [ [
Thickness mm 15 15 15 15 15 15
 1RPLQDO(XURYHQWFRQGLWLRQVRXWGRRUDLUGU\EXOEWHPSHUDWXUHRIo&LQGRRUDLUZHWEXOEWHPSHUDWXUHRIo&
** Nominal Eurovent conditions: outdoor air wet bulb temperature of 6o&LQGRRUDLUGU\EXOEWHPSHUDWXUHRIo&

Table 2 - Electrical data - 50UZ


50UZ† 016 020 024 028 038 042
Nominal supply 9SK+] 
Voltage range V
0LQ       
0D[       
Nominal power input kW
&RROLQJ        
+HDWLQJ        
Effective power input kW
&RROLQJ        
+HDWLQJ        
Nominal current drawn A
&RROLQJ        
+HDWLQJ        
Effective current drawn A
&RROLQJ        
+HDWLQJ        
Maximum power input kW
&RROLQJ        
+HDWLQJ        
Maximum current drawn A
&RROLQJ        
+HDWLQJ        
Starting current $      
 1RPLQDO(XURYHQWFRQGLWLRQVRXWGRRUDLUGU\EXOEWHPSHUDWXUHRIƒ&LQGRRUDLUZHWEXOEWHPSHUDWXUHRIƒ&
 1RPLQDO(XURYHQWFRQGLWLRQVRXWGRRUDLUZHWEXOEWHPSHUDWXUHRIƒ&LQGRRUDLUGU\EXOEWHPSHUDWXUHRIƒ&
 %DVHGRQDQRXWGRRUDLUGU\EXOEWHPSHUDWXUHRIƒ&   
%DVHGRQDQRXWGRRUDLUZHWEXOEWHPSHUDWXUHRIƒ&DQGDQLQGRRUDLUGU\EXOEWHPSHUDWXUHRIƒ&
† Standard unit (without any options and accessories)

4
Table 3 - Physical data - 50AZ

50AZ 016 020 024 028 034 040


Nominal cooling capacity* N:      
Operating weight NJ      
Refrigerant charge  5&
&LUFXLW$ NJ      
&LUFXLW% NJ      
Compressor Scroll Hermetic Scroll Scroll Hermetic Hermetic
Quantity, circuit A 1 1 1 1 1 1
Quantity, circuit B - 1 1 1 1 1
2LOFKDUJH HDFK  O      
Control type Pro-Dialog Plus
Indoor coil  &RSSHUWXEHVSUHFRDWHGDOXPLQLXPÀQV
Face area m2       
5RZVÀQVSDFLQJ PP      
Outdoor coil  &RSSHUWXEHVSUHFRDWHGDOXPLQLXPÀQV
Face area m2      
5RZVÀQVSDFLQJ PP      
Indoor fan One, centrifugal
$LUÁRZ OV      
)DQVSHHG UV      
1RPLQDOSRZHULQSXW N:      
1RPLQDOVWDWLFSUHVVXUH GU\ZHWFRLO  3D      
Outdoor fan Axial Flying Bird fans with rotating shroud
Quantity 1 2 2 2 2 2
$LUÁRZ OV      
)DQVSHHG KLJKORZVSHHG  UV      
1RPLQDOSRZHULQSXW HDFK  N:      
$LUÀOWHU Washable
Quantity 4 4 4 4 4 4
:LGWK[KHLJKW PP [ [ [ [ [ [
Thickness mm 15 15 15 15 15 15
 1RPLQDO(XURYHQWFRQGLWLRQVRXWGRRUDLUGU\EXOEWHPSHUDWXUHRIo&LQGRRUDLUZHWEXOEWHPSHUDWXUHRIo&

Table 4 - Electrical data - 50AZ


50AZ*** 016 020 024 028 034 040
Nominal supply 9SK+] 
Voltage range V
0LQ       
0D[       
Nominal power input* N:      
Effective power input* N:      
Nominal current drawn* $      
Effective current drawn* $      
Maximum power input** N:      
Maximum current drawn** $      
Starting current $      
 1RPLQDO(XURYHQWFRQGLWLRQVRXWGRRUDLUGU\EXOEWHPSHUDWXUHRIo&LQGRRUDLUZHWEXOEWHPSHUDWXUHRIo&
** Based on an outdoor air dry bulb temperature of 46o&
*** Standard unit (without any options and accessories)

Electrical data notes:


‡ $=8=XQLWVKDYHDVLQJOHSRZHUFRQQHFWLRQSRLQWORFDWHGDWWKHPDLQ  7KHRSHUDWLQJHQYLURQPHQWLVVSHFLÀHGEHORZ
VZLWFK  D (QYLURQPHQW (QYLURQPHQWDVFODVVLÀHGLQ(1 FRUUHVSRQGVWR
• The control box includes the following standard features: ,(& 
- a main disconnect switch, starter and motor protection devices for each - outdoor installation (IP24)
compressor, fans and electrical heater option    DPELHQWWHPSHUDWXUHUDQJHƒ&WRƒ&
- the control devices - altitude: bP
• Field connections:  E &RPSHWHQFHRISHUVRQQHOFODVV%$ WUDLQHGSHUVRQQHO,(&
All connections to the system and the electrical installations must be in full  3RZHUVXSSO\IUHTXHQF\YDULDWLRQ“+]
DFFRUGDQFHZLWKDOODSSOLFDEOHORFDOFRGHV  7KHQHXWUDO 1 FRQGXFWRUPXVWQRWEHFRQQHFWHGGLUHFWO\WRWKHXQLW LI
‡ 7KH&DUULHU$=8=XQLWVDUHGHVLJQHGDQGEXLOWWRHQVXUHFRQIRUPDQFH QHFHVVDU\XVHDWUDQVIRUPHU 
ZLWKWKHVHFRGHV7KHUHFRPPHQGDWLRQVRI(XURSHDQVWDQGDUG(1  2YHUFXUUHQWSURWHFWLRQRIWKHSRZHUVXSSO\FRQGXFWRUVLVQRWSURYLGHGZLWK
(machine safety - electrical machine components - part 1: general regulations - WKHXQLW
FRUUHVSRQGVWR,(& DUHVSHFLÀFDOO\WDNHQLQWRDFFRXQWZKHQ  7KHIDFWRU\LQVWDOOHGGLVFRQQHFWVZLWFK HV FLUFXLWEUHDNHU V LV DUH RIDW\SH
GHVLJQLQJWKHHOHFWULFDOHTXLSPHQW VXLWDEOHIRUSRZHULQWHUUXSWLRQLQDFFRUGDQFHZLWK(1
 7KHXQLWVDUHGHVLJQHGIRUFRQQHFWLRQWR71QHWZRUNV ,(& )RU,7
NOTES: QHWZRUNVWKHHDUWKFRQQHFWLRQPXVWQRWEHDWWKHQHWZRUNHDUWK3URYLGHD
‡ *HQHUDOO\WKHUHFRPPHQGDWLRQVRI,(&DUHDFFHSWHGDVFRPSOLDQFH local earth, consult competent local organisations to complete the electrical
ZLWKWKHUHTXLUHPHQWVRIWKHLQVWDOODWLRQGLUHFWLYHV&RQIRUPDQFHZLWK(1 LQVWDOODWLRQ
LVWKHEHVWPHDQVRIHQVXULQJFRPSOLDQFHZLWKWKH0DFKLQHV'LUHFWLYH
† Caution: If particular aspects of an actual installation do not conform to the
‡ $QQH[%RI(1GHVFULEHVWKHHOHFWULFDOFKDUDFWHULVWLFVXVHGIRUWKH conditions described above, or if there are other conditions which should be
RSHUDWLRQRIWKHPDFKLQHV considered, always contact your local Carrier representative.

5
Fig. 1 - Dimensions, mm

50AZ/UZ 016

Electrical box
access panel Main disconnect
switch

Filter access
panel

Right side view Left side view

Rear view Front view

Control wiring inlet

(1) Optional air return duct connection Water connections


(2) Optional power exhaust connection
    $OWHUQDWLYHDLUUHWXUQGXFWFRQQHFWLRQ,QWKLV
FDVHSRZHUH[KDXVWRSWLRQLVQRWXVHG

Power wiring inlet

:KHQGHVLJQLQJDQLQVWDOODWLRQDOZD\VXVHXSWRGDWHGUDZLQJVDYDLODEOHIURP\RXUORFDO&DUULHURIÀFH

6
50AZ/UZ 020

Electrical box
access panel Main disconnect
switch

Filter access
panel

Right side view Left side view

Rear view
Front view
(1) Optional air return duct connection
(2) Optional power exhaust connection
Control wiring inlet
    $OWHUQDWLYHDLUUHWXUQGXFWFRQQHFWLRQ,QWKLVFDVH
SRZHUH[KDXVWRSWLRQLVQRWXVHG
Water connections

Power wiring inlet

:KHQGHVLJQLQJDQLQVWDOODWLRQDOZD\VXVHXSWRGDWHGUDZLQJVDYDLODEOHIURP\RXUORFDO&DUULHURIÀFH

7
50AZ/UZ 024-028

Electrical box
access panel Main disconnect
switch

Filter access
panel

Right side view Left side view

Rear view
Front view
(1) Optional air return duct connection Control wiring inlet
(2) Optional power exhaust connection
    $OWHUQDWLYHDLUUHWXUQGXFWFRQQHFWLRQ,QWKLV Water connections
FDVHSRZHUH[KDXVWRSWLRQLVQRWXVHG

Power wiring inlet

:KHQGHVLJQLQJDQLQVWDOODWLRQDOZD\VXVHXSWRGDWHGUDZLQJVDYDLODEOHIURP\RXUORFDO&DUULHURIÀFH

8
50AZ 034-040/50UZ 038-042

Electrical box
access panel
Main disconnect
switch

Filter access
panel

Right side view


Left side view

Rear view Front view


(1) Optional air return duct connection
(2) Optional power exhaust connection
    $OWHUQDWLYHDLUUHWXUQGXFW
FRQQHFWLRQ,QWKLVFDVHSRZHU Control wiring inlet
H[KDXVWRSWLRQLVQRWXVHG
Water connections

Power wiring inlet

:KHQGHVLJQLQJDQLQVWDOODWLRQDOZD\VXVHXSWRGDWHGUDZLQJVDYDLODEOHIURP\RXUORFDO&DUULHURIÀFH

9
Fig. 2 - Service area, mm

 PP,IWKHXQLWLQFRUSRUDWHVWKHRSWLRQDOHOHFWULFKHDWHURUWKHRSWLRQDO
hot water coil, or they are to be installed in the future, this clearance should
EHPP

Fig. 3 - Centre of gravity (approx.)

50AZ 016 020 024 028 034 040


XG* mm      
YG* mm      
ZG* mm      
* Measured from point Ñ

50UZ 016 020 024 028 038 042


XG* mm      
YG* mm      
ZG* mm      
* Measured from point Ñ

Fig. 4 - Weight distribution, kg (approx.)

50AZ 016 020 024 028


Å    
Ç    
É    
Ñ    
Ö    
Ü    

50UZ 016 020 024 028


Å    
Ç    
É    
Ñ    
Ö    
Ü    
NOTE: The units have mounting holes in the lower section, to
EHXVHGE\WKHLQVWDOOHULIUHTXLUHG

50AZ 034 040 50UZ 038 042


Å   Å  
Ç   Ç  
É 252 251 É  
Ñ 221 222 Ñ  
Ö   Ö  
Ü   Ü  
á 252 251 á  
à 221 222 à  

10
Table 5.1 - Fan performance (standard)

50AZ/UZ 016 50AZ/UZ 020


0RWRU  $LUÁRZOV 0RWRU  $LUÁRZOV    
pulley position 2022 2222 2361 2638 2916 3033 pulley position 2611 2777 3055 3333 3611 3944
Closed 3D       Closed 3D      
UV N:       UV N:      
1 turn open 3D       1 turn open 3D      
UV N:       UV N:      
2 turns open 3D       2 turns open 3D      
UV N:       UV N:      
3 turns open 3D       3 turns open 3D      
UV N:       UV N:      
4 turns open 3D       4 turns open 3D      ²
UV N:       UV N:      ²
4.5 turns open 3D       4.5 turns open 3D      ²
UV N:       UV N:      ²
Factory setting 3D       Factory setting 3D      
UV N:       UV N:      
6WDQGDUGPRWRUN: Standard motor: 4 kW

50AZ/UZ 024 50AZ/UZ 028


0RWRU  $LUÁRZOV 0RWRU  $LUÁRZOV
pulley position 2777 3055 3333 3611 3888 4166 pulley position 3138 3333 3611 3888 4166 4750
Closed 3D       Closed 3D      
UV N:       UV N:      
1 turn open 3D       1 turn open 3D      
UV N:       UV N:      
2 turns open 3D       2 turns open 3D      
UV N:       UV N:      
3 turns open 3D       3 turns open 3D      ²
UV N:       UV N:      ²
4 turns open 3D      ² 4 turns open 3D      ²
UV N:      ² UV N:      ²
4.5 turns open 3D      ² 4.5 turns open 3D      ²
UV N:      ² UV N:      ²
Factory setting 3D       Factory setting 3D      
UV N:       UV N:      
6WDQGDUGPRWRUN:     6WDQGDUGPRWRUN:

50AZ 034/50UZ 038 50AZ 040/50UZ 042*


0RWRU  $LUÁRZOV 0RWRU  $LUÁRZOV
pulley position 5000 5277 5550 5695 5833 6111 pulley position 5000 5277 5550 5695 5833 6111
Closed 3D       Closed 3D      
UV N:       UV N:      
1 turn open 3D       1 turn open 3D      
UV N:       UV N:      
2 turns open 3D       2 turns open 3D      
UV N:       UV N:      
3 turns open 3D       3 turns open 3D      
UV N:       UV N:      
4 turns open 3D       4 turns open 3D      
UV N:       UV N:      
Factory setting 3D       Factory setting 3D      
UV N:       UV N:      
6WDQGDUGPRWRUN: 6WDQGDUGPRWRU$=N:8=N:

Legend:
3D([WHUQDOVWDWLFSUHVVXUH VWDQGDUGÀOWHUVGU\FRLO  7KHVKDGHGDUHDVGRQRWDSSO\WRWKH8=
kW - Fan power input

Higher than the nominal motor power

11
Table 5.2 - Fan performance (optional drive - high static pressure)
50AZ/UZ 016 50AZ/UZ 020
0RWRU  $LUÁRZOV 0RWRU  $LUÁRZOV    
pulley position 2022 2222 2361 2638 2916 3033 pulley position 2611 2777 3055 3333 3611 3944
Closed 3D       Closed 3D      
UV N:       UV N:      
1 turn open 3D       1 turn open 3D      
UV N:       UV N:      
2 turns open 3D       2 turns open 3D      
UV N:       UV N:      
3 turns open 3D       3 turns open 3D      
UV N:       UV N:      
4 turns open 3D       4 turns open 3D      ²
UV N:       UV N:      ²
4.5 turns open 3D       4.5 turns open 3D      ²
UV N:       UV N:      ²
Standard motor: 4 kW 6WDQGDUGPRWRUN:    

50AZ/UZ 024 50AZ/UZ 028


0RWRU  $LUÁRZOV 0RWRU  $LUÁRZOV
pulley position 2777 3055 3333 3611 3888 pulley position 3138 3333 3611 3888 4166
Closed 3D      Closed 3D     
UV N:      UV N:     
1 turn open 3D      1 turn open 3D     
UV N:      UV N:     
2 turns open 3D      2 turns open 3D     
UV N:      UV N:     
3 turns open 3D      3 turns open 3D     
UV N:      UV N:     
4 turns open 3D      4 turns open 3D     
UV N:      UV N:     
4.5 turns open 3D      4.5 turns open 3D     
UV N:      UV N:     
6WDQGDUGPRWRUN:    6WDQGDUGPRWRUN:   

50AZ 034/50UZ 038 50AZ 040/50UZ 042


0RWRU  $LUÁRZOV 0RWRU  $LUÁRZOV
pulley position 5000 5277 5550 5833 6111 6388 pulley position 5000 5277 5550 5833 6111 6388
Closed 3D       Closed 3D      
UV N:       UV N:      
1 turn open 3D       1 turn open 3D      
UV N:       UV N:      
2 turns open 3D       2 turns open 3D      
UV N:       UV N:      
3 turns open 3D       3 turns open 3D      
UV N:       UV N:      
4 turns open 3D       4 turns open 3D      
UV N:       UV N:      
Standard motor: 11 kW Standard motor: 11 kW

Legend:
3D([WHUQDOVWDWLFSUHVVXUH VWDQGDUGÀOWHUVGU\FRLO  
kW - Fan power input

Higher than the nominal motor power

12
Table 5.3 - Fan performance (optional drive - low static pressure)
50AZ/UZ 016 50UZ/AZ 020
0RWRU  $LUÁRZOV     0RWRU  $LUÁRZOV
pulley position 2022 2222 2361 2638 2916 3033 pulley position 2611 2777 3055 3333
Closed Pa       Closed 3D    
UV N:       UV N:    
1 turn open 3D       1 turn open 3D    
UV N:       UV N:    
2 turns open 3D       2 turns open 3D    
UV N:       UV N:    
3 turns open 3D       3 turns open 3D    
UV N:       UV N:    
4 turns open 3D       4 turns open 3D    
UV N:       UV N:    
4.5 turns open 3D       4.5 turns open  3D    
UV N:       UV N:    
6WDQGDUGPRWRUN:       6WDQGDUGPRWRUN:

50UZ/AZ 024 50UZ/AZ 028


0RWRU  $LUÁRZ OV     0RWRU  $LUÁRZ OV
Pulley position 2777 3055 3333 3611 Pulley position 3138 3333 3611 3888 4166
Closed 3D       Closed 3D     
UV N:       UV N:     
1 turn open 3D       1 turn open 3D     
UV N:       UV N:     
2 turns open  3D       2 turns open  3D     
UV N:       UV N:     
3 turns open 3D       3 turns open 3D     
UV N:       UV N:     
4 turns open  3D       4 turns open  3D     
UV N:       UV N:     
4.5 turns open 3D       4.5 turns open  3D     
UV N:       UV N:     
Standard motor: 4 kW Standard motor: 4 kW

50AZ 034/50UZ 038 50AZ 040/50UZ 042


0RWRU  $LUÁRZ OV     0RWRU  $LUÁRZ OV
Pulley position 5000 5277 5550 5695 5833 Pulley position 5000 5277 5550 5695
Closed 3D       Closed 3D    
UV N:       UV N:    
1 turn open 3D       1 turn open 3D    
UV N:       UV N:    
2 turns open 3D       2 turns open  3D    
UV N:       UV N:    
3 turns open 3D       3 turns open 3D    
UV N:       UV N:    
4 turns open  3D       4 turns open 3D    
UV N:       UV N:    
6WDQGDUGPRWRUN:       6WDQGDUGPRWRUN:

Legend:
3D([WHUQDOVWDWLFSUHVVXUH VWDQGDUGÀOWHUVGU\FRLO  
kW - Fan power input

13
RECOMMENDED WIRE SECTIONS Only for use when repairing "Original Spare Parts". For
repairs, special attention must be paid to the correct installa-
Wire sizing is the responsibility of the installer, and depends on tion of the spare parts. The parts must always be installed in
the characteristics and regulations applicable to each installation their original position.
site. The following is only to be used as a guideline, and does
not make Carrier in any way liable. After wire sizing has been During unit operation, some of the refrigerant circuit elements
FRPSOHWHGXVLQJWKHFHUWLÀHGGLPHQVLRQDOGUDZLQJWKHLQVWDO could reach a temperature in excess of 70°C so only trained
OHUPXVWHQVXUHHDV\FRQQHFWLRQDQGGHÀQHDQ\PRGLÀFDWLRQV RUTXDOLÀHGSHUVRQQHOVKRXOGDFFHVVDUHDVSURWHFWHGE\DFFHVV
necessary on site. The connections provided as standard for the panels.
ÀHOGVXSSOLHGSRZHUHQWU\FDEOHVWRWKHJHQHUDOGLVFRQQHFW
isolator switch are designed for the number and type of wires, This unit should not be installed in an explosive atmosphere.
listed in the table below.
The unit can operate in normal radioelectric atmospheres in
The calculations are based on the maximum machine current residential, commercial and light industrial installations. For
(see electrical data tables) and the standard installation practises, other applications, please consult Carrier.
in accordance with IEC 60364, table 52C.
INSTALLATION
- The calculation is based on PVC Cu.
- A maximum ambient temperature of 46°C has been taken 1. Inspect shipment. Inspect the unit. If it is damaged, or if
into consideration. WKHVKLSPHQWLVLQFRPSOHWHLPPHGLDWHO\ÀOHDFODLPZLWK
the shipping company.
IMPORTANT: Before connection of the main power cables 2. Check that the local power supply agrees with the
(L1 - L2 - L3) on the terminal block, it is imperative to check VSHFLÀFDWLRQRQWKHXQLWQDPHSODWH
the correct order of the 3 phases before proceeding to the
connection on the main disconnect/isolator switch. Siting the unit

- The given wire length limits the voltage drop to < 5% Check the following points:
(length L in metres - see table below). - The location must be able to support the unit operating
weight (see Table 1 and 3).
FLA S min. (mm2) Cable type L (mm)  $OORZVXIÀFLHQWVSDFHIRUVHUYLFLQJDQGDLUÁRZDURXQG
by phase
the unit (see Fig. 2).
 [ 39&&X 
 [ 39&&X  - Select a location free of dust or foreign matter which may
 [ 39&&X  cause coil clogging.
 [ 39&&X 
 [ 39&&X 
- When installing the unit on the ground, select a site which
 [ 39&&X  LVQRWVXEMHFWWRÁRRGLQJ
 [ 39&&X  - Consult all applicable rules and standards which govern
 [ 39&&X 
the installation of air conditioning equipment.
FLA - Full load current, A
- Vibration absorbers should be provided throughout the
SAFETY CONSIDERATIONS installation to prevent noise transmission.

Installation and servicing of air conditioning equipment can be Rigging


hazardous due to system pressure and electrical components. 1. Use a hoisting chain with a minimum length of 5 m and a
suitable rigging hook to lift the unit (see Fig. 5).
2QO\WUDLQHGDQGTXDOLÀHGVHUYLFHSHUVRQQHOVKRXOGLQVWDOOVWDUW 2. To prevent damage while in transit, do not remove the unit
up or service air conditioning equipment. Untrained personnel IURPWKHVNLGXQWLOLWLVDWLWVÀQDOORFDWLRQ
can perform the basic maintenance functions of cleaning and 3. Never roll or tip the unit more than 15o.
UHSODFLQJÀOWHUV$OORWKHURSHUDWLRQVVKRXOGEHSHUIRUPHGE\
trained service personnel. When working on air conditioning IMPORTANT:0DNHVXUHWKDWDOOXQLWSDQHOVDUHÀ[HGLQ
equipment, observe precautions in the literature, tags and labels place before moving. Raise and set down the unit carefully.
attached to the unit and other safety precautions that may apply.

Follow all safety codes. Wear safety glasses and work gloves.
Use a quenching cloth for unbrazing operations.

WARNING: Before performing service or maintenance


operations on the unit, turn off the main power switch to the
unit. Electrical shock could cause personal injury.

This unit is designed for ducted installation (indoor air


discharge). If ducts are not used the installer must place a
protection grille in the discharge.

14
Fig. 5 - Rigging Fig. 6 - Hole for ducts (standard unit)

50AZ/UZ 016-020

PP AIR IN

AIR OUT

50AZ/UZ 024-028

50AZ/UZ a b c d e f g h i j k
PP

          
           

Fig. 7 - Standard discharge and return

50AZ 034-040/50UZ 038-042


PP

See note
Roof slab See note

Air inlet Air outlet

NOTE: Do not drill in this area as damage to basepan and refrigerant lines may
UHVXOWLQZDWHUOHDNDJH

Alternatively, the return air can enter through the rear section
(see Fig. 8). In this case, remove the panel and place it on the
lower section.

Fig. 8 - Return air through unit rear

Unit base frame

Due to the size and weight of the units the base frame must be on
VRPHNLQGRIVXSSRUWZKLFKIXOÀOVWKHIROORZLQJUHTXLUHPHQWV
 7KHVXUIDFHDUHDPXVWEHVXIÀFLHQWIRUGLVWULEXWLQJWKHXQLW
weight over the building structure.
 6XIÀFLHQWGUDLQKROHVVKRXOGEHSURYLGHGWRDYRLGWKH
accumulation of rainwater. Air inlet

 7KHXQLWVKRXOGEHÀUPO\À[HGWRWKHÁRRU
- The structure should be capable of supporting the unit See note
Roof slab See note
weight during installation and operation.
- The standard unit leaves the factory with the air discharge Air outlet
and return in the lower section (see Fig. 7) and the corres-
ponding holes in the support (see Fig. 6) must be made.

15
The unit air discharge and return can be effected through the Ductwork
side (Fig. 9). In this case, the optional roof curb must be used
after placing the panel covering the return area in the lower The ductwork dimensions should be determined in accordance
section. ZLWKWKHDLUÁRZWREHFDUULHGDQGWKHDYDLODEOHVWDWLFSUHVVXUH
RIWKHXQLW7KHGLIIHUHQWDLUÁRZVDQGVWDWLFSUHVVXUHVZKLFK
Fig. 9 - Front discharge and return each unit can supply, are shown in the fan performance tables.

It is recommended to observe the following considerations:


- Whatever type of ductwork is used, it should not be made
RIPDWHULDOVZKLFKDUHÁDPPDEOHRUZKLFKJLYHRIIWR[LF
JDVHVLQWKHHYHQWRIDÀUH7KHLQWHUQDOVXUIDFHVVKRXOGEH
smooth, and not contaminate the air which passes through.
It is recommended to use sheet metal ducts which are
Air inlet
adequately insulated to avoid condensation and thermal
leakage.
See note See note - At the points where the ducts join the unit, it is recom-
PHQGHGWRXVHÁH[LEOHFRQQHFWLRQVZKLFKDEVRUEYLEUD
Roof slab -
Air outlet ÀHOGVXSSOLHG
tions, prevent noise inside the ductwork and allow access
to the unit.
- Bends near the unit outlet should be avoided as much
as possible. If unavoidable, they should be as slight as
Roof slab SRVVLEOHDQGLQWHUQDOGHÁHFWRUVVKRXOGEHXVHGZKHQWKH
It is necessary to use adequate sealants and joints to ensure duct has large dimensions.
FRUUHFWÀWWLQJDQGZDWHUWLJKWQHVVEHWZHHQWKHGXFWVDQGWKH
support so that air and moisture do not enter the building. NOTE: All duct sizing and design work should be carried out
E\TXDOLÀHGWHFKQLFLDQV
WARNING: Do not drill any holes in the indoor coil area as
this might damage the condensate drain pan. Condensate and rainwater drainage

IMPORTANT: The unit should be correctly levelled to avoid The units incorporate drillholes in the base near the outdoor
drainage problems. coils to drain rainwater and condensation. The indoor heat
exchanger area incorporates a condensate pan with an outside
Sensor location drain pipe diameter of 23 mm, and a 35 mm diameter drillhole
must be made in the support (see Fig. 11).
Criteria for selecting sensor locations will vary with system
DQGEXLOGLQJVSHFLÀFV5HFRPPHQGHGVHQVRUORFDWLRQVDUH Fig. 11 - Condensate drain details
shown in Fig. 10. 'UDLQSLSHPPRXWVLGHGLDPHWHU 2'
1. Outdoor temperature sensor
2. Space (ambient) temperature sensor
3. Supply temperature sensor

(2*) if the space temperature sensor is used in a duct, the space


temperature sensor must be selected as same type of supply
temperature sensor.

Fig. 10 - Sensor location

'ULOOKROHPPRXWVLGHGLDPHWHU 2'

A drain pipe for evacuating condensate must be incorporated


taking into account the following recommendations:
- Use galvanized steel, copper or plastic piping. Do not use
ordinary garden hose material.
Roof slab - If a rigid material has been used for the drain pipe, it is
necessary to provide an elastic coupling in the drainage
line to absorb possible vibrations.
- It is recommended to incorporate a trap of the appropriate
dimensions (see Fig. 12).
Air outlet
- The drain pipe should always be below the connection
Air inlet itself, and should slope to facilitate drainage.

16
Fig. 12 - Condensate drain pipe details Example:
Nominal supply: 400-3-50
'UDLQSLSHPPRXWVLGHGLDPHWHU
AB = 404 V
BC = 399 V Motor
AC = 394 V

404 + 399 + 394 = 399 = 400 V


Average voltage =
3

Determine maximum deviation from average voltage:

AB = 404 - 400 = 4
BC = 400 - 399 = 1
Field-supplied AC = 400 - 394 = 6

Largest deviation is 6 volts. Percentage voltage imbalance is


therefore:

6
x 100 = 1.5 %
ELECTRICAL CONNECTIONS 400

WARNING: To prevent electrical shock or equipment This is less than the permissible 2% and is therefore acceptable.
damage, make sure disconnects are open before electrical
connections are made. If this action is not taken, personal CAUTION: The installer must install protection devices, as
injury may occur. required by the applicable legislation.

Field wiring must comply with all applicable codes. Inserting line power leads into unit

Take special care when making the earth connection. Install air-tight duct conduits in the front panel knock-outs.

Voltage to the unit must be within 2% of the voltage and 10% Route all wires through the conduits to terminal blocks in the
of the current indicated on the nameplate. Contact your local control box.
power company for correction of an incorrect line voltage.
Use copper, copper-clad aluminium or aluminium wire for
Check the voltage before selecting supply wiring fuses and power supply.
controls.
Thermostat connection
WARNING: Operation of the chiller with an improper supply
voltage or excessive phase imbalance constitutes abuse which Thermostat/unit connection must be via a loom (wire cross
will invalidate the Carrier warranty. If the phase imbalance section depends on the cable length) manufactured in
exceeds 2% for voltage, or 10% for current, contact your local accordance with the wiring diagram accompanying the unit.
electricity supply source at once and ensure that the chiller is
not switched on until corrective measures have been taken. Follow the instructions supplied with the control for thermostat
assembly and handling.
IMPORTANT: To ensure the correct unit power supply
(cable entry, conductor cross section, protection devices etc.), The general rules below should be taken into account:
consult the electrical data table, the wiring diagram supplied
with the unit and the applicable standards concerning the - Voltage at 24 V AC
installation of air conditioning equipment. - Standard outlet (service C, R, G, Y1/W2,Y1, Y/Y2, O/W2,
W/W1)
Never operate a unit if the voltage imbalance exceeds 2%. The - Outlet O is active on cooling
following formula must be used to determine the percentage of
voltage imbalance. NOTE 1: The thermostat cables should be separate from any
230 V or 400 V cable.
Voltage imbalance % =

Largest deviation from average voltage


Average voltage

17
Necessary checks/precautions before start-up Refrigerant guidelines

- Ensure that all electrical connections are properly Refrigeration installations must be inspected and maintained
tightened. regularly and rigorously by specialists. Their activities must be
- Ensure that the unit is level and well-supported. overseen and checked by properly trained people. To minimise
- Check the condition of the ductwork in case damage has discharge to the atmosphere, refrigerants and lubricating oil
occurred during installation. must be transferred using methods which reduce leaks and
 7KHDLUÀOWHUVKRXOGEHFOHDQDQGLQSODFH losses to a minimum and with materials that are suitable for the
 $OOWKHSDQHOVVKRXOGEHÀWWHGDQGÀUPO\VHFXUHGZLWKWKH products.
corresponding screws. • Leaks must be repaired immediately
 0DNHVXUHWKDWWKHUHLVVXIÀFLHQWVSDFHIRUVHUYLFLQJDQG • All units are equipped with connections on the suction
maintenance purposes. and liquid line, which permit the connection of refrigerant
- Check the drain connections. recovery valves.
- Ensure that there are no refrigerant leaks. • If the residual pressure is too low to make the transfer
 &RQÀUPWKDWWKHHOHFWULFDOSRZHUVRXUFHDJUHHVZLWKWKH alone, a purpose-built refrigerant recovery unit must be
unit nameplate rating. used.
 0DNHVXUHWKDWFRPSUHVVRUVÁRDWIUHHO\RQWKHPRXQWLQJ • Compressor lubricating oil contains refrigerant. Any oil
springs. drained from a system during maintenance must therefore
be handled and stored accordingly.
WARNING: The compressors are mounted on vibration • Refrigerant under pressure must never be discharged to
isolators. Do not loosen or remove the support mounting the atmosphere.
bolts. • If the refrigerant circuit is opened, plug all openings if the
operation takes up to one day, or charge the circuit with
- Check for proper fan rotation. nitrogen for longer operations.

VERIFICATION OF THE REFRIGERANT CHARGE Apparent and actual subcooling

CAUTION: The 50AZ/UZ units are supplied with a precise 5 4


refrigerant charge (see Physical Data table). 2
3
1
To verify the correct system charge prodeed as follows:
Set unit to cooling mode.
Ensure that no bubbles appear in the sight-glass, when operat-
L 6
ing the unit at full load for a while, at a saturated condensing V
temperature of between 52 and 54°C. If necessary cover a sec-
tion of the coil surface to obtain this condensing temperature.
Pressure

Under these conditions the apparent subcooling which is equal L+V


to the saturated condensing temperature (1 - on the saturated
dew point curve) minus the liquid refrigerant temperature
(3) ahead of the expansion device must be between 8 and
10°C. This corresponds to an actual subcooling temperature
of between 3 and 5 K at the condenser outlet, depending on Enthalpy
the unit type. Actual subcooling is equal the saturated liquid
Legend
temperature (2 - on the saturated bubble point curve) minus
the liquid refrigerant temperature (3) ahead of the expansion 1 Saturated condensing temperature at the dew point
 6DWXUDWHGOLTXLGWHPSHUDWXUHDWWKHEXEEOHSRLQW
device. Use the pressure tap supplied on the liquid piping to  /LTXLGUHIULJHUDQWWHPSHUDWXUH
FKDUJHUHIULJHUDQWDQGWRÀQGRXWWKHSUHVVXUHRIWKHOLTXLG 4 Saturation curve at the dew point
5 Saturation curbe at the bubble point
refrigerant. If the subcooling value is not correct, i.e. lower 6 Isotherms
WKDQWKHVSHFLÀHGYDOXHVDOHDNGHWHFWLRQWHVWPXVWEHFDUULHG  $SSDUHQWVXEFRROLQJ 
out on the unit, as it no longer contains its original charge.  5HDOVXEFRROLQJ 
/ /LTXLG
/9 /LTXLGYDSRXU
WARNING: To ensure proper operation of 50AZ/UZ V Vapour

units there must be at least 8 K of subcooling as the liquid


refrigerant enters the expansion valve.

The 50AZ/UZ units use refrigerant. For your information,


ZHDUHUHSURGXFLQJKHUHVRPHH[WUDFWVIURPWKHRIÀFLDO
publication dealing with the design, installation, operation
and maintenance of air conditioning and refrigeration
systems and the training of people involved in these activities,
agreed by the air conditioning and refrigeration industry.

18
Recharging liquid refrigerant Undercharge

CAUTION: 50AZ/UZ units are charged with liquid HFC- If there is not enough refrigerant in the system, this is indicated
407C refrigerant. by gas bubbles in the moisture sight glass in the cooling mode.

This non-azeotropic refrigerant blend consists of 23% R-32, ,IWKHXQGHUFKDUJHLVVLJQLÀFDQWODUJHEXEEOHVDSSHDULQWKH


25% of R-125 and 52% R-134a, and is characterised by the moisture sight glass, and the suction pressure drops. The
fact that at the time of the change in state the temperature of compressor suction superheat is also high. The machine must
the liquid/vapour mixture is not constant, as with azeotropic be recharged after the leak has been repaired.
refrigerants. All checks must be pressure tests, and the
appropriate pressure/temperature ratio table must be used Find the leak and completely drain the system with a
to determine the corresponding saturated temperatures refrigerant recovery unit. Carry out the repair, leak test and
(saturated bubble point curve or saturated dew point curve). then recharge the system.

Leak detection is especially important for units charged with IMPORTANT: After the leak has been repaired, the circuit
refrigerant R-407C. Depending on whether the leak occurs must be tested, without exceeding the maximum low-side
in the liquid or in the vapour phase, the proportion of the operating pressure shown on the unit name plate.
different components in the remaining liquid is not the same.
The refrigerant must always be recharged in the liquid phase
NOTE: Regularly carry out leak checks and immediately into the liquid line.
repair any leak found. If there is a leak in the plate heat The refrigerant cylinder must always contain at least 10% of its
exchanger, this part must be replaced. initial charge.
For the refrigerant quantity per circuit, refer to the data on the
unit name plate.

Characteristics of R407C

See the table below.


Saturated bubble point temperatures (bubble point curve)
Saturated dew point temperatures (dew point curve)

Characteristics of R407C

Bar Saturated bubble Saturated dew Bar Saturated bubble Saturated dew Bar Saturated bubble Saturated dew
(relative) point temp. , °C point temp., °C (relative) point temp., °C point temp., °C (relative) point temp., °C point temp., °C
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        

19
START-UP - Electrically disconnect the compressor and/or remove the
crankcase heater.
Actual start-up should only be done under the supervision of a - Unbraze or unscrew the suction and discharge lines,
TXDOLÀHGUHIULJHUDWLRQPHFKDQLF taking care not to damage the rest of the components.
- Remove the fastenings.
Heat pump operation - defrost cycle (50UZ units only)  5HSODFHWKHFRPSUHVVRUHQVXULQJWKDWLWFRQWDLQVVXIÀFLHQW
oil.
:KHQWKHRXWGRRUWHPSHUDWXUHLVVXIÀFLHQWO\ORZDQGGHSHQGLQJ - Braze or screw in the lines.
on the atmospheric humidity, the water condensing on the - Connect the compressor according to the wiring diagram.
RXWGRRUFRLOIUHH]HVDQGWKLVLPSHGHVFRUUHFWDLUÁRZ,WLV - Evacuate the compressor.
necessary to remove the ice by changing over the reversing - Fill in the refrigerant charge indicated on the nameplate.
valve on the solenoid coil. This reverses the system cycle and  127(7KLVRSHUDWLRQPXVWEHGRQHE\DTXDOLÀHG
injects hot gas into the outdoor heat exchanger. Defrost will be technician.
completed when the outdoor coil reaches the set temperature or
after a predetermined period of time from the start of the cycle. Description of unit protection devices

Initial checks The unit includes the following compressor protection devices:
- Internal protector for 50AZ/UZ 016-042.
With the unit in operation, ensure that the values shown on - External protector for 50AZ 034-040.
the high and low pressure gauges are within the normal limits. - Outdoor fan motor thermomagnetic switch.
It is advisable to simulate unit shutdown due to high and low - Indoor fan motor thermomagnetic switch.
pressure, in order to make sure that the high pressure switch
works properly. To do so, proceed as follows: High pressurestat
- High pressure shutdown (cooling cycle): Completely cover
the outdoor air inlet, or disconnect the outdoor fan and This protects the unit against excessive condensing pressure.
motor. The unit should stop at a pressure of 28/29.5 bar*.
- Low pressure shutdown (cooling cycle): Cover the indoor 7KHKLJKSUHVVXUHVWDWKDVIDFWRU\À[HGQRQDGMXVWDEOHVHWWLQJV
air inlet, or disconnect the indoor fan and motor. Observe To check, see section Initial checks.
the low pressure gauge. The unit should stop at a pressure
High pressure Low pressure
of 0.55 bar. Min. Max. Min. Max.
36 EDU     
* This value only applies to 50UZ 038/042 units. 76 ƒ&     
3UHVVXUHVZLWFKFXWRXWSUHVVXUH EDU    
7HVWSUHVVXUHXQLWOHDNWHVW EDU 
Check that the motor and compressor consumptions are
7KHVHYDOXHVRQO\DSSO\WR8=XQLWV
approximately the same as those shown on the unit nameplate.
Consumption data is also given in Tables 2 and 4.
WARNING: Alteration of factory settings other than the
REFRIGERANT SYSTEM DESCRIPTION design setpoint, without manufacturer's authorisation, may
void the warranty.
The refrigerant circuit incorporates the following primary
elements: Operating limits
- Refrigerant-air heat exchanger: made of high quality
FRSSHUWXEHVDQGSUHWUHDWHGDOXPLQLXPÀQV These units have been designed to operate within the following
- Refrigerant lines: made completely of high quality copper. limits:
- %LÁRZH[SDQVLRQYDOYH(except 50UZ 038-042)
- Compressors: scroll compressors for 50AZ/UZ 016, 024, Table 7 - Cooling operation
028, 038, 042 and hermetic compressors for 50AZ/UZ Zone Air temperature
020 and 50AZ 034-040. Dry bulb Wet bulb
- Filter drier (50AZ and 50UZ 038-042) and obus type access Indoor
0D[LPXP ƒ& ƒ&
valve.
- Safety elements: high, low pressure transducer and high Outdoor
0D[LPXP ƒ&  
pressure switch. 0LQLPXP ƒ& 
- All units include the R-407C refrigerant charge necessary
for correct operation. Table 8 - Heat pump operation
- 50UZ 038-042 units include receivers and accumulators.
Zone Air temperature
Dry bulb Wet bulb
COMPRESSOR REPLACEMENT
Indoor
0D[LPXP ƒ&
When an internal fault occurs, the compressor must be
Outdoor
replaced. This must be done as detailed below: 0D[LPXP ƒ& ƒ&
- Disconnect the unit from the electrical supply. 0LQLPXP ƒ& 
- Remove the panels. 8=XQLWVZLOOQRWUXQDWƒ&RXWGRRUDLUWHPSHUDWXUHLQFRROLQJPRGHLI
- Remove the gas from the refrigerant circuit using recovery WKHHQWHULQJDLUZHWEXOEWHPSHUDWXUHLVKLJKHUWKDQƒ&7KHPD[LPXPYDOXHZLOO
WKHQEHƒ&
equipment to avoid harming the atmosphere.
20
SETTING UP PRO-DIALOG PLUS CONTROL

Local interface general features

Standard small human interface general features

The interface
It gives access to all PRO-DIALOG PLUS data and operating
functions. It consists of:
• A two-digit display showing the number of the item
selected.
• A four-digit display showing the contents of the item
selected.
• Five buttons and one alarm LED for unit start/stop, menu
selection, menu item selection and value adjustment and
alarm annunciation.

INTERFACE
BUTTON NAME DESCRIPTION
 0HQX 3HUPLWVWKHVHOHFWLRQRIDPDLQPHQX

 8SDUURZ 3HUPLWVVFUROOLQJWKURXJKWKHPHQXLWHPV LQWKHWZRGLJLWGLVSOD\ ,IWKHPRGLÀFDWLRQPRGHLVDFWLYHWKLVEXWWRQDXWKRULVHV


  LQFUHDVHRIWKHYDOXHRIDQ\SDUDPHWHU
 'RZQDUURZ 3HUPLWVVFUROOLQJWKURXJKWKHPHQXLWHPV LQWKHWZRGLJLWGLVSOD\ ,IWKHPRGLÀFDWLRQPRGHLVDFWLYHWKLVEXWWRQDXWKRULVHV
  GHFUHDVHRIWKHYDOXHRIDQ\SDUDPHWHU
 (QWHU *LYHVDFFHVVWRWKHPRGLÀFDWLRQPRGHYDOLGDWHVDPRGLÀFDWLRQRUGLVSOD\VWKHORFDWLRQLQWKHPHQXDQGH[SDQGHGLWHPGHVFULSWLRQ

 6WDUWVWRS $XWKRULVHVVWDUWRUVWRSRIWKHXQLWLQORFDOPRGHRUPRGLÀFDWLRQRILWVRSHUDWLQJW\SH

INTERFACE LEDS
LED INDICATION WHEN LIT
Red LED:
 /LWFLUFXLW$%RUXQLWVKXWGRZQE\DODUP
- Flashing: circuit A, B or unit running with alarm present

21
Optional enhanced human interface general features
DUAL-CIRCUIT HEAT PUMP INTERFACE DUAL-CIRCUIT COOLING ONLY UNIT INTERFACE

MAIN INTERFACE SUMMARY INTERFACE MAIN INTERFACE SUMMARY INTERFACE

MENU BLOCK MENU BLOCK

The local interface enables a number of operating parameters to Main interface


EHGLVSOD\HGDQGPRGLÀHG It gives access to all PRO-DIALOG PLUS data and operating
functions. It consists of:
The interface consists of two distinct parts: the main interface • A two-digit display showing the number of the item
(left hand section) and the summary interface (right hand selected.
section). • A four-digit display showing the contents of the item
selected.
• LEDs and buttons for unit start/stop, menu selection,
menu item selection and value adjustment.

MAIN INTERFACE
BUTTON NAME DESCRIPTION
 0HQX 3HUPLWVWKHVHOHFWLRQRIDPDLQPHQX(DFKPDLQPHQXLVUHSUHVHQWHGE\DQLFRQ7KHLFRQLVOLWLIDFWLYH

 8SDUURZ 3HUPLWVVFUROOLQJWKURXJKWKHPHQXLWHPV LQWKHWZRGLJLWGLVSOD\ ,IWKHPRGLÀFDWLRQPRGHLVDFWLYHWKLVEXWWRQDXWKRULVHV


  LQFUHDVHRIWKHYDOXHRIDQ\SDUDPHWHU
 'RZQDUURZ 3HUPLWVVFUROOLQJWKURXJKWKHPHQXLWHPV LQWKHWZRGLJLWGLVSOD\ ,IWKHPRGLÀFDWLRQPRGHLVDFWLYHWKLVEXWWRQDXWKRULVHV
  GHFUHDVHRIWKHYDOXHRIDQ\SDUDPHWHU
 (QWHU *LYHVDFFHVVWRWKHPRGLÀFDWLRQPRGHYDOLGDWHVDPRGLÀFDWLRQRUGLVSOD\VH[SDQGHGLWHPGHVFULSWLRQ

 6WDUWVWRS $XWKRULVHVVWDUWRUVWRSRIWKHXQLWLQORFDOPRGHRUPRGLÀFDWLRQRILWVRSHUDWLQJW\SH

MAIN INTERFACE MENU LEDS


LED NAME DESCRIPTION
 ,1)250$7,21PHQX 'LVSOD\VWKHJHQHUDORSHUDWLQJSDUDPHWHUVIRUWKHXQLW

 7(03(5$785(6PHQX 'LVSOD\VWKHXQLWRSHUDWLQJWHPSHUDWXUHV

 kPa 35(6685(6PHQX 'LVSOD\VWKHXQLWRSHUDWLQJSUHVVXUHV

 6(732,176PHQX 'LVSOD\VWKHXQLWVHWSRLQWVDQGHQDEOHVWKHPWREHPRGLÀHG

 ,13876PHQX 'LVSOD\VWKHVWDWXVRIWKHXQLWGLJLWDODQGDQDORJXHLQSXWV

 28738767(676PHQX 'LVSOD\VWKHVWDWXVRIWKHXQLWRXWSXWVDQGHQDEOHVWKHPWREHWHVWHG

 &21),*85$7,216PHQX 'LVSOD\VWKHXQLWFRQÀJXUDWLRQDQGHQDEOHVLWWREHPRGLÀHG

 $/$506PHQX 'LVSOD\VDFWLYHDODUPV

 $/$506+,6725<PHQX 'LVSOD\VWKHKLVWRU\RIWKHDODUPV

 23(5$7,1*/2*PHQX 'LVSOD\VWKHRSHUDWLQJWLPHVDQGQXPEHURIVWDUWVIRUWKHXQLWDQGWKHFRPSUHVVRUV

22
The summary interface (right hand section) includes a mimic The following operating types can be selected using the
diagram of the unit, together with push-buttons and LEDs. It Start/Stop button:
gives quick access to the main operating parameters of the unit.
OPERATING TYPES
SUMMARY INTERFACE LEDS 4 DIGIT DISPLAY DESCRIPTION
LED INDICATION WHEN LIT  /2)) Local Off.7KHXQLWLVKDOWHGLQORFDOPRGH
Green LED:  /2Q Local On. The unit is in local control mode and is
The unit is authorised to start or is already running DXWKRULVHGWRVWDUW
Red LED:
A
 /LWFLUFXLW$RUXQLWVKXWGRZQE\DODUP
 /6F  Local On - timer control. The unit is in local control
PRGH,WLVDXWKRULVHGWRVWDUWLIWKHSHULRGLVRFFXSLHG
- Flashing: circuit A or unit running with alarm present If the timer program for unit operation is unoccupied,
B Red LED: the unit remains shut down until the perod becomes
 /LWFLUFXLW%RUXQLWVKXWGRZQE\DODUP RFFXSLHG
- Flashing: circuit B or unit running with alarm present CCN* CCN. 7KHXQLWLVFRQWUROOHGE\&&1FRPPDQGV
Red LED: rEM* Remote. The unit is controlled by remote control
 2SWLRQDODLUÁRZGHWHFWLRQ FRQWDFWV 7KLVRSHUDWLQJW\SHVKDOOEHVHOHFWHGZKHQ
Green LED: XVLQJWKH5RRPPDWHFRPIRUWFRQWUROOHURSWLRQ
 7KHLQGRRUIDQLVUXQQLQJ tStA Remote by thermostat. The unit is comtrolled via
Yellow LEDs: H[WHUQDOFRQWDFWVE\DWKHUPRVWDW
 )URPWRSWRERWWRPVWDUWVWRSVWDWXVRIFRPSUHVVRU$RU% Legend
 )ODVKLQJ/('LQGLFDWHVWKDWWKHFLUFXLWLVLQWKHSURWHFWLRQRUGHIURVW  'LVSOD\HGLIWKHFRQÀJXUDWLRQUHTXLUHVLW
 PRGH $RU% 
Green LED: Stopping the unit in local mode
 7KHXQLWRSHUDWHVLQKHDWLQJPRGH
Green LED:
The unit can be stopped in local mode at any time by pressing
 7KHXQLWRSHUDWHVLQFRROLQJPRGH the Start/Stop button.

TO STOP THE UNIT


SUMMARY INTERFACE PUSH BUTTONS BUTTON ACTION 2-DIGIT DISPLAY 4-DIGIT DISPLAY
BUTTON DISPLAY  3UHVVWKH6WDUW6WRS & /2))
 %OXHEXWWRQVXSSO\DLUWHPSHUDWXUHUHWXUQDLUWHPSHUDWXUHLQƒ& button for less than
 *UD\EXWWRQRXWGRRUDLUWHPSHUDWXUHLQƒ& 4 seconds (one short
 &RQWUROSRLQW VHWSRLQWUHVHW LQƒ&  SUHVVLVHQRXJK 
 ,IWKHEXWWRQLV W /2))
 3UHVVFLUFXLW$%GLVFKDUJHSUHVVXUHLQN3D released, the unit stops
 3UHVVFLUFXLW$%VDWXUDWHGFRQGHQVLQJWHPSHUDWXUHLQƒ& without the need for
 IXUWKHUDFWLRQ
 3UHVVFLUFXLW$%VXFWLRQSUHVVXUHLQN3D
 3UHVVFLUFXLW$%VDWXUDWHGVXFWLRQWHPSHUDWXUHLQƒ&
 3UHVVFRPSUHVVRU$%RSHUDWLQJKRXUVLQKRUK Starting unit and selecting an operating type
The unit can be started in local mode, or unit operating type
can be changed at any time using the Start/Stop button. In the
example that follows, the unit is stopped (LOFF) and the user
Unit start/stop control
wants to start the unit in local mode.
Description
The unit start/stop can be controlled by one of the following CHANGING THE OPERATING TYPE
methods: BUTTON ACTION 2-DIGIT 4-DIGIT
DISPLAY DISPLAY
• Locally on the actual unit (Local operating type)
• By remote control with the aid of user contacts (remote  &RQWLQXDOO\SUHVVWKHRSHUDWLQJW\SH & /2))
operating type)  VHOHFWLRQEXWWRQIRUPRUHWKDQVHFRQGV
• By CCN control with the aid of the CCN (CCN operating
 +ROGGRZQWKH6WDUW6WRSEXWWRQ   /2Q
type)  7KHDYDLODEOHRSHUDWLQJW\SHVDUHGLVSOD\HG  /6F
 RQHE\RQHXQWLOWKHEXWWRQLVUHOHDVHG
The main interface includes a Start/Stop button which can be
used to stop or start the unit in the local operating type or to
select the remote or CCN operating type. rEM
 5HOHDVHWKH6WDUW6WRSEXWWRQLIWKH  /2Q
operating type you want is displayed (in
The available operating types are described in the following  WKLVH[DPSOH/2Q &ÁDVKHVLQWKH
table. 2-digit display to show that the controller is
 DZDLWLQJFRQÀUPDWLRQ
 3UHVVWKH(QWHUEXWWRQWRFRQÀUPWKH W /2Q
 RSHUDWLQJW\SHVHOHFWHG LQWKLVH[DPSOH/
 2Q WLVGLVSOD\HGLQWKHGLJLWGLVSOD\WR
 LQGLFDWHWKHRSHUDWLQJW\SHVHOHFWHG,IWKH
Enter button is not pressed soon enough
the controller will cancel the change and
 FRQWLQXHWRXVHWKHSUHYLRXVRSHUDWLQJW\SH

23
Menus OPTIONS AND ACCESSORIES

Selecting a menu - Economizer - enthalpic (option)


The MENU button authorises you to select a menu from the 10 - Economizer - thermostatic (option)
main menus that are available. Each time you press this button - Electric heater (option)
one of the 10 LEDs lights up in turn alongside each of the icons - Crankcase heater (option)
representing a main menu. The active menu is the one against - Hot water coil with proportional valve (option)
which the LED is lit. If a menu is empty then its LED is not lit. - Front discharge roof curb (accessory)
To scroll quickly through the menus, hold the MENU button - Vertical roof curb (accessory)
down. - Adjustable longitudinal roof curb, vertical discharge
(accessory)
Selecting a menu item - Adjustable transverse roof curb, vertical discharge
The up and down Arrow buttons let you scroll through the (accessory)
menu items. Menu item numbers are displayed in the two-digit - Air return fan (accessory)
display. The item number increases or decreases every time - Power exhaust (option)
you press the up or down Arrow button. The menu items that  'LUW\ÀOWHUDODUP RSWLRQ
DUHQRWLQXVHRULQFRPSDWLEOHZLWKWKHFRQÀJXUDWLRQDUHQRW  +LJKHIÀFLHQF\ÀOWHUV RSWLRQ
displayed. The value or status associated with the active item - Additional space temperature sensor (accessory)
is displayed in the four-digit display. To scroll quickly through - Smoke detector (option)
the items, hold the up or down Arrow button down. - Economizer hood (option/accessory)
- Programmable thermostat - TSTAT (accessory)
The following example shows how to access item 3 in the - Non-programmable thermostat - TSTAT (accessory)
Pressures menu. - IAQ - indoor air quality sensor (accessory)
- Manual outdoor air damper (option/accessory)
SELECTING A MENU ITEM  $LUÁRZGHWHFWRU RSWLRQ
OPERATION PRESS MENU LED* ITEM NUMBER
BUTTON 2-DIGIT
- Barometric exhaust (option)
DISPLAY - High static pressure transmission (option)
Press the MENU button until the - Low static pressure transmission (option)
35(6685(PHQXDSSHDUVRQWKH   
/&',IWKHRSWLRQDOLQWHUIDFHLV
- Room-mate comfort controller (accessory)
XVHGWKH/('PDUNHG35(6685(  kPa  - Enhanced user interface (option)
OLJKWVXS   - Stainless steel drain pan (option)
Press one of the Arrow buttons 1 - Free contact terminal (option)
XQWLOWKHWZRGLJLWGLVSOD\VKRZV
LWHPQXPEHU    kPa
2

   
*Optional interface

Modifying the value of a parameter/access to a sub-menu


Press the Enter button for more than 2 seconds to enter the
PRGLÀFDWLRQPRGHRUWRVHOHFWDVXEPHQX7KLVOHWV\RX
correct the value of an item or select a sub-menu with the aid
of the up and down Arrow buttons (if you are authorised to
RYHUZULWHWKHLWHPFRQFHUQHG :KHQPRGLÀFDWLRQPRGHLV
activated, the LED of the main menu to which the item belongs
ÁDVKHVLQWKHPHQXEORFNLIWKHRSWLRQDOLQWHUIDFHLVXVHG

Once the required value is obtained, press the Enter button


again to validate the change or to access the sub-menu. The
LED for the menu to which the item belongs then stops
ÁDVKLQJLQGLFDWLQJWKDWPRGLÀFDWLRQPRGHQRORQJHUDSSOLHV

,QPRGLÀFDWLRQPRGHWKHYDOXHWREHPRGLÀHGLQFUHDVHV
or decreases in steps of 0.1 every time you press the Arrow
buttons. Holding one of these buttons down increases the rate
of increase or decrease.

24
GENERAL MAINTENANCE To adjust the belt tension, loosen the motor mounting plate
bolts and slide the motor mounting plate until the belt is as
ATTENTION: Before starting any servicing or maintenance shown in Fig. 14.
operation on the unit, make sure that the power supply has
been disconnected. A current discharge could cause personal Fig. 13 - Fan speed adjustment
injury.

In order to obtain maximum performance from the unit special


attention should be paid to the following points:
- Electrical connections: The supply voltage should be
within the limits permitted by the compressor.

Ensure that no faulty contacts exist in the terminal blocks,


contactor boards, etc. Make sure that all the electrical
connections are properly tightened, and that all the
HOHFWULFDOFRPSRQHQWV FRQWDFWRUVUHOD\VHWF DUHÀUPO\
secured to the corresponding rails.
Pay special attention to the condition of the connecting
cables between the control elements and the electrical Legend
box, and to that of the unit power supply cable. They 1 Motor support 5 Belt
should not be twisted and there should be no slits or 2 Motor pulley 6 Tensioning screw
 6HWVFUHZ  )DQSXOOH\
notches in the insulation. Check the starting and running 4 Motor 8 Fan scroll
FRQVXPSWLRQVDUHZLWKLQWKHOLPLWVVSHFLÀHGLQWKH
corresponding technical information. Fig. 14 - To align fan and motor pulleys
- Drainage: Frequently check that the drain is not
obstructed, and that the condensate pan is clean and level.
 ,QOHWÀOWHUThis should be cleaned periodically. The
frequency depends on the purity of the entering air. The
ÀOWHUPD\EHFOHDQHGZLWKDKRXVHKROGYDFXXPFOHDQHURU
by immersing it in water.
- Refrigerant circuit: Ensure that there is no leakage of
refrigerant or oil from the compressor. Check that the high
and low side operating pressures are normal. Make sure
WKDWWKHFRLOVDUHQRWGLUW\,IQHFHVVDU\DQRSWLRQDOÀOWHU
may be placed at the outdoor air inlet. Check for unusual
compressor noise.
- Controls: Check the operation of all the relays, high and
low pressurestats, etc.

SERVICE

Indoor fan air adjustment  )L[HGÁDQJH


2 Setscrew
 0RYDEOHÁDQJH
The drive is factory set in accordance with the tables on 5.1. 4 Straight-edge must be parallel with belt
 0RWRUDQGIDQVKDIWVPXVWEHSDUDOOHO
6 Pulleys
:KHQLQGRRUSUHVVXUHDQGDLUÁRZUHTXLUHPHQWVGLIIHUIURP
nominal ratings, the motor pulley can be adjusted for different
available static pressure values (see fan performance tables).
Lubrication
To change the fan speed:
1. Move the motor along its track in order to remove the belt.
Both the motors and the fans have factory lubricated and sealed
2. Loosen the pulley setscrews and rotate as necessary.
bearings, and need no further lubrication.
3. Tighten the setscrews.
4. Replace the belt(s) in the channel of the pulley.
The compressor has its own oil supply and oil should not be
5. Tighten the belt(s), using the tension screw nut and
added unless a leak has occurred.
washer. See maintenance section and Fig. 13.

To align fan and motor pulleys:


1. Loosen fan pulley setscrews. Slide fan pulley along the
pulley shaft and align with the motor using a ruler, making
sure that it is parallel to the belt.
2. Tighten the fan pulley setscrews.

25
Condenser coil MAINTENANCE PROGRAMME

:HUHFRPPHQGWKDWÀQQHGFRLOVDUHLQVSHFWHGUHJXODUO\WR All maintenance operations must be carried out by technicians


check the degree of fouling. This depends on the environment who have been trained on Carrier products, observing all
where the unit is installed, and will be worse in urban and Carrier quality and safety standards.
industrial installations and near trees that shed their leaves.
Maintenance instructions
For coil cleaning proceed as follows:
‡ 5HPRYHÀEUHVDQGGXVWFROOHFWHGRQWKHFRQGHQVHUIDFH During the unit operating life the service checks and tests must be
with a soft brush (or vacuum cleaner). carried out in accordance with applicable national regulations.
• Clean the coil with the appropriate cleaning agents.
If there are no similar criteria in local regulations, the
With pressurised cleaning methods care should be taken not to information on checks during operation in annex C of standard
GDPDJHWKHFRLOÀQV7KHVSUD\LQJRIWKHFRLOPXVWEHGRQH EN 378-2 can be used.
 LQWKHGLUHFWLRQRIWKHÀQV
 LQWKHRSSRVLWHGLUHFWLRQRIWKHDLUÁRZGLUHFWLRQ External visual checks: annex A and B of standard EN 378-2
- with a large diffuser (25-30°)
- at a distance of 300 mm. Corrosion checks: annex D of standard EN 378-2. These
controls must be carried out:
It is not necessary to rinse the coil, as the products used are - After an intervention that is likely to affect the resistance
pH neutral. To ensure that the coil is perfectly clean, we or a change in use or change of high-pressure refrigerant,
UHFRPPHQGULQVLQJZLWKDORZZDWHUÁRZUDWH7KHS+YDOXHRI or after a shut down of more than two years. Components
the water used should be between 7 and 8. that do not comply, must be changed. Test pressures above
the respective component design pressure must not be
WARNING: Never use pressurized water without a large applied (annex B and D).
diffusor. Concentrated and/or rotating water jets are strictly  $IWHUUHSDLURUVLJQLÀFDQWPRGLÀFDWLRQVRUVLJQLÀFDQW
forbidden. system or component extension (annex B)
- After re-installation at another site (annexes A, B and D)
Correct and frequent cleaning (approximately every three - After repair following a refrigerant leak (annex D). The
months) will prevent 2/3 of the corrosion problems. frequency of refrigerant leak detection can vary from once
per year for systems with less than 1% leak rate per year
1HYHUXVHDÁXLGZLWKDWHPSHUDWXUHDERYHƒ&WRFOHDQWKH to once a day for systems with a leak rate of 35% per year
air heat exchangers. or more. The frequency is in proportion with the leak rate.

NOTE: High leak rates are not acceptable. The necessary


steps must be taken to eliminate any leak detected.

NOTE 2: Fixed refrigerant detectors are not leak detectors,


as they cannot locate the leak.

Maintenance schedule

Regular maintenance is indispensable to optimise the operating


life and reliability of the equipment. Maintenance operations
must be carried out in accordance with the schedules below:

Service Frequency
A Weekly
B Monthly
C Annually

IMPORTANT: Before each equipment maintenance


operation please ensure that:
- the unit is in the OFF position
- it is impossible for the unit to restart automatically
during maintenance.

26
Description of the maintenance operations Service C
Carry out the operations listed under Service B.
The equipment is supplied with polyolester oil (POE). Only use Refrigerant circuit
oil approved by Carrier. - Check the leak-tightness of the circuit and ensure that
there is no piping damage.
Service A - Carry out an oil contamination test. If acid, water or
Full-load operating test metallic particles are present replace the oil in the circuit.
Verify the following values: - Verify the tightening of the thermostatic mechanism of the
- compressor high-pressure side discharge pressure expansion device.
- compressor low-pressure side suction pressure - Full-load operating test. In addition to the checks carried
- charge visible in the sight glass out under Service B, validate the values of the heat
exchanger inlet and outlet tightening.
Verify the alarm status - Check the operation of the high-pressure and low-pressure
switches. Replace them if there is a fault.
Service B  &KHFNWKHIRXOLQJRIWKHÀOWHUGULHU E\FKHFNLQJWKH
Carrier out the operations listed under Service A. temperature difference in the copper piping - 50AZ units
Refrigerant circuit only). Replace it if necessary.
- Verify the air heat exchanger cleanliness status and clean
it at least once a year, or more often if the equipment Electrical checks
environment is especially demanding. To clean the - Check the status of the electrical cables and their insulation.
equipment, follow the Carrier recommendations. Among - Carry out an operating test of the electric evaporator
other things, this ensures that the unit performances can be heaters, compressor crankcase heater, piping and
guaranteed. expansion device, as required.
- Full-load operating test. In addition to the operations - Check the phase/earth insulation of the compressors and
described under Service A, check the following values: fans.
- compressor discharge pressure - Check the compressor and fan winding status.
- compressor oil level
- actual liquid subcooling Mechanical checks
- overheating at the expansion device - Check the tightening of the indoor and outdoor fan,
- on heat pumps verify correct defrost of the air heat FRPSUHVVRUDQGFRQWUROER[À[LQJEROWV
exchanger. - Check that no water has penetrated into the control box.
- Verify the charge status by checking the colour indicator - All metallic parts of the unit (chassis, casing panels,
of the sightglass. If the colour has turned to yellow, control boxes, heat exchangers etc.) are protected against
FKDQJHWKHFKDUJHDQGUHSODFHWKHÀOWHUGULHU $=XQLWV corrosion by a coating of powder or liquid paint. To
only) after carrying out a leak test of the circuit. prevent the risk of blistering corrosion that can appear
when moisture penetrates under the protective coatings,
Electrical checks it is necessary to carry out periodic checks of the coating
- Check the tightening of the electric connections, contactors, (paint) condition.
disconnect switch and transformer.
- Check the status of the contactors, fuses and capacitators,
as required.
- Carry out a quick test (refer to the manual for the Rooftop
Pro-Dialog Plus control).

Mechanical checks
- Verify that nothing impedes the rotation of the fan
impeller of the air heat exchanger.

27
Servicing recommendations FINAL RECOMMENDATIONS

- Before replacing any of the elements in the cooling circuit, The unit you have purchased has undergone strict quality
ensure that the entire refrigerant charge is removed from control procedures before leaving the factory.
both the high and low pressure sides of the unit.
- The control elements of the cooling system are highly All components, including the control systems and electrical
sensitive. If they need to be replaced, care should be taken HTXLSPHQWHWFDUHFHUWLÀHGE\RXU4XDOLW\&RQWURO
not to overheat them with blowlamps whilst soldering. Department, and tested under the harshest possible operating
A damp cloth should be wrapped around the component conditions in our laboratories. However, after leaving the
WREHVROGHUHGDQGWKHÁDPHGLUHFWHGDZD\IURPWKH factory, it is possible that one or more of these elements
component body. may be damaged due to causes beyond our control. In such
- Silver alloy soldering rods should always be used. an event, the user should not work on any of the internal
- If the total unit gas charge has to be replaced, the quantity components, or subject the unit to operating conditions
should be as given on the nameplate and the unit should ZKLFKDUHQRWVSHFLÀHGLQWKLVPDQXDO since serious damage
be properly evacuated beforehand. may result and the guarantee would be invalidated. Repair and
- During unit operation all panels should be in place, maintenance work should always be left to the installer.
including the electrical box access panel.
- If it is necessary to cut the lines of the refrigerant circuit, All recommendations concerning unit installation are intended to
tube cutters should always be used and never tools which be as a guideline. The installer should carry out the installation
produce burrs. All refrigerant circuit tubing should be of according to the design conditions and should comply with all
copper, specially made for refrigeration purposes. applicable regulations for air conditioning and refrigeration
installations.

NOTE: The manufacturer does not accept responsibility for


any malfunctions resulting from misuse of the equipment.

TROUBLESHOOTING CHART

A list of possible faults, as well as the probable cause and suggested solutions is shown in Table 9. In the event of a unit
malfunction it is recommended to disconnect the power supply and ascertain the cause.

Table 9 - Troubleshooting chart

Symptoms Cause Remedy


Unit does not start No power supply Connect power supply
Main switch open Close main unit disconnect switch
 /RZOLQHYROWDJH &KHFNYROWDJHDQGUHPHG\WKHGHÀFLHQF\
A protection has tripped Reset
Contactor stuck open Check and if necessary replace contactor
Seized compressor Check and if necessary replace compressor
Unit starts and stops frequently Defective compressor contactor Check and if necessary replace contactor
Defective compressor Check and if necessary replace compressor
Refrigerant losses Check and add the necessary quantity
Unit continuously cuts out at Cooling unit
low pressure Defective low pressure transducer Check and if necessary replace low pressure transducer
Refrigerant losses Check and add the necessary quantity
Indoor fan does not operate Check fan motor
Unit continuously cuts out at Cooling unit
high pressure Defective high pressurestat Check and if necessary replace pressurestat
 %ORFNHGÀOWHUGULHU &KHFNDQGLIQHFHVVDU\UHSODFHÀOWHU
Outdoor fan does not operate Check fan motor

Heat pump unit


Defective high pressurestat Replace pressurestat
Outdoor fan does not operate Check fan motor
Abnormal system noise Piping vibration Support piping
Noisy compressor Check and change if necessary
 %DGO\ÀWWLQJSDQHOV ,QVWDOOFRUUHFWO\
Compressor loses oil Leak in system Repair leak
Water loss Defective drainage connections Check and tighten if necessary

2UGHU1R6XSHUVHGHVRUGHU1R 0DQXIDFWXUHGE\$ODUNR&DUULHU*HE]H7XUNH\
0DQXIDFWXUHUUHVHUYHVWKHULJKWWRFKDQJHDQ\SURGXFWVSHFLÀFDWLRQVZLWKRXWQRWLFH 3ULQWHGLQWKH1HWKHUODQGV
PN 457691
®
Models CW/CWB
Centrifugal Sidewall Exhaust Fans

Installation, Operation and Maintenance Manual


Please read and save these instructions for future reference. Read carefully before attempting to assemble,
install, operate or maintain the product described. Protect yourself and others by observing all safety
information. Failure to comply with instructions could result in personal injury and/or property damage!

Model CW Model CWB


Direct Drive Belt Drive
Model CW is a direct drive Model CWB is a belt drive centrifugal
centrifugal sidewall exhaust fan. sidewall exhaust fan. These fans are
These fans are specifically designed specifically designed for wall mounted
for wall mounted application. application. Performance capabilities
Performance capabilities range up to range up to 12,500 cfm (21,200 m3/hr)
6,400  cfm (10,874  m3/hr) and up to and up to 2.75 in. wg (685 Pa) of static
3  in.  wg (747  Pa) of static pressure. pressure. The maximum continuous
The maximum continuous operating operating temperature is 400°F (204.4°C).
temperature for fan sizes 098-200 is 400°F (204°C) CWB fans are available in nineteen sizes with nominal
and for fan sizes 060-095 is 160°F (71°C). CW fans wheel diameter ranging from 9 to 30 inches (229 to
are available in fourteen sizes with nominal wheel 762 mm) (098 - 300 unit sizes). Each fan shall bear
diameter ranging from 9 to 20 inches (229  mm to a permanently affixed manufacturer’s engraved
508  mm) (060 - 200 unit sizes). Each fan shall bear metal nameplate containing the model number and
a permanently affixed manufacturer’s engraved individual serial number.
metal nameplate containing the model number and
individual serial number.

General Safety Information


Only qualified personnel should install this fan. 1. Follow all local electrical and safety codes, as
Personnel should have a clear understanding of these well as the National Electrical Code (NEC) and the
instructions and should be aware of general safety National Fire Protection Agency (NFPA), where
precautions. Improper installation can result in electric applicable. Follow the Canadian Electric Code (CEC)
shock, possible injury due to coming in contact with in Canada.
moving parts, as well as other potential hazards. Other 2. The rotation of the wheel is critical. It must be free
considerations may be required if high winds or seismic to rotate without striking or rubbing any stationary
activity are present. If more information is needed, objects.
contact a licensed professional engineer before moving 3. Motor must be securely and adequately grounded.
forward.
4. Do not spin fan wheel faster than max cataloged fan
RPM. Adjustments to fan speed significantly effects
DANGER motor load. If the fan RPM is changed, the motor
Always disconnect, lock and tag power source before current should be checked to make sure it is not
installing or servicing. Failure to disconnect power source exceeding the motor nameplate amps.
can result in fire, shock or serious injury. 5. Do not allow the power cable to kink or come in
CAUTION contact with oil, grease, hot surfaces, or chemicals.
Replace cord immediately if damaged.
When servicing the fan, motor may be hot enough to
cause pain or injury. Allow motor to cool before servicing.
6. Verify that the power source is compatible with the
equipment.
CAUTION 7. Never open access doors to a duct while the fan is
Precaution should be taken in explosive atmospheres. running.

Model CW/CWB • Centrifugal Sidewall Exhaust Fans 1


CW - Direct Drive Dimensions
Damper Mounting B**
Wall Damper
Model A B** C Frame Bolt
Opening Size
Size Circle
CW-060, 065, 183⁄8 131⁄2 143⁄4 81⁄2 8 113⁄4
10 (254)
070, 075 (467) (343) (375) (216) (203) (298)

Mounting Hole Bolt Circle


CW-080, 085, 21 13 ⁄8
3
17 ⁄8
7
10 ⁄2
1
10 12 15

Damper Frame Size


090 (533) (340) (454) (267) (254) (305) (381)

Wall Opening
Damper Size
21 151⁄4 177⁄8 101⁄2 10 12 15 C A
CW-095
(533) (387) (454) (267) (254) (305) (381)
CW-098, 101, 247⁄8 281⁄4 193⁄4 121⁄2 12 14 16 7⁄8
121, 131 (632) (718) (502) (318) (305) (356) (429)
287⁄8 293⁄4 221⁄8 151⁄2 15 17 193⁄8
CW-141, 161
(733) (756) (562) (394) (381) (432) (492)
353⁄8 285⁄8 273⁄4 171⁄2 17 19 25
CW-180, 200
(905) (727) (705) (445) (432) (483) (635) 5" *
All dimensions in inches (millimeters). *NOTE: 2 inches minimum, 8 inches when motorized
option is required. *May vary depending on motor size.

CWB - Belt Drive Dimensions B

Damper Mounting
Wall Damper
Model A B** C Frame Bolt
Opening Size
Size Circle
CWB-098, 101, 247⁄8 281⁄4 193⁄4 121⁄2 12 14 167⁄8

Mounting Hole Bolt Circle


121, 131 (632) (718) (502) (318) (305) (356) (429)

Damper Frame Size

Wall Opening
Damper Size
287⁄8 293⁄4 221⁄8 151⁄2 15 17 193⁄8
CWB-141, 161 C A
(733) (756) (562) (394) (381) (432) (492)
353⁄8 285⁄8 273⁄4 171⁄2 17 19 25
CWB-180, 200
(899) (727) (705) (445) (432) (483) (635)
42 ⁄32 33 ⁄8
25 7
31 ⁄4
1
20 ⁄2
1
20 22 28 3⁄8
CWB-220, 240
(1087) (860) (794) (521) (508) (559) (721)
50 36 383⁄8 251⁄2 25 27 3527⁄32
CWB-300
(1270) (914) (975) (648) (635) (686) (910)
5" *
All dimensions in inches (millimeters). *NOTE: 2 inches minimum, 7 inches when motorized
option is required. **May vary depending on motor size.

Receiving the electrical supply should be routed through the


conduit chase located between the mounting plate and
Upon receiving the product, check to make sure all
the bottom of the motor compartment. Wiring must
items are accounted for by referencing the bill of lading
conform to local and national codes.
to ensure all items were received. Inspect each crate for
shipping damage before accepting delivery. Notify the CAUTION
carrier if any damage is noticed. The carrier will make
notification on the delivery receipt acknowledging any Do not lift by the fan hood. Avoid lifting fans in a
damage to the product. All damage should be noted on way that will bend or distort fan parts. Never pass
all the copies of the bill of lading which is countersigned slings or timbers through the venturi of fan. Fans
by the delivering carrier. A Carrier Inspection Report with special coatings or paints must be protected
should be filled out by the carrier upon arrival and in handling to prevent damage.
reported to the Traffic Department. If damaged upon
arrival, file a claim with carrier. Any physical damage
to the unit after acceptance is not the responsibility of Storage
Greenheck Fan Corporation. Fans are protected against damage during shipment. If
the unit cannot be installed and operated immediately,
Unpacking precautions need to be taken to prevent deterioration of
Verify that all required parts and the correct quantity the unit during storage. The user assumes responsibility
of each item have been received. If any items are of the fan and accessories while in storage. Greenheck
missing, report shortages to your local representative to Fan Corporation will not be responsible for damage
arrange for obtaining missing parts. Sometimes it is not during storage. These suggestions are provided solely
possible that all items for the unit be shipped together as a convenience to the user.
due to availability of transportation and truck space.
Confirmation of shipment(s) must be limited to only
Indoor
items on the bill of lading. The ideal environment for the storage of fans and
accessories is indoors, above grade, in a low humidity
Handling atmosphere which is sealed to prevent the entry of
The motor amperage and voltage ratings must be blowing dust, rain or snow. Temperatures should be
checked for compatibility to supply voltage prior to evenly maintained between 30° to 110°F (-1° to 43°C)
final electrical connection. For CW/CWB installations,
2 Model CW/CWB • Centrifugal Sidewall Exhaust Fans ®
(wide temperature swings may cause condensation in a similar fashion until the fan equipment goes into
and “sweating” of metal parts). All accessories must be operation.
stored indoors in a clean, dry atmosphere.
Remove any accumulations of dirt, water, ice, or snow
Installation
and wipe dry before moving to indoor storage. To These fans exhaust directly away from the building,
avoid “sweating” of metal parts, allow cold parts to therefore their location and placement should be
reach room temperature. To dry parts and packages analyzed. Proximity to nearby buildings and people
use a portable electric heater to get rid of any moisture must be considered.
buildup. Leave coverings loose to permit air circulation Access to the motor compartment is accomplished by
and to allow for periodic inspection. removing the screws from the cover. The cover can
The unit should be stored at least 3½ in. (89 mm) off the then be removed and placed on a flat surface in an area
floor on wooden blocks covered with moisture proof protected from strong winds.
paper or polyethylene sheathing. Aisles between parts The motor’s amperage and voltage rating must be
and along all walls should be provided to permit air checked for compatibility to the supply voltage prior
circulation and space for inspection. to final electrical connection. For NFPA Restaurant
Applications, the electrical supply must enter the
Outdoor motor compartment through the breather tube. For
Fans designed for outdoor applications may be stored other non-flammable applications the electrical supply
outdoors, if absolutely necessary. Roads or aisles for can be routed through the conduit chase between
portable cranes and hauling equipment are needed. the mounting plate and the bottom of the motor
The fan should be placed on a level surface to prevent compartment. Consult local code authorities for your
water from leaking into the fan. The fan should be specific requrements. UL/cUL 762 Installations are for
elevated on an adequate number of wooden blocks so Restaurant Applications.
that it is above water and snow levels and has enough All CWB fans and CW fans with A, B and C motor RPMs
blocking to prevent it from settling into soft ground. are the only fans approved for this installation. All must
Locate parts far enough apart to permit air circulation, include the suffix “G”.
sunlight and space for periodic inspection. To minimize All fans must be installed per NFPA 96 and meet all
water accumulation, place all fan parts on blocking local code requirements. In addition, the maximum
supports so that rain water will run off. operating temperature at the fan must not exceed
Do not cover parts with plastic film or tarps as these 375°F (191°C).
cause condensation of moisture from the air passing
through heating and cooling cycles. Typical Wall Mounting Installation
Fan wheels should be blocked to prevent spinning 1. Remove mounting plate from unit by removing the
caused by strong winds. fasteners shown above marked by (1). Remove
motor compartment cover by removing fasteners
Inspection and Maintenance During marked by (2).
Storage 1 2
While in storage, inspect fans once per month. Keep a 3
record of inspection and maintenance performed.
If moisture or dirt accumulations are found on parts,
the source should be located and eliminated. At each
inspection, rotate the wheel by hand ten to fifteen
revolutions to distribute lubricant on motor. If paint
deterioration begins, consideration should be given to
touch-up or repainting. Fans with special coatings may
require special techniques for touch-up or repair.
Machined parts coated with rust preventive should be 1
2

restored to good condition promptly if signs of rust


occur. Immediately remove the original rust preventive 2. Locate the mounting plate (3) at the desired position
coating with petroleum solvent and clean with lint-free and check to avoid unit clearance problems. Cut the
cloths. Polish any remaining rust from surface with wall opening (4) as shown based upon dimensions
crocus cloth or fine emery paper and oil. Do not destroy obtained from the Dimensional Data Section. Locate
the continuity of the surfaces. Thoroughly wipe clean top of mounting plate (decal) and attach to the wall
with Tectyl® 506 (Ashland Inc.) or the equivalent. For construction. The fasteners must pass through the
hard to reach internal surfaces or for occasional use, holes provided in the mounting angle clips (5) on the
consider using Tectyl® 511M Rust Preventive, WD-40® mounting plate (3). For uneven surfaces, shims may
or the equivalent. be required. Sealant or caulking should be applied in
the groove (6) formed by the mounting plate and the
Removing From Storage wall to prevent moisture leakage into the building.
As fans are removed from storage to be installed in their
final location, they should be protected and maintained

®
Model CW/CWB • Centrifugal Sidewall Exhaust Fans 3
Pre-Starting Checks
6 DECAL 1. Check all fasteners and setscrews for tightness.
Caulking The wheel should rotate freely and be aligned as
TOP
DETAIL shown in figure 7.
3 2. Wheel position is preset and the unit is test run at
the factory. Movement may occur during shipment
and realignment may be necessary.
5
Wheel Overlap and Gap Dimensions
DETAIL
Model G - Overlap in (mm) H - Gap in (mm)
4
060-095 – 3/32 (2)
6
098-161 1/4 (6) –
3. Once the mounting plate has been attached to the 180-300 1/2 (13) –
wall, the unit can be installed. The unit should be
aligned with the breather tube (7) pointing down.
The electrical chase should be guided through the
hole in the motor compartment. The horizontal
support channels (8) should slide over the mounting G H
angle clips (10) on the mounting plate until the holes
in the windband and clips are aligned. Replace
fasteners (9) and tighten. Wiring now can be done.
Consult local code authorities for your specific Figure 7
requirements.
3. Only CW unit - Centering height alignment can
10 9 be accomplished by loosening the set screws in
the wheel and moving the wheel to the desired
position.
4. Only CWB unit - Centering can be accomplished by
loosening the bolts holding the drive frame to the
ELECTRICAL
WIRING
shock mounts and repositioning the drive frame.
5. Only CWB unit - Wheel and inlet cone overlap
can be adjusted by loosening the setscrews in
the wheel and moving the wheel to the desired
8 7 position.
9
6. Only CWB unit - Fan RPM should be checked and
4. During shipping, wheel position may shift. verified with a tachometer.
Alignment should be as shown above (centered in 7. Check wheel rotation (viewing from the shaft
the inlet) and can be accomplished by loosening the side) by momentarily energizing the unit. Rotation
fasteners (11) located in the motor compartment. should be clockwise and correspond to the rotation
For belt drive units, additional vertical alignment can decal on the unit, see figure 8. If wheel rotation is
be accomplished by loosening the four fasteners on incorrect reverse two of the wiring leads or check
the drive frame support angles, and the 2 fasteners motor wiring for single phase.
that hold the L-brackets to the support angles on
top (13). Also, horizontal alignment can be made by Wheel Rotation
loosening the bearings from the bearing plate.
Removal of the entire power pack (motor, drives
and wheel) for maintenance or cleaning can be
accomplished by removing the breather tube (12) and
fasteners (11).
All CW and CWB models
11 CW/CWB Models 098 - 300
13 Counterclock
have clockwise rotation
Airflow
when viewed from top
of fan

Figure 8 Clockwise
Airflow
CW Models 060-095

12 13

4 Model CW/CWB • Centrifugal Sidewall Exhaust Fans ®


WARNING WARNING
Correct direction of wheel rotation is critical. The fan has been checked for mechanical noises at
Reversed rotation will result in poor air the factory prior to shipment. If mechanical noise
performance, motor overloading and possible should develop, suggested corrective actions are
burnout. offered in the Troubleshooting section.
IMPORTANT
Model CWB
Over tightening will cause excessive bearing wear
Pre-Starting Belt Tension Checks and noise. Too little tension will cause slippage at
8. Always loosen tension enough to install belts startup and uneven wear.
without stretching, see figure 9.
should have 15/64 in. (0.234 mm) (or about 1/4 in.
(6 mm)) of deflection with moderate thumb pressure
Belts
at mid-point between pulleys (see figure 12b).

Deflection
Do not force belt(s). Forcing the
belt(s) will break the cords and
Figure 9 cause belt failure
Slack
Side
.
9. For units with two groove pulleys, adjust so the
Figure 12a Figure 12b
tension is equal in both belts.
10. If adjustments are made, it is very important to
check the pulleys for proper alignment. Misaligned 13. The adjustable motor pulley is factory set for the
pulleys lead to excessive belt wear vibration, noise RPM specified. Speed can be increased by closing
and power loss, see figure 10. or decreased by opening the adjustable motor
pulley. Two groove variable pitch pulleys must be
adjusted an equal number of turns open or closed.
14. Any increase in speed represents a substantial
increase in the horsepower required by the unit.
15. Motor amperage should always be checked to avoid
serious damage to the motor when speed is varied.
Operation: CW/CWB
1. Before starting up or operating fan, check all
fasteners for tightness. In particular, check the
Figure 10 setscrews in wheel hub (and pulleys, if applicable).
2. While in the OFF position or before connecting the
11. For CWB units: Belt tension can be adjusted by fan to power, turn the fan wheel by hand to be sure
loosening four fasteners on the drive frame, see it is not striking the venturi or any obstacle.
figure 11. The motor plate slides on the slotted 3. Start the fan and shut it off immediately to check
adjusting arms and drive frame angles in the same rotation of the wheel with directional arrow in the
manner. motor compartment, see figure 8.
Fasteners 4. When the fan is started, observe the operation and
check for any unusual noises.
(4) *Fasteners 5. With the system in full operation and all ductwork
attached, measure current input to the motor and
compare with the nameplate rating to determine if
*Identical fasteners on the motor is operating under safe load conditions.
opposing side must also
be loosened. 6. Keep inlets and approaches to fan clean and free
from obstruction.
Figure 11

12a. Sizes 071-161: Belts should be tensioned just


enough to prevent slippage at full load. Belts
should have a slight bow on the slack side while
running at full load (see figure 12a).
12b. Sizes 180-540: Belt tension should be adjusted to
allow 1/64 in. (0.397 mm) of deflection per inch of
belt span. For example, a 15 in. (381 mm) belt span
®
Model CW/CWB • Centrifugal Sidewall Exhaust Fans 5
Inspection: CW/CWB WARNING
Inspection of the fan should be conducted at the
Always disconnect, lock and tag power source before
first 30 minute and 24 hour intervals of satisfactory
servicing. Failure to disconnect power source can
operation.
result in fire, shock or serious injury.
30 Minute Interval
CAUTION
Inspect bolts, setscrews and motor mounting bolts.
Adjust and tighten as necessary. Uneven cleaning of the wheel will produce an out of
balance condition that will cause vibration in the fan.
24 Hour Interval
Check all internal components. On CWB unit only, WARNING
inspect belt alignment and tension. Adjust and tighten This unit should be made non-functional when
as necessary. cleaning the wheel or housing (fuses removed,
disconnect locked off).
IMPORTANT
Adjust (tighten) belt tension after the first 24-48 hours 4. Once installed, adjust belts as shown in
of operation. “Pre‑Starting Checks.”
5. Shaft bearings can be classified in two
groups:relubricating and non-relubricating. All
Maintenance: CW/CWB non‑relubricating bearings on standard model
A proper maintenance program will help these units CWB fans are factory lubricated and require no
deliver years of dependable service. Installation and further lubrication under normal use (between
maintenance are to be performed only by qualified -20º to 180ºF (-29º to 82ºC) in a relatively clean
personnel who are familiar with local codes and environment).
regulations and who are experienced with this type of 6. Units installed in hot, humid or dirty locations
equipment. should be equipped with special bearings. These
Motor maintenance is generally limited to cleaning bearings will require frequent lubrication. On CWB
and lubrication (where applicable). Cleaning should be belt driven fans, the standard cast pillow block
limited to exterior surfaces only. Removing dust buildup bearings are factory lubricated and are provided
on motor housing ensures proper motor cooling. with external grease fittings. Annual lubrication
is recommended, or more frequently if needed,
Greasing of motors is only intended when fittings are
see Table 2. Do not over-grease. Use only one or
provided. Many fractional horsepower motors are
two shots of lubricant with a hand gun. Maximum
permanently lubricated and should not be lubricated
hand gun rating is 40 psi. Rotate bearings during
after installation. Motors supplied with grease fittings
lubrication where good safety practice permits.
should be greased in accordance with manufacturers’
Caution should be employed to prevent over
recommendations. Where motor temperatures do not
packing or contamination.
exceed 104ºF (40ºC), the grease should be replaced
after 2,000 hours of running time as a general rule. 7. Grease fittings should be wiped clean. The unit
should be in operation while lubricating. Extreme
Wheels require very little attention when moving care should be used around moving parts.
clean air. Occasionally, oil and dust may accumulate 8. Grease should be pumped in very slowly until a
causing imbalance. When this occurs the wheel and slight bead forms around the seal. A high grade
housing should be cleaned to ensure smooth and safe lithium base grease should be used.
operation.
9. When installing restaurant exhaust applications
All fasteners should be checked for tightness each time follow NFPA 70 for cleaning fans.
maintenance checks are performed prior to restarting 10. Grease containers must be emptied at regular
unit. intervals to prevent overflow.
A proper maintenance program will help these units 11. To ensure tightness, check pulley setscrews. Proper
deliver years of dependable service. keys must be in keyways.
Belt/Bearing Maintenance CWB Unit 12. Fan RPM should not be readjusted. Only use
1. Belts tend to stretch after a period of time. They pulleys of identical size and type when replacing
should be checked periodically for wear and pulleys.
tightness. When replacing belts, use the same type 13. During the first few months of operation check
as supplied with the unit. bearing set screws periodically to ensure tightness.
2. Matched belts should always be used on units with 14. If unit is to be left idle for an extended period,
multi-groove pulleys. remove belts and store in a cool, dry place to avoid
3. For belt replacement, loosen the tensioning device premature belt failure.
enough to allow removal of the belt by hand. Do not
force the belts on or off. This may cause cords to
break, leading to premature failure.

6 Model CW/CWB • Centrifugal Sidewall Exhaust Fans ®


Recommended Relubrication Table 3: Grease Manufacturers
Frequency in Months Manufacturer Grease (NLGI #2)
NOTE: If unusual environment conditions exist U.S. Electric Motors Grease No. 83343
(extreme temperature, moisture or contaminants) more Chevron U.S.A. Inc Chevron SRI Grease #2
frequent lubrication is required. Mobilith
Mobil Oil Corporation
A good quality lithium base grease, conforming to Mobil 532
NLGI Grade 2 consistency, such as those listed here Premium BRB #2
may be used. Texaco, Inc.
Texaco Multifak #2
Amoco Oil Co. Rykon Premium #2
Table 2: Suggested Fan Bearing Greasing Intervals
Exxon Unirex N2
Interval
Type of Service Shell B Shell Alvania #2
(months)
Heavy duty in dirty, dusty locations; high ambient
1 to 3 temperatures; moisture laden atmosphere;
vibration.
12 to 24 hours per day, heavy duty, or if moisture
3 to 6
is present
8 to 16 hours per day in clean, relatively dry
6 to 12
atmosphere
Infrequent operation or light duty in clean
12 to 18
atmosphere

Parts List
NOTE
Each fan bears a manufacturer’s nameplate with model number and serial number embossed. This information will as-
sist the local Greenheck representative and the factory in providing service and replacement parts. Before taking any
corrective action, make certain unit is not capable of operation during repairs.
CAUTION
A fan manufactured with an explosion resistant motor does not certify the entire unit to be explosion proof.

CW Direct Drive Centrifugal Sidewall Exhaust Fan

Windband
Birdscreen Motor Compartment
Mounting Plate

Wheel
Breather Tube Cover

®
Model CW/CWB • Centrifugal Sidewall Exhaust Fans 7
CWB Belt Drive Centrifugal Sidewall Exhaust Fan

Windband
Birdscreen Motor Compartment
Mounting Plate

Wheel Cover
Breather Tube

Troubleshooting
WARNING: Before taking any corrective action, make certain unit is not capable of operation during repairs.

PROBLEM CAUSE CORRECTIVE ACTION

Bad Bearings Replace.


Clean and remove all dirt buildup off wheel. Check wheel
Wheel unbalance
balance, rebalance in place if necessary.
Belts too tight or too loose Adjust tension, see figure 12a-b.
Excessive Noise
or Vibration Wheel improperly aligned and
Center wheel on inlet, see figure 7.
rubbing
Loose drive or motor pulleys Align and tighten. See “Pre-Starting Checks”, see page 4-6.
Foreign objects in wheel or
Remove objects, check for damage or unbalance.
housing
Check system: Proper operation of backdraft or control
System resistance too high
dampers, obstruction in ductwork, clean dirty filters.
Unit running backwards Correct as shown in figure 8.
Reduced airflow
Excessive dirt buildup on wheels Clean wheel.

Improper wheel alignment Center wheel on inlets, see Pre-Starting checks and figure 7.

Warranty

Greenheck warrants this equipment to be free from defects in material and workmanship for a period of
one year from the purchase date. Any units or parts which prove defective during the warranty period will
be replaced at our option when returned to our factory, transportation prepaid. Motors are warranted by the
motor manufacturer for a period of one year. Should motors furnished by Greenheck prove defective during
this period, they should be returned to the nearest authorized motor service station. Greenheck will not be
responsible for any removal or installation costs.
As a result of our commitment to continuous improvement, Greenheck reserves the right to change specifications
without notice.

Greenheck Catalog Series C provides additional information describing the


equipment, fan performance, available accessories, and specification data.
AMCA Publication 410-96, Safety Practices for Users and Installers of Industrial
® and Commercial Fans, provides additional safety information. This publication
can be obtained from AMCA International, Inc. at: www.amca.org.

Phone: (715) 359-6171 • Fax: (715) 355-2399 • E-mail: gfcinfo@greenheck.com • Website: www.greenheck.com

8 457691 • Models CW/CWB, Rev. 5, September 2008 Copyright 2008 © Greenheck Fan Corp
Serving area: Control bldg SWGR room
Qty: 4
Selected Model: SBCS-3H54- 50
Capacity : 24500 m3/hr PN 471755
Supply Fan

Sidewall Propeller Fans
#FMU%SJWF %JSFDU%SJWFBOE3FWFSTJCMF
&YIBVTU 4VQQMZBOE'JMUFSFE4VQQMZ
*OTUBMMBUJPO 0QFSBUJPOBOE.BJOUFOBODF.BOVBM
Please read and save these instructions for future reference. Read carefully before attempting
to assemble, install, operate, or maintain the product described. Protect yourself and others by
observing all safety information. Failure to comply with instructions could result in personal injury
and/or property damage!

Sidewall Propeller Fans


Greenheck’s sidewall propeller fan line is the ideal choice for factory and
warehouse applications where high volumes of air and low pressures are
required. From general ventilation to industrial duty, the range of construction
and performance capabilities offered represent the most comprehensive sidewall
propeller fan line in the industry.
Performance spans the range between 300 to 87,000 cfm (510 to 147,814 m3/hr)
with static pressures to 1.25 in. wg (249 Pa). Fan sizes range from 8 to 54 inches
(203 to 1372 mm) for direct drive and 20 to 72 inches (508 to 1829 mm) for belt
drive. Regardless of fan size, performance or duty level, all Greenheck sidewall
propeller fans are built to perform with the same high standards of reliability and
durability. All models are available in exhaust or supply arrangements.
Models SE1, SS1, SE2, SS2, SCE3, SCS3, SCR3, SBE-1, SBS-1, SBE-2, SBS-2, SBE-3, SBS-3, SBCE, SBCS, and SBCR.

'JMUFSFE4VQQMZ
Filtered supply wall housings are available in seven sizes for fans ranging
from size 24 to 54 inches (610 to 1372 mm). They are designed with
the draw-thru concept to achieve the highest filter and fan efficiencies.
Permanent 2 inch (51 mm) washable filters are accessed through a bolted
panel and can be easily removed for cleaning.
(FOFSBM4BGFUZ*OGPSNBUJPO
Only qualified personnel should install this fan. the National Fire Protection Agency (NFPA),
Personnel should have a clear understanding of where applicable. Follow the Canadian Electric
these instructions and should be aware of general Code (CEC) in Canada.
safety precautions. Improper installation can result 2. The rotation of the propeller is critical. It must
in electric shock, possible injury due to coming in be free to rotate without striking or rubbing any
contact with moving parts, as well as other potential stationary objects.
hazards. Other considerations may be required 3. Motor must be securely and adequately
if high winds or seismic activity are present. If grounded.
more information is needed, contact a licensed
4. Do not spin fan propeller faster than max
professional engineer before moving forward.
cataloged fan RPM. Adjustments to fan speed
%"/(&3 significantly effects motor load. If the fan RPM is
Always disconnect, lock and tag power source before changed, the motor current should be checked
installing or servicing. Failure to disconnect power source to make sure it is not exceeding the motor
can result in fire, shock or serious injury. nameplate amps.
$"65*0/ 5. Do not allow the power cable to kink or come
in contact with oil, grease, hot surfaces,
When servicing the fan, motor may be hot enough to or chemicals. Replace cord immediately if
cause pain or injury. Allow motor to cool before servicing.
damaged.
$"65*0/ 6. Verify that the power source is compatible with
Precaution should be taken in explosive atmospheres. the equipment.
7. Never open access doors to a duct while the fan
1. Follow all local electrical and safety codes, as
is running.
well as the National Electrical Code (NEC) and
4JEFXBMM1SPQFMMFS'BOTt&YIBVTU 4VQQMZBOE'JMUFSFE4VQQMZ 1
3FDFJWJOH The unit should be stored at least 3½ inches (89 mm)
Upon receiving the product, check to make sure off the floor on wooden blocks covered with moisture
all items are accounted for by referencing the bill proof paper or polyethylene sheathing. Aisles
of lading to ensure all items were received. Inspect between parts and along all walls should be provided
each crate for shipping damage before accepting to permit air circulation and space for inspection.
delivery. Notify the carrier if any damage is noticed. OUTDOOR
The carrier will make notification on the delivery Fans designed for outdoor applications may be
receipt acknowledging any damage to the product. stored outdoors, if absolutely necessary. Roads or
All damage should be noted on all the copies of the aisles for portable cranes and hauling equipment are
bill of lading which is countersigned by the delivering needed.
carrier. A Carrier Inspection Report should be filled
The fan should be placed on a level surface to
out by the carrier upon arrival and reported to the
prevent water from leaking into the fan. The fan
Traffic Department. If damaged upon arrival, file
should be elevated on an adequate number of
a claim with carrier. Any physical damage to the
wooden blocks so it is above water and snow levels
unit after acceptance is not the responsibility of
and has enough blocking to prevent it from settling
Greenheck Fan Corporation.
into soft ground. Locate parts far enough apart to
6OQBDLJOH permit air circulation, sunlight and space for periodic
Verify that all required parts and the correct quantity inspection. To minimize water accumulation, place all
of each item have been received. If any items are fan parts on blocking supports so rain water will run
missing, report shortages to your local representative off.
to arrange for obtaining missing parts. Sometimes it Do not cover parts with plastic film or tarps as these
is not possible that all items for the unit be shipped cause condensation of moisture from the air passing
together due to availability of transportation and through heating and cooling cycles. Fan wheels
truck space. Confirmation of shipment(s) must be should be blocked to prevent spinning caused by
limited to only items on the bill of lading. strong winds.
Note: The filtered supply unit ships with all ordered *OTQFDUJPOBOE.BJOUFOBODF%VSJOH
components completely factory assembled. The
4UPSBHF
optional weatherhood ships knocked down for field
assembly and installation. While in storage, inspect fans once per month. Keep
a record of inspection and maintenance performed.
4UPSBHF If moisture or dirt accumulations are found on parts,
Fans are protected against damage during shipment. the source should be located and eliminated. At each
If the unit cannot be installed and operated inspection, rotate the wheel by hand ten to fifteen
immediately, precautions need to be taken to prevent revolutions to distribute lubricant on motor. If paint
deterioration of the unit during storage. The user deterioration begins, consideration should be given
assumes responsibility of the fan and accessories to touch-up or repainting. Fans with special coatings
while in storage. The manufacturer will not be may require special techniques for touch-up or
responsible for damage during storage. These repair.
suggestions are provided solely as a convenience to Machined parts coated with rust preventive should
the user. be restored to good condition promptly if signs of
rust occur. Immediately remove the original rust
INDOOR preventive coating with petroleum solvent and clean
The ideal environment for the storage of fans and with lint-free cloths. Polish any remaining rust from
accessories is indoors, above grade, in a low surface with crocus cloth or fine emery paper and
humidity atmosphere which is sealed to prevent the oil. Do not destroy the continuity of the surfaces.
entry of blowing dust, rain or snow. Temperatures Thoroughly wipe clean with Tectyl® 506 (Ashland Inc.)
should be evenly maintained between 30° to 110°F or the equivalent. For hard to reach internal surfaces
(-1° to 43°C), wide temperature swings may cause or for occasional use, consider using Tectyl® 511M
condensation and “sweating” of metal parts. All Rust Preventive, WD-40® or the equivalent.
accessories must be stored indoors in a clean, dry
atmosphere. 3FNPWJOH'SPN4UPSBHF
Remove any accumulations of dirt, water, ice, or As fans are removed from storage to be installed
snow and wipe dry before moving to indoor storage. in their final location, they should be protected
To avoid “sweating” of metal parts allow cold parts to and maintained in a similar fashion until the fan
reach room temperature. To dry parts and packages equipment goes into operation.
use a portable electric heater to remove any moisture
build up. Leave coverings loose to permit air
circulation and to allow for periodic inspection.

2 4JEFXBMM1SPQFMMFS'BOTt&YIBVTU 4VQQMZBOE'JMUFSFE4VQQMZ ®
1SF*OTUBMMBUJPO$IFDLT Fans mounted to the wall require a different wall
tCheck chart below for correct wall opening opening (W.O.) size than those mounted in collars or
dimensions. wall housings. Propeller-to-damper distance (M) is
important to reduce turbulence and damper flutter
tCheck motor voltage and amperage rating for
which may lead to premature damper failure.
compatibility with electrical supply. Supply wiring
must be properly fused and conform to local and Figure 1 and 2 show the wall opening (W.O.) required
national codes. for installations with either a wall housing or collar.
tMotor load amperage must be checked and Figure 3 shows the recommended wall opening
compared to nameplate rating to avoid serious (W.O.) and the minimum distance (M) suggested
damage to motor when speed is increased. between the fan and damper for direct to wall
installations.
8BMM0QFOJOH3FRVJSFNFOUT Figure 4 shows the dimensions and wall opening
Wall opening size and propeller-to-damper distance (W.O.) required for installations with a filtered supply
are two important dimensions for fan installation. wall housing.

W.O.
W.O.

Figure 1 - Wall Housing Installation Figure 2 - Wall Collar Installation

Wall
Wall Filter
Housing Section INTERIOR EXTERIOR
Optional 90º
Weatherhood

Filters
Filters
Airflow
A
W.O.

M
C 24 in. 15 in. Optional
Wall

Damper
B

Figure 3 - Direct to Wall Installation Figure 4 - Filtered Supply Wall Housing Installation

3FDPNNFOEFE8BMM0QFOJOH 80

%BNQFS 'JMUFSFE4VQQMZ8BMM)PVTJOH0OMZ
Fan 4RVBSF .
Size
Size 'JHVSFT .JOJNVN
4RVBSF 'JHVSF 'JHVSF " B C 'JMUFS2VBOUJUZ4J[F
and 2
8 10 (254) 14¼ (362) 10½ (267) - 6 (152) - - - -
10 12 (305) 16¼ (413) 12½ (318) - 6 (152) - - - -
12 14 (356) 19¼ (489) 14½ (368) - 7 (178) - - - -
14 16 (406) 21¼ (540) 16½ (419) - 8 (203) - - - -
16 18 (457) 23¼ (591) 18½ (470) - 9 (229) - - - -
18 20 (508) 25¼ (641) 20½ (521) - 10 (254) - - - -
20 22 (559) 27¼ (692) 22½ (572) - 12 (305) - - - -
24 26 (660) 33¾ (857) 26½ (673) 333⁄4 (857) 13 (330) 321⁄4 (819) 63 (1600) 24 (610) 4 23 1⁄4 x 16 1⁄4 (591 x 413)
30 32 (813) 39¾ (1010) 32½ (826) 393⁄4 (1010) 13 (330) 381⁄4 (972) 65 (1651) 26 (660) 4 24 5⁄8 x 191⁄4 (625 x 489)
36 38 (965) 45¾ (1162) 38½ (978) 453⁄4 (1162) 14 (356) 441⁄4 (1124) 671⁄4 (1708) 28¼ (718) 6 231⁄4 x 221⁄8 (591 x 562)
42 44 (1118) 51¾ (1314) 44½ (1130) 513⁄4 (1314) 15 (381) 501⁄8 (1273) 727⁄8 (1851) 34 (864) 6 24 1⁄8 x 25 1⁄8 (613 x 638)
48 50 (1270) 57¾ (1467) 50½ (1283) 573⁄4 (1467) 16 (406) 561⁄8 (1426) 727⁄8 (1851) 34 (864) 12 231⁄4 x 18 3⁄4 (591 x 476)
54 56 (1422) 63¾ (1619) 56½ (1435) 633⁄4 (1619) 17 (432) 623⁄8 (1584) 7911⁄16 (2024) 4011⁄16 (1033) 12 231⁄4 x 20 3⁄4 (591 x 527)
60 62 (1575) 69¾ (1772) 62½ (1588) - 19 (483) - - - -
72 74 (1880) 84¾ (2153) 74½ (1892) - 19 (483) - - - -
All dimensions given in inches (millimeters). Filters are 2 inch (51 mm) nominal thickness. Above filter sizes are actual dimensions.

®
4JEFXBMM1SPQFMMFS'BOTt&YIBVTU 4VQQMZBOE'JMUFSFE4VQQMZ 3
Choose method of support. Attach support to end
8"3/*/(
of unit (above or below housing) with rods, cable,
Always disconnect, lock and tag power source before angle, etc. (supplied by others) as shown.
installing or servicing. Failure to disconnect power Vertical braces must carry a minimum load of 500
source can result in fire, shock or serious injury. pounds per support, and angled (45°) braces a
5ZQJDBM*OTUBMMBUJPO minimum of 750 pounds per support based on two
supports.
Move fan to the desired location and determine the
method by which the fan is to be mounted as shown 4UFQ Install Weatherhood
in Figures 1-4 shown on page 3. Optional wall mount
housings (Figure 1) and wall mount collars (Figure

Wall
Optional 90º
2) provide a convenient means of mounting sidewall Weatherhood

propeller fans while maintaining the proper distance


between propeller and damper.
Attach the fan by inserting a suitable fastener
through each of the prepunched mounting holes in
the fan panel. Care should be taken not to bend or
distort the fan panel or drive components during

Wall
installation.
4VQQPSU#SBDFT Position weatherhood over end of wall housing
Wall Housing sizes 42 and larger with heavy motors and fasten through mounting holes with self-
and all Filtered Supply Wall Housings need additional tapping screws. Caulk, flash and complete
bracing. electrical hook-up to finish installation.
'JMUFSFE4VQQMZ8BMM)PVTJOH*OTUBMMBUJPO 1SF4UBSUJOH$IFDLT
4UFQ Install Housing Check all fasteners and setscrews for tightness. This
is especially important for bearing setscrews.
Wall

INTERIOR EXTERIOR The propeller should rotate freely and not rub on the
fan panel venturi. Rotation direction of the propeller
should be checked by momentarily turning the unit
Airflow
on. Propeller blade should cup and throw the air
when rotating in the correct rotation as shown in
Mounting
the figure below. Rotation should be in the same
Angles
direction as the rotation decal affixed to the unit.
Wall

Temporary
Brace

Install housing through wall opening from outside.


Temporarily brace end of unit until permanent
support braces are installed.
Secure through prepunched holes in angles with
suitable fasteners.
4UFQ Install Support Braces
500 lb. load
per support
750 lb. load
per support
Wall

45º
For 3-phase installations, fan rotation can be
reversed by simply interchanging any two of the
three electrical leads. For single-phase installations
follow the wiring diagram located on the motor.
For Belt Drive Fans: The adjustable motor pulley is
preset at the factory for the specified fan RPM. Fan
speed can be increased by closing or decreased by
Wall

45º
opening the adjustable pulley. Two or three groove
variable pitch pulleys must be adjusted an equal
750 lb. load
500 lb. load per support
per support

4 4JEFXBMM1SPQFMMFS'BOTt&YIBVTU 4VQQMZBOE'JMUFSFE4VQQMZ ®
number of turns open. Any increase in fan speed #FBSJOHT (For belt drive fans only)
represents a substantial increase in horsepower Bearings are the most critical moving part of the
required from the motor. Always check motor load fan and should be inspected at periodic intervals.
amperage and compare to nameplate rating when Locking collars and setscrews, in addition to
changing fan speed. fasteners attaching the bearings to the bearing
3PVUJOF.BJOUFOBODF plate, must be checked for tightness. In a clean
environment and temperatures above 32ºF (0ºC)
Once the fan has been put into operation, a periodic
and below 200ºF (93ºC), fan shaft bearings with
maintenance program should be set up to preserve
grease fittings should be lubricated semi-annually
the reliability and performance of the fan. Items to
using a high-quality lithium based grease. If unusual
be included in this program are: Belts, Bearings,
environmental conditions exist, temperatures below
Fasteners and Setscrews, Lubrication, and Removal
32ºF (0ºC) and above 200ºF (93ºC), moisture or
of Dust and Dirt.
contaminants, more frequent lubrication is required.
8"3/*/( With the unit running, add grease very slowly with
Always disconnect, lock and tag power source before a manual grease gun until a slight bead of grease
installing or servicing. Failure to disconnect power forms at the seal. Be careful not to unseat the seal
source can result in fire, shock or serious injury. by over lubricating or using excessive pressure.
Bearings without grease fittings are lubricated for
life.
#FMUT
Premature belt failures are frequently caused by 'BTUFOFSTBOE4FUTDSFXT
improper belt tension (either too tight or too loose) or Any fan vibration has a tendency to loosen
misaligned pulleys. The proper tension for operating mechanical fasteners. A periodic inspection should
a V-belt is the lowest tension at which the belts will include checking all fasteners and setscrews for
not slip at peak load conditions. For initial tensioning, tightness. Particular attention should be paid to
the proper belt deflection halfway between pulley setscrews or taper-lock bushings attaching the
centers is 1/64 inch (0.4 mm) for each inch of belt propeller to the motor shaft and the motor shaft to
span. For example, if the belt span is 64 inches the bearings. Loose bearing setscrews will lead to
(1626 mm), the belt deflection should be one inch premature failure of the fan shaft. In addition, check
(25 mm) using moderate thumb pressure at midpoint all fasteners attaching the motor to the motor plate.
of the drive. See figure shown below.
-VCSJDBUJPO
Refer to the paragraph on bearings for bearing
lubrication. Many fractional horsepower motors
installed on the smaller fans are lubricated for life
and require no further attention. Motors equipped
Slack
with oil holes should be oiled in accordance with the
Side manufacturer’s instructions printed on the motor.
Use a high grade SAE 20 machine oil and use caution
not to over lubricate. Motors supplied with grease
fittings should be greased according to directions
Check belt tension two times during the first 24
printed on the motor.
hours of operation and periodically thereafter. To
adjust belt tension, simply loosen four fasteners 3FNPWBMPG%VTUBOE%JSU
(two on each side of the motor plate) and slide the Dirt clogs cooling openings on the motor housing,
motor plate away from the fan shaft until proper contaminates bearing lubricant and collects on
belt tension is attained. On some fans, fasteners propeller blades causing severe imbalance if left
attaching the motor to the motor plate must be unchecked. The exterior surface of the motor, fan
loosened in order to adjust the belt. panel and entire propeller should be thoroughly
It is very important cleaned periodically. Use caution and do not allow
that the drive pulleys water or solvents to enter the motor or bearings.
remain in proper Motors or bearings must not be sprayed with steam
alignment after or water.
adjustments are The filters also require periodic cleaning. The 2 inch
made. Misalignment (51 mm) washable aluminum filters are accessed
of pulleys will result through the bolted access panel.
in premature belt
wear noise, vibration
and power loss.

®
4JEFXBMM1SPQFMMFS'BOTt&YIBVTU 4VQQMZBOE'JMUFSFE4VQQMZ 5
5SPVCMFTIPPUJOH
WARNING: Before taking any corrective action, make certain unit is not capable of operation during repairs.

PROBLEM CAUSE CORRECTIVE ACTION

Too Much Airflow Resistance lower than designed Decrease fan speed.
Check backdraft dampers for proper operation. Remove
System resistance too high obstructions in ductwork. Clean dirty filters. Check for adequate
supply air for exhaust fans or exhaust air for supply fans.
Fan too close to damper Increase distance between fan and damper.
Reduced Airflow
Fan speed too low Increase fan speed.

Excessive dirt buildup on


Clean propeller.
propeller

Tighten collars and fasteners. Lubricate bearings. Replace


Bearings
defective bearings.
Tighten pulleys on motor and fan shaft. Adjust belt tension. Align
V-Belt drive
pulleys properly. Replace worn belts or pulleys. See Maintenance.
Clean dirt buildup from propeller. Check all setscrews and
Excessive vibration fasteners for tightness. Check for worn bearing. Correct propeller
Excessive Noise imbalance. Check for loose dampers, guards or ductwork.
Defective motor Replace motor.
Check VFD for drive setting, some controllers are able to be adjust
Variable Frequency Drive (VFD) to lower the harmonic noises sometimes heard during operation by
adjusting a simple setting on the controller.
Debris Remove all debris from the fan.

Check fuses/circuit breakers. Check for switches turned off or


Electrical Supply
disconnected. Check for correct supply voltage.
Fan Does Not
Drive Check for broken or worn belts. Tighten loose pulleys.
Operate
Assure motor is correct horsepower and not tripping overload
Motor
protector.

.BJOUFOBODF%PDVNFOUBUJPO
+PC*OGPSNBUJPO
Job Name:___________________________________ Service Organization: _________________________________
Address: ____________________________________ Address:_____________________________________________
City: ________________________________________ City:_________________________________________________
State: _______________ Zip:__________________ State: _______________ Zip: __________________________
Phone: ______________________________________ Phone: ______________________________________________
Contact Person:______________________________ Work Done By: _______________________________________

/BNFQMBUF*OGPSNBUJPO 'JFME4UBSU6Q%PDVNFOUBUJPO
Model: ______________________________________
Volts: ________ Hertz: ________ Phase: ______ Actual Voltage: _______ Hertz: ______ Phase:_________
Amps:_______________ Mark: ________________ Actual Amperage: ____________________________________
Supply hp:___________ Exhaust hp: __________ Blower Rotation: _____________________________________
Serial Number: _______________________________ Air Volume: Design cfm: _____________________________
Model Voltage: _______________________________ Actual cfm:______________________________
Motor Amperage: ____________________________ Level of fan (L or H): __________________________________
Fan RPM: ___________________________________ Fan RPM Range (min.) ___________ (max.) _____________

6 4JEFXBMM1SPQFMMFS'BOTt&YIBVTU 4VQQMZBOE'JMUFSFE4VQQMZ ®
1BSUT-JTU
/05&
Each fan bears a manufacturer’s nameplate with model number and serial number embossed. This information will
assist the local Greenheck representative and the factory in providing service and replacement parts. Before taking any
corrective action, make certain unit is not capable of operation during repairs.
$"65*0/
A fan manufactured with an explosion resistant motor does not certify the entire unit to be explosion proof.

Parts List - Belt Drive


4#& 4#4 4#&BOE4#4 -BOE)QSPQFMMFST

1. Fan Panel
1
2. Propeller
3. Drive Frame Channel (2)
2 4. Motor /Bearing Plate
9 8
5. Motor
6. Motor Pulley
7. Shaft Pulley
8. Fan Shaft
9. Bearings (2)
10. Belt
4
10
Exhaust Supply
Airflow Airflow
3 5 6 7

4#& 4#4 4#$& 4#$4 BOE4#$3 -BOE)QSPQFMMFST

1. Fan Panel
1 2. Propeller
11 3. Drive Frame Channel (2)
9 4. Motor Plate
4 8
5. Motor
7 6. Motor Pulley
2 7. Shaft Pulley
10 8. Fan Shaft
9. Bearings (2)
6
10. Belt
11. Bearing Plate
5
Exhaust Supply
Airflow Airflow

®
4JEFXBMM1SPQFMMFS'BOTt&YIBVTU 4VQQMZBOE'JMUFSFE4VQQMZ 7
Parts List - Direct Drive
4&BOE44 4J[FTUISV% (BOE&NPUPSTQFFET

1. Fan Panel
2. Propeller
6 3. Drive Frame/Motor Support
2
4. Motor
5. Riser Blocks (4) - supply fan only
4 6. Shaft Extension- supply fan only

Exhaust Supply
Airflow Airflow

1 3 5

4&BOE44 4J[FTUISV" #BOE$NPUPSTQFFET

4&BOE44
4$& 4$4BOE4$3

1. Fan Panel
1 2. Propeller
2 3. Drive Frame Channels (2)
4. Motor Plate
5. Motor

Exhaust Supply
Airflow Airflow
3 4 5

Warranty

Greenheck warrants this equipment to be free from defects in material and workmanship for a period of one year
from the purchase date. Any units or parts which prove defective during the warranty period will be replaced at
our option when returned to our factory, transportation prepaid. Motors are warranted by the motor manufacturer
for a period of one year. Should motors furnished by Greenheck prove defective during this period, they should
be returned to the nearest authorized motor service station. Greenheck will not be responsible for any removal or
installation costs.
As a result of our commitment to continuous improvement, Greenheck reserves the right to change specifications
without notice.

Greenheck Catalog Sidewall Propeller Fans provides additional AMCA Publication 410-96, Safety Practices for
information describing the equipment, fan performance, Users and Installers of Industrial and Commercial
available accessories, and specification data. Fans, provides additional safety information. This
publication can be obtained from AMCA International,
Inc. at: www.amca.org.

1IPOF 
t'BY 
t&NBJMHGDJOGP!HSFFOIFDLDPNtWebsite: www.greenheck.com
8 t4JEFXBMM1SPQFMMFS'BOT*0.t3FW 0DUPCFS $PQZSJHIUª(SFFOIFDL'BO$PSQ
50AZ/UZ
Packaged Rooftop Cooling
Only Units and Heat Pumps

Serving area : Control building # Main Control Room


Selected model: 50AZ024
Capacity: 21.4 T.R
Qty : 2 working + 2 Stand by

Carrier is participating in the


(XURYHQW&HUWLÀFDWLRQ3URJUDPPH
Products are as listed in the
(XURYHQW'LUHFWRU\RI&HUWLÀHG
3URGXFWV

Installation, operation and maintenance instructions


CONTENTS

START-UP CHECKLIST..................................................... 3 START-UP............................................................................ 20


Heat pump operation - defrost cycle (50UZ units only) ....... 20
PHYSICAL DATA............................................................. 4, 5 Initial checks ......................................................................... 20

ELECTRICAL DATA....................................................... 4, 5 REFRIGERANT SYSTEM DESCRIPTION................... 20

DIMENSIONS.................................................................... 6-9 COMPRESSOR REPLACEMENT .................................. 20


Service area........................................................................... 10 Description of unit protection devices .................................. 20
Centre of gravity (approx.) ................................................... 10 High pressurestat................................................................... 20
Weight distribution (approx.)................................................ 10 Operating limits .................................................................... 20

FAN PERFORMANCE ................................................. 11-13 SETTING UP PRO-DIALOG PLUS CONTROL ........... 21


Local interface general features ............................................ 21
RECOMMENDED WIRE SECTIONS ............................ 14 Standard human interface ..................................................... 21
Optional enhanced human interface...................................... 22
SAFETY CONSIDERATIONS.......................................... 14 Unit start/stop control ........................................................... 23
Menus.................................................................................... 24
INSTALLATION ................................................................ 14
Siting the unit........................................................................ 14 OPTIONS AND ACCESSORIES ...................................... 24
Rigging.................................................................................. 14
Unit base frame ..................................................................... 15 GENERAL MAINTENANCE ........................................... 25
Sensor location...................................................................... 16
Ductwork............................................................................... 16 SERVICE............................................................................. 25
Condensate and rainwater drainage ...................................... 16 Indoor fan air adjustment ...................................................... 25
Lubrication............................................................................ 25
ELECTRICAL CONNECTIONS...................................... 17 Condenser coil ...................................................................... 26
Inserting line power leads into unit....................................... 17
Thermostat connection.......................................................... 17 MAINTENANCE PROGRAMME ................................... 26
Necessary checks/precautions before start-up ...................... 18 Maintenance instructions ...................................................... 26
Maintenance schedule........................................................... 26
VERIFICATION OF REFRIGERANT CHARGE ......... 18 Description of maintenance operations................................. 27
Refrigerant guidelines........................................................... 18 Servicing recommendations.................................................. 28
Recharging liquid refrigerant ................................................ 19
Undercharge .......................................................................... 19 FINAL RECOMMENDATIONS....................................... 28
Characteristics of R407C ...................................................... 19
TROUBLESHOOTING CHART...................................... 28

Serving area : Control building Main control room


Selected model: 50AZ024
Capacity: 21.4 T.R
Qty : 2 working + 2 Stand by

The drawings in this document are for illustrative purposes only and is not part of any offer for sale or contract.

2
START-UP CHECK LIST Start up date: ..................................................................

Equipment sold by: ..................................................................................................................... Contract No: ..................................................................

Installed by: ................................................................................................................................. Contract No: .................................................................

Site address: ....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Equipment type and serial No: 50AZ ....................................................................................................................................................................................

50UZ ...................................................................................................................................................................................

ELECTRICAL DATA:

Supply voltage Ph 1: ........................... Volts Ph 2: .................... Volts Ph 3: ................... Volts

Nominal voltage: ...................................................... Volts % network voltage: ..................................................................

Current draw Ph 1: ................................ Amperes Ph 2: ................................... Amperes Ph 3: ...................................... Amperes

Control circuit voltage: ................................ Volts Control circuit fuse: ............................................................................................ Amperes

Main circuit breaker rating: .......................................................................................................................................................................................................

PHYSICAL DATA:
Condenser: Evaporator:

o o
Entering air temp.: ...................................................... C Entering air temp.: ....................................................... C
o o
Leaving air temp.: ...................................................... C Leaving air temp.: ....................................................... C

Pressure drop (air): .................................................... kPa Pressure drop (air): ...................................................... kPa

Discharge air pressure: ............................................ Pa Discharge air pressure: ............................................... Pa

Fan motor input: Ph. 1: ................................. Volts Fan motor input: Ph. 1: ................................... Volts

Ph. 2: ................................. Volts Ph. 2: ................................... Volts

Ph. 3: ................................. Volts Ph. 3: ................................... Volts

SAFETY DEVICE SETTING:

High pressure switch: cut-out: ................................................... kPa cut-in: ............................................................... kPa

Low pressure switch: cut-out: ................................................... kPa cut-in: ............................................................... kPa

Step controller: cut-out 1st step: ....................................... oC cut-in 1st step: ................................................. oC

cut-out 2nd step: ..................................... oC cut-in 2 nd step: .............................................. oC

Oil level: ...........................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Oil visible in sight glass? ..............................................................................................................................................................................................................

ACCESSORIES

Commissioning engineer (name): ............................................................................................................................................................................................

Customer agreement

Name: .......................................................................................... Date: ...............................................................................................................

Remarks:

Note: Complete this start-up list at the time of installation

3
Table 1 - Physical data - 50UZ
50UZ 016 020 024 028 038 042
Nominal cooling capacity* N:      
Nominal heating capacity** N:      
Operating weight NJ      
Refrigerant charge   5&
&LUFXLW$ NJ      
&LUFXLW% NJ      
Compressor Scroll Hermetic Scroll Scroll Scroll Scroll
Quantity, circuit A 1 1 1 1 1 1
Quantity, circuit B - 1 1 1 1 1
2LOFKDUJH HDFK  O      
Control type Pro-Dialog Plus
Indoor coil  &RSSHUWXEHVSUHFRDWHGDOXPLQLXPÀQV 
Face area m2      
5RZVÀQVSDFLQJ PP      
Outdoor coil  &RSSHUWXEHVSUHFRDWHGDOXPLQLXPÀQV 
Face area m2      
5RZVÀQVSDFLQJ PP      
Indoor fan One, centrifugal
$LUÁRZ OV      
)DQVSHHG UV      
1RPLQDOSRZHULQSXW N:      
1RPLQDOVWDWLFSUHVVXUH GU\ZHWFRLO  3D      
Outdoor fan Axial Flying Bird fans with rotating shroud
Quantity 1 2 2 2 2 2
$LUÁRZ OV      
)DQVSHHG KLJKORZVSHHG  UV      
1RPLQDOSRZHULQSXW HDFK  N:      
$LUÀOWHU Washable
Quantity 4 4 4 4 4 4
:LGWK[KHLJKW PP [ [ [ [ [ [
Thickness mm 15 15 15 15 15 15
 1RPLQDO(XURYHQWFRQGLWLRQVRXWGRRUDLUGU\EXOEWHPSHUDWXUHRIo&LQGRRUDLUZHWEXOEWHPSHUDWXUHRIo&
** Nominal Eurovent conditions: outdoor air wet bulb temperature of 6o&LQGRRUDLUGU\EXOEWHPSHUDWXUHRIo&

Table 2 - Electrical data - 50UZ


50UZ† 016 020 024 028 038 042
Nominal supply 9SK+] 
Voltage range V
0LQ       
0D[       
Nominal power input kW
&RROLQJ        
+HDWLQJ        
Effective power input kW
&RROLQJ        
+HDWLQJ        
Nominal current drawn A
&RROLQJ        
+HDWLQJ        
Effective current drawn A
&RROLQJ        
+HDWLQJ        
Maximum power input kW
&RROLQJ        
+HDWLQJ        
Maximum current drawn A
&RROLQJ        
+HDWLQJ        
Starting current $      
 1RPLQDO(XURYHQWFRQGLWLRQVRXWGRRUDLUGU\EXOEWHPSHUDWXUHRIƒ&LQGRRUDLUZHWEXOEWHPSHUDWXUHRIƒ&
 1RPLQDO(XURYHQWFRQGLWLRQVRXWGRRUDLUZHWEXOEWHPSHUDWXUHRIƒ&LQGRRUDLUGU\EXOEWHPSHUDWXUHRIƒ&
 %DVHGRQDQRXWGRRUDLUGU\EXOEWHPSHUDWXUHRIƒ&   
%DVHGRQDQRXWGRRUDLUZHWEXOEWHPSHUDWXUHRIƒ&DQGDQLQGRRUDLUGU\EXOEWHPSHUDWXUHRIƒ&
† Standard unit (without any options and accessories)

4
Table 3 - Physical data - 50AZ

50AZ 016 020 024 028 034 040


Nominal cooling capacity* N:      
Operating weight NJ      
Refrigerant charge  5&
&LUFXLW$ NJ      
&LUFXLW% NJ      
Compressor Scroll Hermetic Scroll Scroll Hermetic Hermetic
Quantity, circuit A 1 1 1 1 1 1
Quantity, circuit B - 1 1 1 1 1
2LOFKDUJH HDFK  O      
Control type Pro-Dialog Plus
Indoor coil  &RSSHUWXEHVSUHFRDWHGDOXPLQLXPÀQV
Face area m2       
5RZVÀQVSDFLQJ PP      
Outdoor coil  &RSSHUWXEHVSUHFRDWHGDOXPLQLXPÀQV
Face area m2      
5RZVÀQVSDFLQJ PP      
Indoor fan One, centrifugal
$LUÁRZ OV      
)DQVSHHG UV      
1RPLQDOSRZHULQSXW N:      
1RPLQDOVWDWLFSUHVVXUH GU\ZHWFRLO  3D      
Outdoor fan Axial Flying Bird fans with rotating shroud
Quantity 1 2 2 2 2 2
$LUÁRZ OV      
)DQVSHHG KLJKORZVSHHG  UV      
1RPLQDOSRZHULQSXW HDFK  N:      
$LUÀOWHU Washable
Quantity 4 4 4 4 4 4
:LGWK[KHLJKW PP [ [ [ [ [ [
Thickness mm 15 15 15 15 15 15
 1RPLQDO(XURYHQWFRQGLWLRQVRXWGRRUDLUGU\EXOEWHPSHUDWXUHRIo&LQGRRUDLUZHWEXOEWHPSHUDWXUHRIo&

Table 4 - Electrical data - 50AZ


50AZ*** 016 020 024 028 034 040
Nominal supply 9SK+] 
Voltage range V
0LQ       
0D[       
Nominal power input* N:      
Effective power input* N:      
Nominal current drawn* $      
Effective current drawn* $      
Maximum power input** N:      
Maximum current drawn** $      
Starting current $      
 1RPLQDO(XURYHQWFRQGLWLRQVRXWGRRUDLUGU\EXOEWHPSHUDWXUHRIo&LQGRRUDLUZHWEXOEWHPSHUDWXUHRIo&
** Based on an outdoor air dry bulb temperature of 46o&
*** Standard unit (without any options and accessories)

Electrical data notes:


‡ $=8=XQLWVKDYHDVLQJOHSRZHUFRQQHFWLRQSRLQWORFDWHGDWWKHPDLQ  7KHRSHUDWLQJHQYLURQPHQWLVVSHFLÀHGEHORZ
VZLWFK  D (QYLURQPHQW (QYLURQPHQWDVFODVVLÀHGLQ(1 FRUUHVSRQGVWR
• The control box includes the following standard features: ,(& 
- a main disconnect switch, starter and motor protection devices for each - outdoor installation (IP24)
compressor, fans and electrical heater option    DPELHQWWHPSHUDWXUHUDQJHƒ&WRƒ&
- the control devices - altitude: bP
• Field connections:  E &RPSHWHQFHRISHUVRQQHOFODVV%$ WUDLQHGSHUVRQQHO,(&
All connections to the system and the electrical installations must be in full  3RZHUVXSSO\IUHTXHQF\YDULDWLRQ“+]
DFFRUGDQFHZLWKDOODSSOLFDEOHORFDOFRGHV  7KHQHXWUDO 1 FRQGXFWRUPXVWQRWEHFRQQHFWHGGLUHFWO\WRWKHXQLW LI
‡ 7KH&DUULHU$=8=XQLWVDUHGHVLJQHGDQGEXLOWWRHQVXUHFRQIRUPDQFH QHFHVVDU\XVHDWUDQVIRUPHU 
ZLWKWKHVHFRGHV7KHUHFRPPHQGDWLRQVRI(XURSHDQVWDQGDUG(1  2YHUFXUUHQWSURWHFWLRQRIWKHSRZHUVXSSO\FRQGXFWRUVLVQRWSURYLGHGZLWK
(machine safety - electrical machine components - part 1: general regulations - WKHXQLW
FRUUHVSRQGVWR,(& DUHVSHFLÀFDOO\WDNHQLQWRDFFRXQWZKHQ  7KHIDFWRU\LQVWDOOHGGLVFRQQHFWVZLWFK HV FLUFXLWEUHDNHU V LV DUH RIDW\SH
GHVLJQLQJWKHHOHFWULFDOHTXLSPHQW VXLWDEOHIRUSRZHULQWHUUXSWLRQLQDFFRUGDQFHZLWK(1
 7KHXQLWVDUHGHVLJQHGIRUFRQQHFWLRQWR71QHWZRUNV ,(& )RU,7
NOTES: QHWZRUNVWKHHDUWKFRQQHFWLRQPXVWQRWEHDWWKHQHWZRUNHDUWK3URYLGHD
‡ *HQHUDOO\WKHUHFRPPHQGDWLRQVRI,(&DUHDFFHSWHGDVFRPSOLDQFH local earth, consult competent local organisations to complete the electrical
ZLWKWKHUHTXLUHPHQWVRIWKHLQVWDOODWLRQGLUHFWLYHV&RQIRUPDQFHZLWK(1 LQVWDOODWLRQ
LVWKHEHVWPHDQVRIHQVXULQJFRPSOLDQFHZLWKWKH0DFKLQHV'LUHFWLYH
† Caution: If particular aspects of an actual installation do not conform to the
‡ $QQH[%RI(1GHVFULEHVWKHHOHFWULFDOFKDUDFWHULVWLFVXVHGIRUWKH conditions described above, or if there are other conditions which should be
RSHUDWLRQRIWKHPDFKLQHV considered, always contact your local Carrier representative.

5
Fig. 1 - Dimensions, mm

50AZ/UZ 016

Electrical box
access panel Main disconnect
switch

Filter access
panel

Right side view Left side view

Rear view Front view

Control wiring inlet

(1) Optional air return duct connection Water connections


(2) Optional power exhaust connection
    $OWHUQDWLYHDLUUHWXUQGXFWFRQQHFWLRQ,QWKLV
FDVHSRZHUH[KDXVWRSWLRQLVQRWXVHG

Power wiring inlet

:KHQGHVLJQLQJDQLQVWDOODWLRQDOZD\VXVHXSWRGDWHGUDZLQJVDYDLODEOHIURP\RXUORFDO&DUULHURIÀFH

6
50AZ/UZ 020

Electrical box
access panel Main disconnect
switch

Filter access
panel

Right side view Left side view

Rear view
Front view
(1) Optional air return duct connection
(2) Optional power exhaust connection
Control wiring inlet
    $OWHUQDWLYHDLUUHWXUQGXFWFRQQHFWLRQ,QWKLVFDVH
SRZHUH[KDXVWRSWLRQLVQRWXVHG
Water connections

Power wiring inlet

:KHQGHVLJQLQJDQLQVWDOODWLRQDOZD\VXVHXSWRGDWHGUDZLQJVDYDLODEOHIURP\RXUORFDO&DUULHURIÀFH

7
50AZ/UZ 024-028

Electrical box
access panel Main disconnect
switch

Filter access
panel

Right side view Left side view

Rear view
Front view
(1) Optional air return duct connection Control wiring inlet
(2) Optional power exhaust connection
    $OWHUQDWLYHDLUUHWXUQGXFWFRQQHFWLRQ,QWKLV Water connections
FDVHSRZHUH[KDXVWRSWLRQLVQRWXVHG

Power wiring inlet

:KHQGHVLJQLQJDQLQVWDOODWLRQDOZD\VXVHXSWRGDWHGUDZLQJVDYDLODEOHIURP\RXUORFDO&DUULHURIÀFH

8
50AZ 034-040/50UZ 038-042

Electrical box
access panel
Main disconnect
switch

Filter access
panel

Right side view


Left side view

Rear view Front view


(1) Optional air return duct connection
(2) Optional power exhaust connection
    $OWHUQDWLYHDLUUHWXUQGXFW
FRQQHFWLRQ,QWKLVFDVHSRZHU Control wiring inlet
H[KDXVWRSWLRQLVQRWXVHG
Water connections

Power wiring inlet

:KHQGHVLJQLQJDQLQVWDOODWLRQDOZD\VXVHXSWRGDWHGUDZLQJVDYDLODEOHIURP\RXUORFDO&DUULHURIÀFH

9
Fig. 2 - Service area, mm

 PP,IWKHXQLWLQFRUSRUDWHVWKHRSWLRQDOHOHFWULFKHDWHURUWKHRSWLRQDO
hot water coil, or they are to be installed in the future, this clearance should
EHPP

Fig. 3 - Centre of gravity (approx.)

50AZ 016 020 024 028 034 040


XG* mm      
YG* mm      
ZG* mm      
* Measured from point Ñ

50UZ 016 020 024 028 038 042


XG* mm      
YG* mm      
ZG* mm      
* Measured from point Ñ

Fig. 4 - Weight distribution, kg (approx.)

50AZ 016 020 024 028


Å    
Ç    
É    
Ñ    
Ö    
Ü    

50UZ 016 020 024 028


Å    
Ç    
É    
Ñ    
Ö    
Ü    
NOTE: The units have mounting holes in the lower section, to
EHXVHGE\WKHLQVWDOOHULIUHTXLUHG

50AZ 034 040 50UZ 038 042


Å   Å  
Ç   Ç  
É 252 251 É  
Ñ 221 222 Ñ  
Ö   Ö  
Ü   Ü  
á 252 251 á  
à 221 222 à  

10
Table 5.1 - Fan performance (standard)

50AZ/UZ 016 50AZ/UZ 020


0RWRU  $LUÁRZOV 0RWRU  $LUÁRZOV    
pulley position 2022 2222 2361 2638 2916 3033 pulley position 2611 2777 3055 3333 3611 3944
Closed 3D       Closed 3D      
UV N:       UV N:      
1 turn open 3D       1 turn open 3D      
UV N:       UV N:      
2 turns open 3D       2 turns open 3D      
UV N:       UV N:      
3 turns open 3D       3 turns open 3D      
UV N:       UV N:      
4 turns open 3D       4 turns open 3D      ²
UV N:       UV N:      ²
4.5 turns open 3D       4.5 turns open 3D      ²
UV N:       UV N:      ²
Factory setting 3D       Factory setting 3D      
UV N:       UV N:      
6WDQGDUGPRWRUN: Standard motor: 4 kW

50AZ/UZ 024 50AZ/UZ 028


0RWRU  $LUÁRZOV 0RWRU  $LUÁRZOV
pulley position 2777 3055 3333 3611 3888 4166 pulley position 3138 3333 3611 3888 4166 4750
Closed 3D       Closed 3D      
UV N:       UV N:      
1 turn open 3D       1 turn open 3D      
UV N:       UV N:      
2 turns open 3D       2 turns open 3D      
UV N:       UV N:      
3 turns open 3D       3 turns open 3D      ²
UV N:       UV N:      ²
4 turns open 3D      ² 4 turns open 3D      ²
UV N:      ² UV N:      ²
4.5 turns open 3D      ² 4.5 turns open 3D      ²
UV N:      ² UV N:      ²
Factory setting 3D       Factory setting 3D      
UV N:       UV N:      
6WDQGDUGPRWRUN:     6WDQGDUGPRWRUN:

50AZ 034/50UZ 038 50AZ 040/50UZ 042*


0RWRU  $LUÁRZOV 0RWRU  $LUÁRZOV
pulley position 5000 5277 5550 5695 5833 6111 pulley position 5000 5277 5550 5695 5833 6111
Closed 3D       Closed 3D      
UV N:       UV N:      
1 turn open 3D       1 turn open 3D      
UV N:       UV N:      
2 turns open 3D       2 turns open 3D      
UV N:       UV N:      
3 turns open 3D       3 turns open 3D      
UV N:       UV N:      
4 turns open 3D       4 turns open 3D      
UV N:       UV N:      
Factory setting 3D       Factory setting 3D      
UV N:       UV N:      
6WDQGDUGPRWRUN: 6WDQGDUGPRWRU$=N:8=N:

Legend:
3D([WHUQDOVWDWLFSUHVVXUH VWDQGDUGÀOWHUVGU\FRLO  7KHVKDGHGDUHDVGRQRWDSSO\WRWKH8=
kW - Fan power input

Higher than the nominal motor power

11
Table 5.2 - Fan performance (optional drive - high static pressure)
50AZ/UZ 016 50AZ/UZ 020
0RWRU  $LUÁRZOV 0RWRU  $LUÁRZOV    
pulley position 2022 2222 2361 2638 2916 3033 pulley position 2611 2777 3055 3333 3611 3944
Closed 3D       Closed 3D      
UV N:       UV N:      
1 turn open 3D       1 turn open 3D      
UV N:       UV N:      
2 turns open 3D       2 turns open 3D      
UV N:       UV N:      
3 turns open 3D       3 turns open 3D      
UV N:       UV N:      
4 turns open 3D       4 turns open 3D      ²
UV N:       UV N:      ²
4.5 turns open 3D       4.5 turns open 3D      ²
UV N:       UV N:      ²
Standard motor: 4 kW 6WDQGDUGPRWRUN:    

50AZ/UZ 024 50AZ/UZ 028


0RWRU  $LUÁRZOV 0RWRU  $LUÁRZOV
pulley position 2777 3055 3333 3611 3888 pulley position 3138 3333 3611 3888 4166
Closed 3D      Closed 3D     
UV N:      UV N:     
1 turn open 3D      1 turn open 3D     
UV N:      UV N:     
2 turns open 3D      2 turns open 3D     
UV N:      UV N:     
3 turns open 3D      3 turns open 3D     
UV N:      UV N:     
4 turns open 3D      4 turns open 3D     
UV N:      UV N:     
4.5 turns open 3D      4.5 turns open 3D     
UV N:      UV N:     
6WDQGDUGPRWRUN:    6WDQGDUGPRWRUN:   

50AZ 034/50UZ 038 50AZ 040/50UZ 042


0RWRU  $LUÁRZOV 0RWRU  $LUÁRZOV
pulley position 5000 5277 5550 5833 6111 6388 pulley position 5000 5277 5550 5833 6111 6388
Closed 3D       Closed 3D      
UV N:       UV N:      
1 turn open 3D       1 turn open 3D      
UV N:       UV N:      
2 turns open 3D       2 turns open 3D      
UV N:       UV N:      
3 turns open 3D       3 turns open 3D      
UV N:       UV N:      
4 turns open 3D       4 turns open 3D      
UV N:       UV N:      
Standard motor: 11 kW Standard motor: 11 kW

Legend:
3D([WHUQDOVWDWLFSUHVVXUH VWDQGDUGÀOWHUVGU\FRLO  
kW - Fan power input

Higher than the nominal motor power

12
Table 5.3 - Fan performance (optional drive - low static pressure)
50AZ/UZ 016 50UZ/AZ 020
0RWRU  $LUÁRZOV     0RWRU  $LUÁRZOV
pulley position 2022 2222 2361 2638 2916 3033 pulley position 2611 2777 3055 3333
Closed Pa       Closed 3D    
UV N:       UV N:    
1 turn open 3D       1 turn open 3D    
UV N:       UV N:    
2 turns open 3D       2 turns open 3D    
UV N:       UV N:    
3 turns open 3D       3 turns open 3D    
UV N:       UV N:    
4 turns open 3D       4 turns open 3D    
UV N:       UV N:    
4.5 turns open 3D       4.5 turns open  3D    
UV N:       UV N:    
6WDQGDUGPRWRUN:       6WDQGDUGPRWRUN:

50UZ/AZ 024 50UZ/AZ 028


0RWRU  $LUÁRZ OV     0RWRU  $LUÁRZ OV
Pulley position 2777 3055 3333 3611 Pulley position 3138 3333 3611 3888 4166
Closed 3D       Closed 3D     
UV N:       UV N:     
1 turn open 3D       1 turn open 3D     
UV N:       UV N:     
2 turns open  3D       2 turns open  3D     
UV N:       UV N:     
3 turns open 3D       3 turns open 3D     
UV N:       UV N:     
4 turns open  3D       4 turns open  3D     
UV N:       UV N:     
4.5 turns open 3D       4.5 turns open  3D     
UV N:       UV N:     
Standard motor: 4 kW Standard motor: 4 kW

50AZ 034/50UZ 038 50AZ 040/50UZ 042


0RWRU  $LUÁRZ OV     0RWRU  $LUÁRZ OV
Pulley position 5000 5277 5550 5695 5833 Pulley position 5000 5277 5550 5695
Closed 3D       Closed 3D    
UV N:       UV N:    
1 turn open 3D       1 turn open 3D    
UV N:       UV N:    
2 turns open 3D       2 turns open  3D    
UV N:       UV N:    
3 turns open 3D       3 turns open 3D    
UV N:       UV N:    
4 turns open  3D       4 turns open 3D    
UV N:       UV N:    
6WDQGDUGPRWRUN:       6WDQGDUGPRWRUN:

Legend:
3D([WHUQDOVWDWLFSUHVVXUH VWDQGDUGÀOWHUVGU\FRLO  
kW - Fan power input

13
RECOMMENDED WIRE SECTIONS Only for use when repairing "Original Spare Parts". For
repairs, special attention must be paid to the correct installa-
Wire sizing is the responsibility of the installer, and depends on tion of the spare parts. The parts must always be installed in
the characteristics and regulations applicable to each installation their original position.
site. The following is only to be used as a guideline, and does
not make Carrier in any way liable. After wire sizing has been During unit operation, some of the refrigerant circuit elements
FRPSOHWHGXVLQJWKHFHUWLÀHGGLPHQVLRQDOGUDZLQJWKHLQVWDO could reach a temperature in excess of 70°C so only trained
OHUPXVWHQVXUHHDV\FRQQHFWLRQDQGGHÀQHDQ\PRGLÀFDWLRQV RUTXDOLÀHGSHUVRQQHOVKRXOGDFFHVVDUHDVSURWHFWHGE\DFFHVV
necessary on site. The connections provided as standard for the panels.
ÀHOGVXSSOLHGSRZHUHQWU\FDEOHVWRWKHJHQHUDOGLVFRQQHFW
isolator switch are designed for the number and type of wires, This unit should not be installed in an explosive atmosphere.
listed in the table below.
The unit can operate in normal radioelectric atmospheres in
The calculations are based on the maximum machine current residential, commercial and light industrial installations. For
(see electrical data tables) and the standard installation practises, other applications, please consult Carrier.
in accordance with IEC 60364, table 52C.
INSTALLATION
- The calculation is based on PVC Cu.
- A maximum ambient temperature of 46°C has been taken 1. Inspect shipment. Inspect the unit. If it is damaged, or if
into consideration. WKHVKLSPHQWLVLQFRPSOHWHLPPHGLDWHO\ÀOHDFODLPZLWK
the shipping company.
IMPORTANT: Before connection of the main power cables 2. Check that the local power supply agrees with the
(L1 - L2 - L3) on the terminal block, it is imperative to check VSHFLÀFDWLRQRQWKHXQLWQDPHSODWH
the correct order of the 3 phases before proceeding to the
connection on the main disconnect/isolator switch. Siting the unit

- The given wire length limits the voltage drop to < 5% Check the following points:
(length L in metres - see table below). - The location must be able to support the unit operating
weight (see Table 1 and 3).
FLA S min. (mm2) Cable type L (mm)  $OORZVXIÀFLHQWVSDFHIRUVHUYLFLQJDQGDLUÁRZDURXQG
by phase
the unit (see Fig. 2).
 [ 39&&X 
 [ 39&&X  - Select a location free of dust or foreign matter which may
 [ 39&&X  cause coil clogging.
 [ 39&&X 
 [ 39&&X 
- When installing the unit on the ground, select a site which
 [ 39&&X  LVQRWVXEMHFWWRÁRRGLQJ
 [ 39&&X  - Consult all applicable rules and standards which govern
 [ 39&&X 
the installation of air conditioning equipment.
FLA - Full load current, A
- Vibration absorbers should be provided throughout the
SAFETY CONSIDERATIONS installation to prevent noise transmission.

Installation and servicing of air conditioning equipment can be Rigging


hazardous due to system pressure and electrical components. 1. Use a hoisting chain with a minimum length of 5 m and a
suitable rigging hook to lift the unit (see Fig. 5).
2QO\WUDLQHGDQGTXDOLÀHGVHUYLFHSHUVRQQHOVKRXOGLQVWDOOVWDUW 2. To prevent damage while in transit, do not remove the unit
up or service air conditioning equipment. Untrained personnel IURPWKHVNLGXQWLOLWLVDWLWVÀQDOORFDWLRQ
can perform the basic maintenance functions of cleaning and 3. Never roll or tip the unit more than 15o.
UHSODFLQJÀOWHUV$OORWKHURSHUDWLRQVVKRXOGEHSHUIRUPHGE\
trained service personnel. When working on air conditioning IMPORTANT:0DNHVXUHWKDWDOOXQLWSDQHOVDUHÀ[HGLQ
equipment, observe precautions in the literature, tags and labels place before moving. Raise and set down the unit carefully.
attached to the unit and other safety precautions that may apply.

Follow all safety codes. Wear safety glasses and work gloves.
Use a quenching cloth for unbrazing operations.

WARNING: Before performing service or maintenance


operations on the unit, turn off the main power switch to the
unit. Electrical shock could cause personal injury.

This unit is designed for ducted installation (indoor air


discharge). If ducts are not used the installer must place a
protection grille in the discharge.

14
Fig. 5 - Rigging Fig. 6 - Hole for ducts (standard unit)

50AZ/UZ 016-020

PP AIR IN

AIR OUT

50AZ/UZ 024-028

50AZ/UZ a b c d e f g h i j k
PP

          
           

Fig. 7 - Standard discharge and return

50AZ 034-040/50UZ 038-042


PP

See note
Roof slab See note

Air inlet Air outlet

NOTE: Do not drill in this area as damage to basepan and refrigerant lines may
UHVXOWLQZDWHUOHDNDJH

Alternatively, the return air can enter through the rear section
(see Fig. 8). In this case, remove the panel and place it on the
lower section.

Fig. 8 - Return air through unit rear

Unit base frame

Due to the size and weight of the units the base frame must be on
VRPHNLQGRIVXSSRUWZKLFKIXOÀOVWKHIROORZLQJUHTXLUHPHQWV
 7KHVXUIDFHDUHDPXVWEHVXIÀFLHQWIRUGLVWULEXWLQJWKHXQLW
weight over the building structure.
 6XIÀFLHQWGUDLQKROHVVKRXOGEHSURYLGHGWRDYRLGWKH
accumulation of rainwater. Air inlet

 7KHXQLWVKRXOGEHÀUPO\À[HGWRWKHÁRRU
- The structure should be capable of supporting the unit See note
Roof slab See note
weight during installation and operation.
- The standard unit leaves the factory with the air discharge Air outlet
and return in the lower section (see Fig. 7) and the corres-
ponding holes in the support (see Fig. 6) must be made.

15
The unit air discharge and return can be effected through the Ductwork
side (Fig. 9). In this case, the optional roof curb must be used
after placing the panel covering the return area in the lower The ductwork dimensions should be determined in accordance
section. ZLWKWKHDLUÁRZWREHFDUULHGDQGWKHDYDLODEOHVWDWLFSUHVVXUH
RIWKHXQLW7KHGLIIHUHQWDLUÁRZVDQGVWDWLFSUHVVXUHVZKLFK
Fig. 9 - Front discharge and return each unit can supply, are shown in the fan performance tables.

It is recommended to observe the following considerations:


- Whatever type of ductwork is used, it should not be made
RIPDWHULDOVZKLFKDUHÁDPPDEOHRUZKLFKJLYHRIIWR[LF
JDVHVLQWKHHYHQWRIDÀUH7KHLQWHUQDOVXUIDFHVVKRXOGEH
smooth, and not contaminate the air which passes through.
It is recommended to use sheet metal ducts which are
Air inlet
adequately insulated to avoid condensation and thermal
leakage.
See note See note - At the points where the ducts join the unit, it is recom-
PHQGHGWRXVHÁH[LEOHFRQQHFWLRQVZKLFKDEVRUEYLEUD
Roof slab -
Air outlet ÀHOGVXSSOLHG
tions, prevent noise inside the ductwork and allow access
to the unit.
- Bends near the unit outlet should be avoided as much
as possible. If unavoidable, they should be as slight as
Roof slab SRVVLEOHDQGLQWHUQDOGHÁHFWRUVVKRXOGEHXVHGZKHQWKH
It is necessary to use adequate sealants and joints to ensure duct has large dimensions.
FRUUHFWÀWWLQJDQGZDWHUWLJKWQHVVEHWZHHQWKHGXFWVDQGWKH
support so that air and moisture do not enter the building. NOTE: All duct sizing and design work should be carried out
E\TXDOLÀHGWHFKQLFLDQV
WARNING: Do not drill any holes in the indoor coil area as
this might damage the condensate drain pan. Condensate and rainwater drainage

IMPORTANT: The unit should be correctly levelled to avoid The units incorporate drillholes in the base near the outdoor
drainage problems. coils to drain rainwater and condensation. The indoor heat
exchanger area incorporates a condensate pan with an outside
Sensor location drain pipe diameter of 23 mm, and a 35 mm diameter drillhole
must be made in the support (see Fig. 11).
Criteria for selecting sensor locations will vary with system
DQGEXLOGLQJVSHFLÀFV5HFRPPHQGHGVHQVRUORFDWLRQVDUH Fig. 11 - Condensate drain details
shown in Fig. 10. 'UDLQSLSHPPRXWVLGHGLDPHWHU 2'
1. Outdoor temperature sensor
2. Space (ambient) temperature sensor
3. Supply temperature sensor

(2*) if the space temperature sensor is used in a duct, the space


temperature sensor must be selected as same type of supply
temperature sensor.

Fig. 10 - Sensor location

'ULOOKROHPPRXWVLGHGLDPHWHU 2'

A drain pipe for evacuating condensate must be incorporated


taking into account the following recommendations:
- Use galvanized steel, copper or plastic piping. Do not use
ordinary garden hose material.
Roof slab - If a rigid material has been used for the drain pipe, it is
necessary to provide an elastic coupling in the drainage
line to absorb possible vibrations.
- It is recommended to incorporate a trap of the appropriate
dimensions (see Fig. 12).
Air outlet
- The drain pipe should always be below the connection
Air inlet itself, and should slope to facilitate drainage.

16
Fig. 12 - Condensate drain pipe details Example:
Nominal supply: 400-3-50
'UDLQSLSHPPRXWVLGHGLDPHWHU
AB = 404 V
BC = 399 V Motor
AC = 394 V

404 + 399 + 394 = 399 = 400 V


Average voltage =
3

Determine maximum deviation from average voltage:

AB = 404 - 400 = 4
BC = 400 - 399 = 1
Field-supplied AC = 400 - 394 = 6

Largest deviation is 6 volts. Percentage voltage imbalance is


therefore:

6
x 100 = 1.5 %
ELECTRICAL CONNECTIONS 400

WARNING: To prevent electrical shock or equipment This is less than the permissible 2% and is therefore acceptable.
damage, make sure disconnects are open before electrical
connections are made. If this action is not taken, personal CAUTION: The installer must install protection devices, as
injury may occur. required by the applicable legislation.

Field wiring must comply with all applicable codes. Inserting line power leads into unit

Take special care when making the earth connection. Install air-tight duct conduits in the front panel knock-outs.

Voltage to the unit must be within 2% of the voltage and 10% Route all wires through the conduits to terminal blocks in the
of the current indicated on the nameplate. Contact your local control box.
power company for correction of an incorrect line voltage.
Use copper, copper-clad aluminium or aluminium wire for
Check the voltage before selecting supply wiring fuses and power supply.
controls.
Thermostat connection
WARNING: Operation of the chiller with an improper supply
voltage or excessive phase imbalance constitutes abuse which Thermostat/unit connection must be via a loom (wire cross
will invalidate the Carrier warranty. If the phase imbalance section depends on the cable length) manufactured in
exceeds 2% for voltage, or 10% for current, contact your local accordance with the wiring diagram accompanying the unit.
electricity supply source at once and ensure that the chiller is
not switched on until corrective measures have been taken. Follow the instructions supplied with the control for thermostat
assembly and handling.
IMPORTANT: To ensure the correct unit power supply
(cable entry, conductor cross section, protection devices etc.), The general rules below should be taken into account:
consult the electrical data table, the wiring diagram supplied
with the unit and the applicable standards concerning the - Voltage at 24 V AC
installation of air conditioning equipment. - Standard outlet (service C, R, G, Y1/W2,Y1, Y/Y2, O/W2,
W/W1)
Never operate a unit if the voltage imbalance exceeds 2%. The - Outlet O is active on cooling
following formula must be used to determine the percentage of
voltage imbalance. NOTE 1: The thermostat cables should be separate from any
230 V or 400 V cable.
Voltage imbalance % =

Largest deviation from average voltage


Average voltage

17
Necessary checks/precautions before start-up Refrigerant guidelines

- Ensure that all electrical connections are properly Refrigeration installations must be inspected and maintained
tightened. regularly and rigorously by specialists. Their activities must be
- Ensure that the unit is level and well-supported. overseen and checked by properly trained people. To minimise
- Check the condition of the ductwork in case damage has discharge to the atmosphere, refrigerants and lubricating oil
occurred during installation. must be transferred using methods which reduce leaks and
 7KHDLUÀOWHUVKRXOGEHFOHDQDQGLQSODFH losses to a minimum and with materials that are suitable for the
 $OOWKHSDQHOVVKRXOGEHÀWWHGDQGÀUPO\VHFXUHGZLWKWKH products.
corresponding screws. • Leaks must be repaired immediately
 0DNHVXUHWKDWWKHUHLVVXIÀFLHQWVSDFHIRUVHUYLFLQJDQG • All units are equipped with connections on the suction
maintenance purposes. and liquid line, which permit the connection of refrigerant
- Check the drain connections. recovery valves.
- Ensure that there are no refrigerant leaks. • If the residual pressure is too low to make the transfer
 &RQÀUPWKDWWKHHOHFWULFDOSRZHUVRXUFHDJUHHVZLWKWKH alone, a purpose-built refrigerant recovery unit must be
unit nameplate rating. used.
 0DNHVXUHWKDWFRPSUHVVRUVÁRDWIUHHO\RQWKHPRXQWLQJ • Compressor lubricating oil contains refrigerant. Any oil
springs. drained from a system during maintenance must therefore
be handled and stored accordingly.
WARNING: The compressors are mounted on vibration • Refrigerant under pressure must never be discharged to
isolators. Do not loosen or remove the support mounting the atmosphere.
bolts. • If the refrigerant circuit is opened, plug all openings if the
operation takes up to one day, or charge the circuit with
- Check for proper fan rotation. nitrogen for longer operations.

VERIFICATION OF THE REFRIGERANT CHARGE Apparent and actual subcooling

CAUTION: The 50AZ/UZ units are supplied with a precise 5 4


refrigerant charge (see Physical Data table). 2
3
1
To verify the correct system charge prodeed as follows:
Set unit to cooling mode.
Ensure that no bubbles appear in the sight-glass, when operat-
L 6
ing the unit at full load for a while, at a saturated condensing V
temperature of between 52 and 54°C. If necessary cover a sec-
tion of the coil surface to obtain this condensing temperature.
Pressure

Under these conditions the apparent subcooling which is equal L+V


to the saturated condensing temperature (1 - on the saturated
dew point curve) minus the liquid refrigerant temperature
(3) ahead of the expansion device must be between 8 and
10°C. This corresponds to an actual subcooling temperature
of between 3 and 5 K at the condenser outlet, depending on Enthalpy
the unit type. Actual subcooling is equal the saturated liquid
Legend
temperature (2 - on the saturated bubble point curve) minus
the liquid refrigerant temperature (3) ahead of the expansion 1 Saturated condensing temperature at the dew point
 6DWXUDWHGOLTXLGWHPSHUDWXUHDWWKHEXEEOHSRLQW
device. Use the pressure tap supplied on the liquid piping to  /LTXLGUHIULJHUDQWWHPSHUDWXUH
FKDUJHUHIULJHUDQWDQGWRÀQGRXWWKHSUHVVXUHRIWKHOLTXLG 4 Saturation curve at the dew point
5 Saturation curbe at the bubble point
refrigerant. If the subcooling value is not correct, i.e. lower 6 Isotherms
WKDQWKHVSHFLÀHGYDOXHVDOHDNGHWHFWLRQWHVWPXVWEHFDUULHG  $SSDUHQWVXEFRROLQJ 
out on the unit, as it no longer contains its original charge.  5HDOVXEFRROLQJ 
/ /LTXLG
/9 /LTXLGYDSRXU
WARNING: To ensure proper operation of 50AZ/UZ V Vapour

units there must be at least 8 K of subcooling as the liquid


refrigerant enters the expansion valve.

The 50AZ/UZ units use refrigerant. For your information,


ZHDUHUHSURGXFLQJKHUHVRPHH[WUDFWVIURPWKHRIÀFLDO
publication dealing with the design, installation, operation
and maintenance of air conditioning and refrigeration
systems and the training of people involved in these activities,
agreed by the air conditioning and refrigeration industry.

18
Recharging liquid refrigerant Undercharge

CAUTION: 50AZ/UZ units are charged with liquid HFC- If there is not enough refrigerant in the system, this is indicated
407C refrigerant. by gas bubbles in the moisture sight glass in the cooling mode.

This non-azeotropic refrigerant blend consists of 23% R-32, ,IWKHXQGHUFKDUJHLVVLJQLÀFDQWODUJHEXEEOHVDSSHDULQWKH


25% of R-125 and 52% R-134a, and is characterised by the moisture sight glass, and the suction pressure drops. The
fact that at the time of the change in state the temperature of compressor suction superheat is also high. The machine must
the liquid/vapour mixture is not constant, as with azeotropic be recharged after the leak has been repaired.
refrigerants. All checks must be pressure tests, and the
appropriate pressure/temperature ratio table must be used Find the leak and completely drain the system with a
to determine the corresponding saturated temperatures refrigerant recovery unit. Carry out the repair, leak test and
(saturated bubble point curve or saturated dew point curve). then recharge the system.

Leak detection is especially important for units charged with IMPORTANT: After the leak has been repaired, the circuit
refrigerant R-407C. Depending on whether the leak occurs must be tested, without exceeding the maximum low-side
in the liquid or in the vapour phase, the proportion of the operating pressure shown on the unit name plate.
different components in the remaining liquid is not the same.
The refrigerant must always be recharged in the liquid phase
NOTE: Regularly carry out leak checks and immediately into the liquid line.
repair any leak found. If there is a leak in the plate heat The refrigerant cylinder must always contain at least 10% of its
exchanger, this part must be replaced. initial charge.
For the refrigerant quantity per circuit, refer to the data on the
unit name plate.

Characteristics of R407C

See the table below.


Saturated bubble point temperatures (bubble point curve)
Saturated dew point temperatures (dew point curve)

Characteristics of R407C

Bar Saturated bubble Saturated dew Bar Saturated bubble Saturated dew Bar Saturated bubble Saturated dew
(relative) point temp. , °C point temp., °C (relative) point temp., °C point temp., °C (relative) point temp., °C point temp., °C
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        

19
START-UP - Electrically disconnect the compressor and/or remove the
crankcase heater.
Actual start-up should only be done under the supervision of a - Unbraze or unscrew the suction and discharge lines,
TXDOLÀHGUHIULJHUDWLRQPHFKDQLF taking care not to damage the rest of the components.
- Remove the fastenings.
Heat pump operation - defrost cycle (50UZ units only)  5HSODFHWKHFRPSUHVVRUHQVXULQJWKDWLWFRQWDLQVVXIÀFLHQW
oil.
:KHQWKHRXWGRRUWHPSHUDWXUHLVVXIÀFLHQWO\ORZDQGGHSHQGLQJ - Braze or screw in the lines.
on the atmospheric humidity, the water condensing on the - Connect the compressor according to the wiring diagram.
RXWGRRUFRLOIUHH]HVDQGWKLVLPSHGHVFRUUHFWDLUÁRZ,WLV - Evacuate the compressor.
necessary to remove the ice by changing over the reversing - Fill in the refrigerant charge indicated on the nameplate.
valve on the solenoid coil. This reverses the system cycle and  127(7KLVRSHUDWLRQPXVWEHGRQHE\DTXDOLÀHG
injects hot gas into the outdoor heat exchanger. Defrost will be technician.
completed when the outdoor coil reaches the set temperature or
after a predetermined period of time from the start of the cycle. Description of unit protection devices

Initial checks The unit includes the following compressor protection devices:
- Internal protector for 50AZ/UZ 016-042.
With the unit in operation, ensure that the values shown on - External protector for 50AZ 034-040.
the high and low pressure gauges are within the normal limits. - Outdoor fan motor thermomagnetic switch.
It is advisable to simulate unit shutdown due to high and low - Indoor fan motor thermomagnetic switch.
pressure, in order to make sure that the high pressure switch
works properly. To do so, proceed as follows: High pressurestat
- High pressure shutdown (cooling cycle): Completely cover
the outdoor air inlet, or disconnect the outdoor fan and This protects the unit against excessive condensing pressure.
motor. The unit should stop at a pressure of 28/29.5 bar*.
- Low pressure shutdown (cooling cycle): Cover the indoor 7KHKLJKSUHVVXUHVWDWKDVIDFWRU\À[HGQRQDGMXVWDEOHVHWWLQJV
air inlet, or disconnect the indoor fan and motor. Observe To check, see section Initial checks.
the low pressure gauge. The unit should stop at a pressure
High pressure Low pressure
of 0.55 bar. Min. Max. Min. Max.
36 EDU     
* This value only applies to 50UZ 038/042 units. 76 ƒ&     
3UHVVXUHVZLWFKFXWRXWSUHVVXUH EDU    
7HVWSUHVVXUHXQLWOHDNWHVW EDU 
Check that the motor and compressor consumptions are
7KHVHYDOXHVRQO\DSSO\WR8=XQLWV
approximately the same as those shown on the unit nameplate.
Consumption data is also given in Tables 2 and 4.
WARNING: Alteration of factory settings other than the
REFRIGERANT SYSTEM DESCRIPTION design setpoint, without manufacturer's authorisation, may
void the warranty.
The refrigerant circuit incorporates the following primary
elements: Operating limits
- Refrigerant-air heat exchanger: made of high quality
FRSSHUWXEHVDQGSUHWUHDWHGDOXPLQLXPÀQV These units have been designed to operate within the following
- Refrigerant lines: made completely of high quality copper. limits:
- %LÁRZH[SDQVLRQYDOYH(except 50UZ 038-042)
- Compressors: scroll compressors for 50AZ/UZ 016, 024, Table 7 - Cooling operation
028, 038, 042 and hermetic compressors for 50AZ/UZ Zone Air temperature
020 and 50AZ 034-040. Dry bulb Wet bulb
- Filter drier (50AZ and 50UZ 038-042) and obus type access Indoor
0D[LPXP ƒ& ƒ&
valve.
- Safety elements: high, low pressure transducer and high Outdoor
0D[LPXP ƒ&  
pressure switch. 0LQLPXP ƒ& 
- All units include the R-407C refrigerant charge necessary
for correct operation. Table 8 - Heat pump operation
- 50UZ 038-042 units include receivers and accumulators.
Zone Air temperature
Dry bulb Wet bulb
COMPRESSOR REPLACEMENT
Indoor
0D[LPXP ƒ&
When an internal fault occurs, the compressor must be
Outdoor
replaced. This must be done as detailed below: 0D[LPXP ƒ& ƒ&
- Disconnect the unit from the electrical supply. 0LQLPXP ƒ& 
- Remove the panels. 8=XQLWVZLOOQRWUXQDWƒ&RXWGRRUDLUWHPSHUDWXUHLQFRROLQJPRGHLI
- Remove the gas from the refrigerant circuit using recovery WKHHQWHULQJDLUZHWEXOEWHPSHUDWXUHLVKLJKHUWKDQƒ&7KHPD[LPXPYDOXHZLOO
WKHQEHƒ&
equipment to avoid harming the atmosphere.
20
SETTING UP PRO-DIALOG PLUS CONTROL

Local interface general features

Standard small human interface general features

The interface
It gives access to all PRO-DIALOG PLUS data and operating
functions. It consists of:
• A two-digit display showing the number of the item
selected.
• A four-digit display showing the contents of the item
selected.
• Five buttons and one alarm LED for unit start/stop, menu
selection, menu item selection and value adjustment and
alarm annunciation.

INTERFACE
BUTTON NAME DESCRIPTION
 0HQX 3HUPLWVWKHVHOHFWLRQRIDPDLQPHQX

 8SDUURZ 3HUPLWVVFUROOLQJWKURXJKWKHPHQXLWHPV LQWKHWZRGLJLWGLVSOD\ ,IWKHPRGLÀFDWLRQPRGHLVDFWLYHWKLVEXWWRQDXWKRULVHV


  LQFUHDVHRIWKHYDOXHRIDQ\SDUDPHWHU
 'RZQDUURZ 3HUPLWVVFUROOLQJWKURXJKWKHPHQXLWHPV LQWKHWZRGLJLWGLVSOD\ ,IWKHPRGLÀFDWLRQPRGHLVDFWLYHWKLVEXWWRQDXWKRULVHV
  GHFUHDVHRIWKHYDOXHRIDQ\SDUDPHWHU
 (QWHU *LYHVDFFHVVWRWKHPRGLÀFDWLRQPRGHYDOLGDWHVDPRGLÀFDWLRQRUGLVSOD\VWKHORFDWLRQLQWKHPHQXDQGH[SDQGHGLWHPGHVFULSWLRQ

 6WDUWVWRS $XWKRULVHVVWDUWRUVWRSRIWKHXQLWLQORFDOPRGHRUPRGLÀFDWLRQRILWVRSHUDWLQJW\SH

INTERFACE LEDS
LED INDICATION WHEN LIT
Red LED:
 /LWFLUFXLW$%RUXQLWVKXWGRZQE\DODUP
- Flashing: circuit A, B or unit running with alarm present

21
Optional enhanced human interface general features
DUAL-CIRCUIT HEAT PUMP INTERFACE DUAL-CIRCUIT COOLING ONLY UNIT INTERFACE

MAIN INTERFACE SUMMARY INTERFACE MAIN INTERFACE SUMMARY INTERFACE

MENU BLOCK MENU BLOCK

The local interface enables a number of operating parameters to Main interface


EHGLVSOD\HGDQGPRGLÀHG It gives access to all PRO-DIALOG PLUS data and operating
functions. It consists of:
The interface consists of two distinct parts: the main interface • A two-digit display showing the number of the item
(left hand section) and the summary interface (right hand selected.
section). • A four-digit display showing the contents of the item
selected.
• LEDs and buttons for unit start/stop, menu selection,
menu item selection and value adjustment.

MAIN INTERFACE
BUTTON NAME DESCRIPTION
 0HQX 3HUPLWVWKHVHOHFWLRQRIDPDLQPHQX(DFKPDLQPHQXLVUHSUHVHQWHGE\DQLFRQ7KHLFRQLVOLWLIDFWLYH

 8SDUURZ 3HUPLWVVFUROOLQJWKURXJKWKHPHQXLWHPV LQWKHWZRGLJLWGLVSOD\ ,IWKHPRGLÀFDWLRQPRGHLVDFWLYHWKLVEXWWRQDXWKRULVHV


  LQFUHDVHRIWKHYDOXHRIDQ\SDUDPHWHU
 'RZQDUURZ 3HUPLWVVFUROOLQJWKURXJKWKHPHQXLWHPV LQWKHWZRGLJLWGLVSOD\ ,IWKHPRGLÀFDWLRQPRGHLVDFWLYHWKLVEXWWRQDXWKRULVHV
  GHFUHDVHRIWKHYDOXHRIDQ\SDUDPHWHU
 (QWHU *LYHVDFFHVVWRWKHPRGLÀFDWLRQPRGHYDOLGDWHVDPRGLÀFDWLRQRUGLVSOD\VH[SDQGHGLWHPGHVFULSWLRQ

 6WDUWVWRS $XWKRULVHVVWDUWRUVWRSRIWKHXQLWLQORFDOPRGHRUPRGLÀFDWLRQRILWVRSHUDWLQJW\SH

MAIN INTERFACE MENU LEDS


LED NAME DESCRIPTION
 ,1)250$7,21PHQX 'LVSOD\VWKHJHQHUDORSHUDWLQJSDUDPHWHUVIRUWKHXQLW

 7(03(5$785(6PHQX 'LVSOD\VWKHXQLWRSHUDWLQJWHPSHUDWXUHV

 kPa 35(6685(6PHQX 'LVSOD\VWKHXQLWRSHUDWLQJSUHVVXUHV

 6(732,176PHQX 'LVSOD\VWKHXQLWVHWSRLQWVDQGHQDEOHVWKHPWREHPRGLÀHG

 ,13876PHQX 'LVSOD\VWKHVWDWXVRIWKHXQLWGLJLWDODQGDQDORJXHLQSXWV

 28738767(676PHQX 'LVSOD\VWKHVWDWXVRIWKHXQLWRXWSXWVDQGHQDEOHVWKHPWREHWHVWHG

 &21),*85$7,216PHQX 'LVSOD\VWKHXQLWFRQÀJXUDWLRQDQGHQDEOHVLWWREHPRGLÀHG

 $/$506PHQX 'LVSOD\VDFWLYHDODUPV

 $/$506+,6725<PHQX 'LVSOD\VWKHKLVWRU\RIWKHDODUPV

 23(5$7,1*/2*PHQX 'LVSOD\VWKHRSHUDWLQJWLPHVDQGQXPEHURIVWDUWVIRUWKHXQLWDQGWKHFRPSUHVVRUV

22
The summary interface (right hand section) includes a mimic The following operating types can be selected using the
diagram of the unit, together with push-buttons and LEDs. It Start/Stop button:
gives quick access to the main operating parameters of the unit.
OPERATING TYPES
SUMMARY INTERFACE LEDS 4 DIGIT DISPLAY DESCRIPTION
LED INDICATION WHEN LIT  /2)) Local Off.7KHXQLWLVKDOWHGLQORFDOPRGH
Green LED:  /2Q Local On. The unit is in local control mode and is
The unit is authorised to start or is already running DXWKRULVHGWRVWDUW
Red LED:
A
 /LWFLUFXLW$RUXQLWVKXWGRZQE\DODUP
 /6F  Local On - timer control. The unit is in local control
PRGH,WLVDXWKRULVHGWRVWDUWLIWKHSHULRGLVRFFXSLHG
- Flashing: circuit A or unit running with alarm present If the timer program for unit operation is unoccupied,
B Red LED: the unit remains shut down until the perod becomes
 /LWFLUFXLW%RUXQLWVKXWGRZQE\DODUP RFFXSLHG
- Flashing: circuit B or unit running with alarm present CCN* CCN. 7KHXQLWLVFRQWUROOHGE\&&1FRPPDQGV
Red LED: rEM* Remote. The unit is controlled by remote control
 2SWLRQDODLUÁRZGHWHFWLRQ FRQWDFWV 7KLVRSHUDWLQJW\SHVKDOOEHVHOHFWHGZKHQ
Green LED: XVLQJWKH5RRPPDWHFRPIRUWFRQWUROOHURSWLRQ
 7KHLQGRRUIDQLVUXQQLQJ tStA Remote by thermostat. The unit is comtrolled via
Yellow LEDs: H[WHUQDOFRQWDFWVE\DWKHUPRVWDW
 )URPWRSWRERWWRPVWDUWVWRSVWDWXVRIFRPSUHVVRU$RU% Legend
 )ODVKLQJ/('LQGLFDWHVWKDWWKHFLUFXLWLVLQWKHSURWHFWLRQRUGHIURVW  'LVSOD\HGLIWKHFRQÀJXUDWLRQUHTXLUHVLW
 PRGH $RU% 
Green LED: Stopping the unit in local mode
 7KHXQLWRSHUDWHVLQKHDWLQJPRGH
Green LED:
The unit can be stopped in local mode at any time by pressing
 7KHXQLWRSHUDWHVLQFRROLQJPRGH the Start/Stop button.

TO STOP THE UNIT


SUMMARY INTERFACE PUSH BUTTONS BUTTON ACTION 2-DIGIT DISPLAY 4-DIGIT DISPLAY
BUTTON DISPLAY  3UHVVWKH6WDUW6WRS & /2))
 %OXHEXWWRQVXSSO\DLUWHPSHUDWXUHUHWXUQDLUWHPSHUDWXUHLQƒ& button for less than
 *UD\EXWWRQRXWGRRUDLUWHPSHUDWXUHLQƒ& 4 seconds (one short
 &RQWUROSRLQW VHWSRLQWUHVHW LQƒ&  SUHVVLVHQRXJK 
 ,IWKHEXWWRQLV W /2))
 3UHVVFLUFXLW$%GLVFKDUJHSUHVVXUHLQN3D released, the unit stops
 3UHVVFLUFXLW$%VDWXUDWHGFRQGHQVLQJWHPSHUDWXUHLQƒ& without the need for
 IXUWKHUDFWLRQ
 3UHVVFLUFXLW$%VXFWLRQSUHVVXUHLQN3D
 3UHVVFLUFXLW$%VDWXUDWHGVXFWLRQWHPSHUDWXUHLQƒ&
 3UHVVFRPSUHVVRU$%RSHUDWLQJKRXUVLQKRUK Starting unit and selecting an operating type
The unit can be started in local mode, or unit operating type
can be changed at any time using the Start/Stop button. In the
example that follows, the unit is stopped (LOFF) and the user
Unit start/stop control
wants to start the unit in local mode.
Description
The unit start/stop can be controlled by one of the following CHANGING THE OPERATING TYPE
methods: BUTTON ACTION 2-DIGIT 4-DIGIT
DISPLAY DISPLAY
• Locally on the actual unit (Local operating type)
• By remote control with the aid of user contacts (remote  &RQWLQXDOO\SUHVVWKHRSHUDWLQJW\SH & /2))
operating type)  VHOHFWLRQEXWWRQIRUPRUHWKDQVHFRQGV
• By CCN control with the aid of the CCN (CCN operating
 +ROGGRZQWKH6WDUW6WRSEXWWRQ   /2Q
type)  7KHDYDLODEOHRSHUDWLQJW\SHVDUHGLVSOD\HG  /6F
 RQHE\RQHXQWLOWKHEXWWRQLVUHOHDVHG
The main interface includes a Start/Stop button which can be
used to stop or start the unit in the local operating type or to
select the remote or CCN operating type. rEM
 5HOHDVHWKH6WDUW6WRSEXWWRQLIWKH  /2Q
operating type you want is displayed (in
The available operating types are described in the following  WKLVH[DPSOH/2Q &ÁDVKHVLQWKH
table. 2-digit display to show that the controller is
 DZDLWLQJFRQÀUPDWLRQ
 3UHVVWKH(QWHUEXWWRQWRFRQÀUPWKH W /2Q
 RSHUDWLQJW\SHVHOHFWHG LQWKLVH[DPSOH/
 2Q WLVGLVSOD\HGLQWKHGLJLWGLVSOD\WR
 LQGLFDWHWKHRSHUDWLQJW\SHVHOHFWHG,IWKH
Enter button is not pressed soon enough
the controller will cancel the change and
 FRQWLQXHWRXVHWKHSUHYLRXVRSHUDWLQJW\SH

23
Menus OPTIONS AND ACCESSORIES

Selecting a menu - Economizer - enthalpic (option)


The MENU button authorises you to select a menu from the 10 - Economizer - thermostatic (option)
main menus that are available. Each time you press this button - Electric heater (option)
one of the 10 LEDs lights up in turn alongside each of the icons - Crankcase heater (option)
representing a main menu. The active menu is the one against - Hot water coil with proportional valve (option)
which the LED is lit. If a menu is empty then its LED is not lit. - Front discharge roof curb (accessory)
To scroll quickly through the menus, hold the MENU button - Vertical roof curb (accessory)
down. - Adjustable longitudinal roof curb, vertical discharge
(accessory)
Selecting a menu item - Adjustable transverse roof curb, vertical discharge
The up and down Arrow buttons let you scroll through the (accessory)
menu items. Menu item numbers are displayed in the two-digit - Air return fan (accessory)
display. The item number increases or decreases every time - Power exhaust (option)
you press the up or down Arrow button. The menu items that  'LUW\ÀOWHUDODUP RSWLRQ
DUHQRWLQXVHRULQFRPSDWLEOHZLWKWKHFRQÀJXUDWLRQDUHQRW  +LJKHIÀFLHQF\ÀOWHUV RSWLRQ
displayed. The value or status associated with the active item - Additional space temperature sensor (accessory)
is displayed in the four-digit display. To scroll quickly through - Smoke detector (option)
the items, hold the up or down Arrow button down. - Economizer hood (option/accessory)
- Programmable thermostat - TSTAT (accessory)
The following example shows how to access item 3 in the - Non-programmable thermostat - TSTAT (accessory)
Pressures menu. - IAQ - indoor air quality sensor (accessory)
- Manual outdoor air damper (option/accessory)
SELECTING A MENU ITEM  $LUÁRZGHWHFWRU RSWLRQ
OPERATION PRESS MENU LED* ITEM NUMBER
BUTTON 2-DIGIT
- Barometric exhaust (option)
DISPLAY - High static pressure transmission (option)
Press the MENU button until the - Low static pressure transmission (option)
35(6685(PHQXDSSHDUVRQWKH   
/&',IWKHRSWLRQDOLQWHUIDFHLV
- Room-mate comfort controller (accessory)
XVHGWKH/('PDUNHG35(6685(  kPa  - Enhanced user interface (option)
OLJKWVXS   - Stainless steel drain pan (option)
Press one of the Arrow buttons 1 - Free contact terminal (option)
XQWLOWKHWZRGLJLWGLVSOD\VKRZV
LWHPQXPEHU    kPa
2

   
*Optional interface

Modifying the value of a parameter/access to a sub-menu


Press the Enter button for more than 2 seconds to enter the
PRGLÀFDWLRQPRGHRUWRVHOHFWDVXEPHQX7KLVOHWV\RX
correct the value of an item or select a sub-menu with the aid
of the up and down Arrow buttons (if you are authorised to
RYHUZULWHWKHLWHPFRQFHUQHG :KHQPRGLÀFDWLRQPRGHLV
activated, the LED of the main menu to which the item belongs
ÁDVKHVLQWKHPHQXEORFNLIWKHRSWLRQDOLQWHUIDFHLVXVHG

Once the required value is obtained, press the Enter button


again to validate the change or to access the sub-menu. The
LED for the menu to which the item belongs then stops
ÁDVKLQJLQGLFDWLQJWKDWPRGLÀFDWLRQPRGHQRORQJHUDSSOLHV

,QPRGLÀFDWLRQPRGHWKHYDOXHWREHPRGLÀHGLQFUHDVHV
or decreases in steps of 0.1 every time you press the Arrow
buttons. Holding one of these buttons down increases the rate
of increase or decrease.

24
GENERAL MAINTENANCE To adjust the belt tension, loosen the motor mounting plate
bolts and slide the motor mounting plate until the belt is as
ATTENTION: Before starting any servicing or maintenance shown in Fig. 14.
operation on the unit, make sure that the power supply has
been disconnected. A current discharge could cause personal Fig. 13 - Fan speed adjustment
injury.

In order to obtain maximum performance from the unit special


attention should be paid to the following points:
- Electrical connections: The supply voltage should be
within the limits permitted by the compressor.

Ensure that no faulty contacts exist in the terminal blocks,


contactor boards, etc. Make sure that all the electrical
connections are properly tightened, and that all the
HOHFWULFDOFRPSRQHQWV FRQWDFWRUVUHOD\VHWF DUHÀUPO\
secured to the corresponding rails.
Pay special attention to the condition of the connecting
cables between the control elements and the electrical Legend
box, and to that of the unit power supply cable. They 1 Motor support 5 Belt
should not be twisted and there should be no slits or 2 Motor pulley 6 Tensioning screw
 6HWVFUHZ  )DQSXOOH\
notches in the insulation. Check the starting and running 4 Motor 8 Fan scroll
FRQVXPSWLRQVDUHZLWKLQWKHOLPLWVVSHFLÀHGLQWKH
corresponding technical information. Fig. 14 - To align fan and motor pulleys
- Drainage: Frequently check that the drain is not
obstructed, and that the condensate pan is clean and level.
 ,QOHWÀOWHUThis should be cleaned periodically. The
frequency depends on the purity of the entering air. The
ÀOWHUPD\EHFOHDQHGZLWKDKRXVHKROGYDFXXPFOHDQHURU
by immersing it in water.
- Refrigerant circuit: Ensure that there is no leakage of
refrigerant or oil from the compressor. Check that the high
and low side operating pressures are normal. Make sure
WKDWWKHFRLOVDUHQRWGLUW\,IQHFHVVDU\DQRSWLRQDOÀOWHU
may be placed at the outdoor air inlet. Check for unusual
compressor noise.
- Controls: Check the operation of all the relays, high and
low pressurestats, etc.

SERVICE

Indoor fan air adjustment  )L[HGÁDQJH


2 Setscrew
 0RYDEOHÁDQJH
The drive is factory set in accordance with the tables on 5.1. 4 Straight-edge must be parallel with belt
 0RWRUDQGIDQVKDIWVPXVWEHSDUDOOHO
6 Pulleys
:KHQLQGRRUSUHVVXUHDQGDLUÁRZUHTXLUHPHQWVGLIIHUIURP
nominal ratings, the motor pulley can be adjusted for different
available static pressure values (see fan performance tables).
Lubrication
To change the fan speed:
1. Move the motor along its track in order to remove the belt.
Both the motors and the fans have factory lubricated and sealed
2. Loosen the pulley setscrews and rotate as necessary.
bearings, and need no further lubrication.
3. Tighten the setscrews.
4. Replace the belt(s) in the channel of the pulley.
The compressor has its own oil supply and oil should not be
5. Tighten the belt(s), using the tension screw nut and
added unless a leak has occurred.
washer. See maintenance section and Fig. 13.

To align fan and motor pulleys:


1. Loosen fan pulley setscrews. Slide fan pulley along the
pulley shaft and align with the motor using a ruler, making
sure that it is parallel to the belt.
2. Tighten the fan pulley setscrews.

25
Condenser coil MAINTENANCE PROGRAMME

:HUHFRPPHQGWKDWÀQQHGFRLOVDUHLQVSHFWHGUHJXODUO\WR All maintenance operations must be carried out by technicians


check the degree of fouling. This depends on the environment who have been trained on Carrier products, observing all
where the unit is installed, and will be worse in urban and Carrier quality and safety standards.
industrial installations and near trees that shed their leaves.
Maintenance instructions
For coil cleaning proceed as follows:
‡ 5HPRYHÀEUHVDQGGXVWFROOHFWHGRQWKHFRQGHQVHUIDFH During the unit operating life the service checks and tests must be
with a soft brush (or vacuum cleaner). carried out in accordance with applicable national regulations.
• Clean the coil with the appropriate cleaning agents.
If there are no similar criteria in local regulations, the
With pressurised cleaning methods care should be taken not to information on checks during operation in annex C of standard
GDPDJHWKHFRLOÀQV7KHVSUD\LQJRIWKHFRLOPXVWEHGRQH EN 378-2 can be used.
 LQWKHGLUHFWLRQRIWKHÀQV
 LQWKHRSSRVLWHGLUHFWLRQRIWKHDLUÁRZGLUHFWLRQ External visual checks: annex A and B of standard EN 378-2
- with a large diffuser (25-30°)
- at a distance of 300 mm. Corrosion checks: annex D of standard EN 378-2. These
controls must be carried out:
It is not necessary to rinse the coil, as the products used are - After an intervention that is likely to affect the resistance
pH neutral. To ensure that the coil is perfectly clean, we or a change in use or change of high-pressure refrigerant,
UHFRPPHQGULQVLQJZLWKDORZZDWHUÁRZUDWH7KHS+YDOXHRI or after a shut down of more than two years. Components
the water used should be between 7 and 8. that do not comply, must be changed. Test pressures above
the respective component design pressure must not be
WARNING: Never use pressurized water without a large applied (annex B and D).
diffusor. Concentrated and/or rotating water jets are strictly  $IWHUUHSDLURUVLJQLÀFDQWPRGLÀFDWLRQVRUVLJQLÀFDQW
forbidden. system or component extension (annex B)
- After re-installation at another site (annexes A, B and D)
Correct and frequent cleaning (approximately every three - After repair following a refrigerant leak (annex D). The
months) will prevent 2/3 of the corrosion problems. frequency of refrigerant leak detection can vary from once
per year for systems with less than 1% leak rate per year
1HYHUXVHDÁXLGZLWKDWHPSHUDWXUHDERYHƒ&WRFOHDQWKH to once a day for systems with a leak rate of 35% per year
air heat exchangers. or more. The frequency is in proportion with the leak rate.

NOTE: High leak rates are not acceptable. The necessary


steps must be taken to eliminate any leak detected.

NOTE 2: Fixed refrigerant detectors are not leak detectors,


as they cannot locate the leak.

Maintenance schedule

Regular maintenance is indispensable to optimise the operating


life and reliability of the equipment. Maintenance operations
must be carried out in accordance with the schedules below:

Service Frequency
A Weekly
B Monthly
C Annually

IMPORTANT: Before each equipment maintenance


operation please ensure that:
- the unit is in the OFF position
- it is impossible for the unit to restart automatically
during maintenance.

26
Description of the maintenance operations Service C
Carry out the operations listed under Service B.
The equipment is supplied with polyolester oil (POE). Only use Refrigerant circuit
oil approved by Carrier. - Check the leak-tightness of the circuit and ensure that
there is no piping damage.
Service A - Carry out an oil contamination test. If acid, water or
Full-load operating test metallic particles are present replace the oil in the circuit.
Verify the following values: - Verify the tightening of the thermostatic mechanism of the
- compressor high-pressure side discharge pressure expansion device.
- compressor low-pressure side suction pressure - Full-load operating test. In addition to the checks carried
- charge visible in the sight glass out under Service B, validate the values of the heat
exchanger inlet and outlet tightening.
Verify the alarm status - Check the operation of the high-pressure and low-pressure
switches. Replace them if there is a fault.
Service B  &KHFNWKHIRXOLQJRIWKHÀOWHUGULHU E\FKHFNLQJWKH
Carrier out the operations listed under Service A. temperature difference in the copper piping - 50AZ units
Refrigerant circuit only). Replace it if necessary.
- Verify the air heat exchanger cleanliness status and clean
it at least once a year, or more often if the equipment Electrical checks
environment is especially demanding. To clean the - Check the status of the electrical cables and their insulation.
equipment, follow the Carrier recommendations. Among - Carry out an operating test of the electric evaporator
other things, this ensures that the unit performances can be heaters, compressor crankcase heater, piping and
guaranteed. expansion device, as required.
- Full-load operating test. In addition to the operations - Check the phase/earth insulation of the compressors and
described under Service A, check the following values: fans.
- compressor discharge pressure - Check the compressor and fan winding status.
- compressor oil level
- actual liquid subcooling Mechanical checks
- overheating at the expansion device - Check the tightening of the indoor and outdoor fan,
- on heat pumps verify correct defrost of the air heat FRPSUHVVRUDQGFRQWUROER[À[LQJEROWV
exchanger. - Check that no water has penetrated into the control box.
- Verify the charge status by checking the colour indicator - All metallic parts of the unit (chassis, casing panels,
of the sightglass. If the colour has turned to yellow, control boxes, heat exchangers etc.) are protected against
FKDQJHWKHFKDUJHDQGUHSODFHWKHÀOWHUGULHU $=XQLWV corrosion by a coating of powder or liquid paint. To
only) after carrying out a leak test of the circuit. prevent the risk of blistering corrosion that can appear
when moisture penetrates under the protective coatings,
Electrical checks it is necessary to carry out periodic checks of the coating
- Check the tightening of the electric connections, contactors, (paint) condition.
disconnect switch and transformer.
- Check the status of the contactors, fuses and capacitators,
as required.
- Carry out a quick test (refer to the manual for the Rooftop
Pro-Dialog Plus control).

Mechanical checks
- Verify that nothing impedes the rotation of the fan
impeller of the air heat exchanger.

27
Servicing recommendations FINAL RECOMMENDATIONS

- Before replacing any of the elements in the cooling circuit, The unit you have purchased has undergone strict quality
ensure that the entire refrigerant charge is removed from control procedures before leaving the factory.
both the high and low pressure sides of the unit.
- The control elements of the cooling system are highly All components, including the control systems and electrical
sensitive. If they need to be replaced, care should be taken HTXLSPHQWHWFDUHFHUWLÀHGE\RXU4XDOLW\&RQWURO
not to overheat them with blowlamps whilst soldering. Department, and tested under the harshest possible operating
A damp cloth should be wrapped around the component conditions in our laboratories. However, after leaving the
WREHVROGHUHGDQGWKHÁDPHGLUHFWHGDZD\IURPWKH factory, it is possible that one or more of these elements
component body. may be damaged due to causes beyond our control. In such
- Silver alloy soldering rods should always be used. an event, the user should not work on any of the internal
- If the total unit gas charge has to be replaced, the quantity components, or subject the unit to operating conditions
should be as given on the nameplate and the unit should ZKLFKDUHQRWVSHFLÀHGLQWKLVPDQXDO since serious damage
be properly evacuated beforehand. may result and the guarantee would be invalidated. Repair and
- During unit operation all panels should be in place, maintenance work should always be left to the installer.
including the electrical box access panel.
- If it is necessary to cut the lines of the refrigerant circuit, All recommendations concerning unit installation are intended to
tube cutters should always be used and never tools which be as a guideline. The installer should carry out the installation
produce burrs. All refrigerant circuit tubing should be of according to the design conditions and should comply with all
copper, specially made for refrigeration purposes. applicable regulations for air conditioning and refrigeration
installations.

NOTE: The manufacturer does not accept responsibility for


any malfunctions resulting from misuse of the equipment.

TROUBLESHOOTING CHART

A list of possible faults, as well as the probable cause and suggested solutions is shown in Table 9. In the event of a unit
malfunction it is recommended to disconnect the power supply and ascertain the cause.

Table 9 - Troubleshooting chart

Symptoms Cause Remedy


Unit does not start No power supply Connect power supply
Main switch open Close main unit disconnect switch
 /RZOLQHYROWDJH &KHFNYROWDJHDQGUHPHG\WKHGHÀFLHQF\
A protection has tripped Reset
Contactor stuck open Check and if necessary replace contactor
Seized compressor Check and if necessary replace compressor
Unit starts and stops frequently Defective compressor contactor Check and if necessary replace contactor
Defective compressor Check and if necessary replace compressor
Refrigerant losses Check and add the necessary quantity
Unit continuously cuts out at Cooling unit
low pressure Defective low pressure transducer Check and if necessary replace low pressure transducer
Refrigerant losses Check and add the necessary quantity
Indoor fan does not operate Check fan motor
Unit continuously cuts out at Cooling unit
high pressure Defective high pressurestat Check and if necessary replace pressurestat
 %ORFNHGÀOWHUGULHU &KHFNDQGLIQHFHVVDU\UHSODFHÀOWHU
Outdoor fan does not operate Check fan motor

Heat pump unit


Defective high pressurestat Replace pressurestat
Outdoor fan does not operate Check fan motor
Abnormal system noise Piping vibration Support piping
Noisy compressor Check and change if necessary
 %DGO\ÀWWLQJSDQHOV ,QVWDOOFRUUHFWO\
Compressor loses oil Leak in system Repair leak
Water loss Defective drainage connections Check and tighten if necessary

2UGHU1R6XSHUVHGHVRUGHU1R 0DQXIDFWXUHGE\$ODUNR&DUULHU*HE]H7XUNH\
0DQXIDFWXUHUUHVHUYHVWKHULJKWWRFKDQJHDQ\SURGXFWVSHFLÀFDWLRQVZLWKRXWQRWLFH 3ULQWHGLQWKH1HWKHUODQGV
READ AND SAVE THESE INSTRUCTIONS PN 455308

Centrifugal Utility Fans


Model SWB (Series 100 & 200)
®
Models SFB and SFD

Installation, Operation and Maintenance Manual


Serving area: Control bldg Kitchen
MODEL SWB
selected Model: SWB-212- 5
Qty: 1 Series 200
Capacity : 1001 m3/hr
Exhaust Fan

MODEL SFB
MODEL SWB
Series 100

MODEL SFD

TABLE OF CONTENTS
MOTOR AND DRIVE INSTALLATION (UNITS SHIPPED FROM STOCK) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
INSTALLATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
AFFECT OF INSTALLATION ON PERFORMANCE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
UL/cUL 762 – RESTAURANT EXHAUST . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
PRE-STARTING CHECKS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 - 5
BELT DRIVE FAN MAINTENANCE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
BEARING LUBRICATION SCHEDULE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
MOTOR MAINTENANCE (BELT AND DIRECT DRIVE) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
PARTS LIST . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7
TROUBLESHOOTING CHART . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8
MOTOR AND DRIVE INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS
(Model SWB units are shipped from stock without motors or drives)

1. Adjust motor pulley to its closed position for


maximum fan speed or increments of 1/2 turn
open (maximum of 5 turns open) for reduced fan
4. Install shaft pulley to fan shaft.
speed. Tighten set screw on flat area only.

2. Install motor pulley to the motor shaft and install 5. Install drive belt(s). Belts should not be forced over
motor to the motor plate. Prepunched holes are pulleys. Align motor and shaft pulleys with a
provided for most common motor frame sizes. straight edge. Tighten all set screws.

3. If supplied, install taperlock bushing into shaft 6. Adjust belt tension. See page 6 for belt tensioning
pulley. instructions.

2
INSTALLATION AFFECT OF INSTALLATION
Inspect the unit for any damage and report it to the ON PERFORMANCE
shipper immediately. Also, check to see that all Restricted or unstable flow at the fan inlet can
accessory items are accounted for. cause pre-rotation of incoming air or uneven
loading of the fan wheel, yielding large system
Move the fan to the desired location and fasten losses, increased sound levels and structural failure
securely through mounting holes provided in the of the fan wheel. Free discharge or turbulent flow in
base angles. The unit must be set level (shimming the discharge ductwork will also result in system
may be necessary). Flexible duct connections and effect losses.
vibration isolators should be used where noise is a
factor. The examples below show the system layout and
inlet and discharge configurations which can affect
The motor voltage and ampere rating must be fan performance.
checked for compatibility with the electrical supply Good Poor Poor

prior to final electrical connection. Supply wiring to


the fan must be properly fused and conform to local
and national electrical codes.
Good
Good Poor
The discharge is factory set as specified by
customer order, however, it can be rotated to other
discharge positions in the field if necessary. Not greater than 60°
included angle
Removal of the housing bolts allows the discharge 7° Max.
Good Good Good
to be rotated to the clockwise positions below (Fig.
1). For TAD, BD and BAD discharge positions a
portion of the frame angle must be removed.

Poor Good
VIEWED FROM DRIVE SIDE OF THE FAN
Poor

ONE FAN DIA.

Distance should be at
least 1/2 dia.
CW BH CW BAU CW UB CW TAU Good Poor

Poor

CW TH CW TAD CW DB
CW BAD
Fig. 1

Clockwise rotation shown. Counterclockwise


discharge positions are a mirror image of those
shown. The SWB 100 Series is clockwise rotation
only. Fan rotation is always viewed from the drive
side of the housing.

3
INSTALLATION OF UL/cUL 762 LISTED FANS FOR RESTAURANT EXHAUST
The UL/cUL 762 listing for restaurant exhaust is available on SWB 200 Series fan sizes 10-36 with a
weatherhood. UL/cUL 762 fans are listed for a maximum operating temperature of 375°F and include a bolted
access door and 1 in. drain
connection. An outlet guard is strongly Series 200 SWB models are
recommended when the fan discharge listed for grease removal (UL/cUL
762) File no. MH11745.
is accessible. An upblast discharge is
recommended. The fan discharge must
Upblast Discharge
be a minimum of 40 in. above the roof Optional
Companion
line and the exhaust duct must be fully Flange
welded to a distance of 18 in. above
the roof surface.
This drawing is for dimensional
40 in.** Weatherhood
information only. See the latest edition 3 Wheel
Diameters
of NFPA 96 Standard for Ventilation
Control and Fire Protection of 18 in.*
Commercial Cooking Operations for
detailed installation instructions, Duct
materials, duct connections and ** Per NFPA 96 the fan discharge
From
Kitchen * Per NFPA 96 the duct must be
must be a minimum of 40 in. all welded construction to a
clearances. above the roof surface. Hood
minumum distance of 18 in.
above the roof surface.

PRE-STARTING CHECKS
Wheels must rotate freely and not rub on the inlet venturi. Model SWB Overlap
wheels overlap the inlet venturi as shown in Figure 2. Refer to the SWB
fan wheel overlap and radial gap chart for proper dimensions. Radial
Gap

Models SFD and SFB wheels do not overlap the venturi, but have a Wheel

gap between the inlet venturi and the wheel (Fig. 3). Wheel position is
preset at the factory and the unit is test run. Wheel movement may
occur during shipment or installation and wheel alignment may be
necessary.

APPROXIMATE WHEEL CLEARANCE DIMENSIONS


SWB SFD SFB
Unit Overlap (inches) Radial Gap GAP GAP MODEL SWB
Size Series Series (inches) (in.) (in.)
100 200 Fig. 2
6 - - - 3/8 -
7 - - - 3/8 -
9 - - - 1/2 1/2
10 3/8 1/4 5/32 1/2 1/2 Gap
12 3/8 - 5/32 - 1/2
13 7/16 1/4 5/32 - 1/2
15 1/2 1/4 5/32 - 1/2 Wheel
16 1/2 1/4 5/32 - -
18 5/8 3/8 5/32 - 1/2
20 5/8 3/8 5/32 - 5/8
22 11/16 - 5/32 - 5/8
24 3/4 3/8 5/32 - -
25 - - - - 3/4
27 7/8 - 3/16 - 3/4
30 15/16 1/2 3/16 - 3/4
33 1-1/16 - 3/16 - - MODEL SFD OR SFB
36 1-3/16 1/2 3/16 - -
Fig. 3
4
On belt drive units, centering can be accomplished by (1) loosening the inlet cone bolts to move the inlet cone
or by (2) loosening the bearings in order to move the shaft. Wheel and inlet cone overlap can be adjusted by
loosening the wheel hub set screw and moving the wheel to the desired position. Tighten all fasteners and set
screws securely and realign drive pulleys after adjustment. Check pulleys and belts for proper alignment to
avoid unnecessary belt wear, noise, vibration and power loss. Motor and drive shafts must be parallel and
pulleys in line (Fig. 4)

Wrong Wrong Right


Fig. 4

The adjustable motor pulley is set at the factory for the fan RPM specified by the customer. Fan RPM can be
increased by closing or decreased by opening the adjustable motor pulley. Multi-groove variable pitch pulleys
must be adjusted an equal number of turns open or closed. Any increase in fan speed represents a substantial
increase in load on the motor.

To avoid motor overheating and possible burnout, motor load amperes should always be checked and
compared to nameplate rating when fan speed is increased.

WHEELS VIEWED FROM THE DRIVE SIDE

Rotation direction of the wheel is critical and Backward Inclined Rotation


incorrect rotation will result in reduced air
performance, increased motor loading and n
ti o

possible motor burnout. Airflow


R ota

Check wheel rotation by momentarily


energizing the unit and noting if rotation is in
the same direction as the airflow at the outlet
and conforms to the rotation decal affixed to Forward Curved
Rotation
the unit (Fig. 5). NOTE: Models SFD and SFB
units should be operated only when attached
to the system for which they were designed.
Without proper system static pressure the
R ota

motor could be seriously overloaded.


ti o

Airflow n

Fig. 5

WARNING
DISCONNECT AND SECURE TO THE “OFF” POSITION ALL ELECTRICAL POWER TO THE FAN PRIOR
TO INSPECTION OR SERVICING. FAILURE TO COMPLY WITH THIS SAFETY PRECAUTION COULD
RESULT IN SERIOUS INJURY OR DEATH.

5
BLOWER MAINTENANCE (BELT DRIVE)
Be careful not to unseat the seal by over lubricating
Belts tend to stretch after a period of time. They or using excessive pressure. A guide to the amount of
should be periodically checked for tension and wear. grease to be used is to fill 30% to 60% of available
When replacing belts, use the same type as supplied space in the bearing and housing.
with the unit. Replacement of belts should be
accomplished by loosening the tensioning “L-bolts” A high quality lithium based grease conforming to
so the belts may be removed by hand. Do not force NLGI Grade 2 consistency, such as those listed
belts on or off as this may cause breakage of cords below, should be used.
and lead to premature belt failure.
Mobil 532
Belt tension should be adjusted to allow 1/64 in. of Mobilux #2
belt deflection per 1 in. of belt span. For example, a B Shell Alvania #2
16 in. belt span should have 16/64 in. or 1/4 in. of Texaco Multifak #2
deflection with moderate thumb pressure at mid-point Texaco Premium #2
between the pulleys. (Fig. 6). Unirex N2

Belt Span In addition to lubricating the bearings at specified


intervals, set screws in the bearing collars should be
checked for tightness. A bearing collar which has
loosened will cause premature failure of the fan shaft.
Fasteners attaching the bearings to the drive frame
should also be checked.

MOTOR MAINTENANCE
Deflection = Belt Span (BELT AND DIRECT DRIVE)
64
Fig. 6
Motor maintenance is generally limited to cleaning
Shaft bearings are the most critical moving part of a and lubrication (where applicable). Cleaning should be
fan. Therefore, special attention should be given to limited to exterior surfaces only. Removing dust and
keeping the bearings clean and well lubricated. grease build-up on the motor housing assures proper
Proper lubrication provides for reduction in friction motor cooling. Use caution and do not allow water or
and wear, transmission and dissipation of heat, solvents to enter the motor or bearings. Under no
extended bearing life and prevention of rust. circumstances should motors or bearings be sprayed
with steam, water or solvents.
In order for a lubricant to fulfill these tasks, the proper
grease applied at regular intervals is required. See the Greasing of motors is intended only when fittings are
recommended bearing lubrication schedule. provided. Many fractional horsepower motors are
BEARING LUBRICATION SCHEDULE permanently lubricated for life and require no further
FOR GREENHECK UTILITY FANS lubrication. Motors supplied with grease fittings
should be greased in accordance with the
(Relubrication schedule in months) manufacturer’s recommendations.
Shaft Diameter in inches
Fan RPM
3/4 to 11⁄2 13⁄4 to 2
WHEEL AND FASTENER
To 500 6 6 MAINTENANCE
500-1000 6 5
1000-1500 5 4 Wheels require very little attention when exhausting
1500-2000 4 3 clean air, however air heavily laden with grease or dirt
2000-2500 4 2 will tend to accumulate on the wheel causing
2500-3000 3 1 unbalance. Wheels exhausting dirty or grease laden
3000-3500 2 1 air require frequent cleaning to assure smooth and
safe operation.
If unusual conditions exist - temperatures below 32°F
or above 200°F, moisture or contaminants - more All fasteners, including set screws in the bearing
frequent lubrication is required. collars, should be checked for tightness each time
maintenance checks are performed.
With the unit running add grease very slowly with a
manual grease gun until a slight bead of grease forms A proper maintenance program will help preserve the
at the seal. performance and reliability designed into the fan.
6
PARTS LIST

4
7
6
5

2
3
9

10

11
12 14
13
Always provide the unit model and serial number when requesting parts or information.

REPLACEMENT PARTS

1. Scroll housing 6. Drive frame assembly 11. Motor pulley


2. Drive frame - Base angle 7. Pillow block bearings 12. Belt tensioning bolts
3. Intake support panel 8. Fan shaft 13. Motor plate
4. Inlet ring and cone 9. Shaft pulley 14. Motor
5. Wheel (Specify rotation) 10. Belt

7
TROUBLESHOOTING
Problem Cause Corrective Action
Adjust wheel and/or inlet cone. Tighten wheel
Wheel Rubbing Inlet
hub or bearing collars on shaft.
Tighten sheaves on motor/fan shaft. Adjust
belt tension. Align sheaves properly
V-Belt Drive
Excessive (see page 4). Replace worn belts
Noise or sheaves.
Replace defective bearing(s). Lubricate
Bearings
bearings. Tighten collars & fasteners.
Clean all dirt off wheel. Check wheel
Wheel Unbalance
balance, rebalance in place if necessary.
Check wheel for correct rotation.
Low Fan
Increase fan speed.*
CFM
Duct System See page 4.
Fan Decrease fan speed.
High
Resize ductwork. Access door,
CFM Duct System
filters, grills not installed.
Duct system has Change obstructions in system. Use
Static more or less correction factor to adjust for
Pressure restriction than temperature/altitude. Resize ductwork.
Wrong anticipated Clean filters/coils. Change fan speed.*
Check rotation of wheel. Reduce
Fan
fan speed.
High
Resize ductwork. Check proper operation
Horsepower Duct
of face and bypass dampers. Check
System filters and access doors.
Check fuses/circuit breakers. Check for
Electrical
switches off. Check for correct
Supply supply voltage.
Fan
Doesn’t Check for broken belts. Tighten
Drive
Operate loose pulleys.
Assure motor is correct horsepower
Motor
and not tripping overload protector.
Check for excessive or insufficient grease
Lubrication
in the bearing.
Overheated
Bearing Replace damaged bearing. Relieve excessive
Mechanical belt tension. Align bearings.
Check for bent shaft.
NOTE: Always provide the unit model and serial numbers when requesting parts or service information.
*Always check motor amps and compare to nameplate rating. Excessive fan speed may overload the motor and
result in burnout.

WARRANTY
Greenheck warrants this equipment to be free from defects in material and workmanship for a period of one year from the
purchase date. Any units or parts which prove to be defective during the warranty period will be replaced at our option
when returned to our factory, transportation prepaid. Motors are warranted by the motor manufacturer for a period of one
year. Should motors furnished by Greenheck prove defective during this period, they should be returned to the nearest
authorized motor service station. Greenheck will not be responsible for any removal or installation costs.

As a result of our commitment to continuous improvement, Greenheck reserves the right to change specifications without notice.

GREENHECK
P.O. BOX 410 SCHOFIELD, WISCONSIN 54476-0410
PH. 715-359-6171 IOM SWB/SFB/SFD FS
® www.greenheck.com Rev. 4 June 2005
Copyright © 2005 Greenheck Fan Corp.
READ AND SAVE THESE INSTRUCTIONS PN 455308

Centrifugal Utility Fans


Model SWB (Series 100 & 200)
®
Models SFB and SFD

Installation, Operation and Maintenance Manual


Serving area: Control bldg Toilets
MODEL SWB
selected Model: SWB-213- 5
Qty: 1 Series 200
Capacity : 1799 m3/hr
Exhaust Fan

MODEL SFB
MODEL SWB
Series 100

MODEL SFD

TABLE OF CONTENTS
MOTOR AND DRIVE INSTALLATION (UNITS SHIPPED FROM STOCK) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
INSTALLATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
AFFECT OF INSTALLATION ON PERFORMANCE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
UL/cUL 762 – RESTAURANT EXHAUST . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
PRE-STARTING CHECKS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 - 5
BELT DRIVE FAN MAINTENANCE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
BEARING LUBRICATION SCHEDULE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
MOTOR MAINTENANCE (BELT AND DIRECT DRIVE) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
PARTS LIST . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7
TROUBLESHOOTING CHART . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8
MOTOR AND DRIVE INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS
(Model SWB units are shipped from stock without motors or drives)

1. Adjust motor pulley to its closed position for


maximum fan speed or increments of 1/2 turn
open (maximum of 5 turns open) for reduced fan
4. Install shaft pulley to fan shaft.
speed. Tighten set screw on flat area only.

2. Install motor pulley to the motor shaft and install 5. Install drive belt(s). Belts should not be forced over
motor to the motor plate. Prepunched holes are pulleys. Align motor and shaft pulleys with a
provided for most common motor frame sizes. straight edge. Tighten all set screws.

3. If supplied, install taperlock bushing into shaft 6. Adjust belt tension. See page 6 for belt tensioning
pulley. instructions.

2
INSTALLATION AFFECT OF INSTALLATION
Inspect the unit for any damage and report it to the ON PERFORMANCE
shipper immediately. Also, check to see that all Restricted or unstable flow at the fan inlet can
accessory items are accounted for. cause pre-rotation of incoming air or uneven
loading of the fan wheel, yielding large system
Move the fan to the desired location and fasten losses, increased sound levels and structural failure
securely through mounting holes provided in the of the fan wheel. Free discharge or turbulent flow in
base angles. The unit must be set level (shimming the discharge ductwork will also result in system
may be necessary). Flexible duct connections and effect losses.
vibration isolators should be used where noise is a
factor. The examples below show the system layout and
inlet and discharge configurations which can affect
The motor voltage and ampere rating must be fan performance.
checked for compatibility with the electrical supply Good Poor Poor

prior to final electrical connection. Supply wiring to


the fan must be properly fused and conform to local
and national electrical codes.
Good
Good Poor
The discharge is factory set as specified by
customer order, however, it can be rotated to other
discharge positions in the field if necessary. Not greater than 60°
included angle
Removal of the housing bolts allows the discharge 7° Max.
Good Good Good
to be rotated to the clockwise positions below (Fig.
1). For TAD, BD and BAD discharge positions a
portion of the frame angle must be removed.

Poor Good
VIEWED FROM DRIVE SIDE OF THE FAN
Poor

ONE FAN DIA.

Distance should be at
least 1/2 dia.
CW BH CW BAU CW UB CW TAU Good Poor

Poor

CW TH CW TAD CW DB
CW BAD
Fig. 1

Clockwise rotation shown. Counterclockwise


discharge positions are a mirror image of those
shown. The SWB 100 Series is clockwise rotation
only. Fan rotation is always viewed from the drive
side of the housing.

3
INSTALLATION OF UL/cUL 762 LISTED FANS FOR RESTAURANT EXHAUST
The UL/cUL 762 listing for restaurant exhaust is available on SWB 200 Series fan sizes 10-36 with a
weatherhood. UL/cUL 762 fans are listed for a maximum operating temperature of 375°F and include a bolted
access door and 1 in. drain
connection. An outlet guard is strongly Series 200 SWB models are
recommended when the fan discharge listed for grease removal (UL/cUL
762) File no. MH11745.
is accessible. An upblast discharge is
recommended. The fan discharge must
Upblast Discharge
be a minimum of 40 in. above the roof Optional
Companion
line and the exhaust duct must be fully Flange
welded to a distance of 18 in. above
the roof surface.
This drawing is for dimensional
40 in.** Weatherhood
information only. See the latest edition 3 Wheel
Diameters
of NFPA 96 Standard for Ventilation
Control and Fire Protection of 18 in.*
Commercial Cooking Operations for
detailed installation instructions, Duct
materials, duct connections and ** Per NFPA 96 the fan discharge
From
Kitchen * Per NFPA 96 the duct must be
must be a minimum of 40 in. all welded construction to a
clearances. above the roof surface. Hood
minumum distance of 18 in.
above the roof surface.

PRE-STARTING CHECKS
Wheels must rotate freely and not rub on the inlet venturi. Model SWB Overlap
wheels overlap the inlet venturi as shown in Figure 2. Refer to the SWB
fan wheel overlap and radial gap chart for proper dimensions. Radial
Gap

Models SFD and SFB wheels do not overlap the venturi, but have a Wheel

gap between the inlet venturi and the wheel (Fig. 3). Wheel position is
preset at the factory and the unit is test run. Wheel movement may
occur during shipment or installation and wheel alignment may be
necessary.

APPROXIMATE WHEEL CLEARANCE DIMENSIONS


SWB SFD SFB
Unit Overlap (inches) Radial Gap GAP GAP MODEL SWB
Size Series Series (inches) (in.) (in.)
100 200 Fig. 2
6 - - - 3/8 -
7 - - - 3/8 -
9 - - - 1/2 1/2
10 3/8 1/4 5/32 1/2 1/2 Gap
12 3/8 - 5/32 - 1/2
13 7/16 1/4 5/32 - 1/2
15 1/2 1/4 5/32 - 1/2 Wheel
16 1/2 1/4 5/32 - -
18 5/8 3/8 5/32 - 1/2
20 5/8 3/8 5/32 - 5/8
22 11/16 - 5/32 - 5/8
24 3/4 3/8 5/32 - -
25 - - - - 3/4
27 7/8 - 3/16 - 3/4
30 15/16 1/2 3/16 - 3/4
33 1-1/16 - 3/16 - - MODEL SFD OR SFB
36 1-3/16 1/2 3/16 - -
Fig. 3
4
On belt drive units, centering can be accomplished by (1) loosening the inlet cone bolts to move the inlet cone
or by (2) loosening the bearings in order to move the shaft. Wheel and inlet cone overlap can be adjusted by
loosening the wheel hub set screw and moving the wheel to the desired position. Tighten all fasteners and set
screws securely and realign drive pulleys after adjustment. Check pulleys and belts for proper alignment to
avoid unnecessary belt wear, noise, vibration and power loss. Motor and drive shafts must be parallel and
pulleys in line (Fig. 4)

Wrong Wrong Right


Fig. 4

The adjustable motor pulley is set at the factory for the fan RPM specified by the customer. Fan RPM can be
increased by closing or decreased by opening the adjustable motor pulley. Multi-groove variable pitch pulleys
must be adjusted an equal number of turns open or closed. Any increase in fan speed represents a substantial
increase in load on the motor.

To avoid motor overheating and possible burnout, motor load amperes should always be checked and
compared to nameplate rating when fan speed is increased.

WHEELS VIEWED FROM THE DRIVE SIDE

Rotation direction of the wheel is critical and Backward Inclined Rotation


incorrect rotation will result in reduced air
performance, increased motor loading and n
ti o

possible motor burnout. Airflow


R ota

Check wheel rotation by momentarily


energizing the unit and noting if rotation is in
the same direction as the airflow at the outlet
and conforms to the rotation decal affixed to Forward Curved
Rotation
the unit (Fig. 5). NOTE: Models SFD and SFB
units should be operated only when attached
to the system for which they were designed.
Without proper system static pressure the
R ota

motor could be seriously overloaded.


ti o

Airflow n

Fig. 5

WARNING
DISCONNECT AND SECURE TO THE “OFF” POSITION ALL ELECTRICAL POWER TO THE FAN PRIOR
TO INSPECTION OR SERVICING. FAILURE TO COMPLY WITH THIS SAFETY PRECAUTION COULD
RESULT IN SERIOUS INJURY OR DEATH.

5
BLOWER MAINTENANCE (BELT DRIVE)
Be careful not to unseat the seal by over lubricating
Belts tend to stretch after a period of time. They or using excessive pressure. A guide to the amount of
should be periodically checked for tension and wear. grease to be used is to fill 30% to 60% of available
When replacing belts, use the same type as supplied space in the bearing and housing.
with the unit. Replacement of belts should be
accomplished by loosening the tensioning “L-bolts” A high quality lithium based grease conforming to
so the belts may be removed by hand. Do not force NLGI Grade 2 consistency, such as those listed
belts on or off as this may cause breakage of cords below, should be used.
and lead to premature belt failure.
Mobil 532
Belt tension should be adjusted to allow 1/64 in. of Mobilux #2
belt deflection per 1 in. of belt span. For example, a B Shell Alvania #2
16 in. belt span should have 16/64 in. or 1/4 in. of Texaco Multifak #2
deflection with moderate thumb pressure at mid-point Texaco Premium #2
between the pulleys. (Fig. 6). Unirex N2

Belt Span In addition to lubricating the bearings at specified


intervals, set screws in the bearing collars should be
checked for tightness. A bearing collar which has
loosened will cause premature failure of the fan shaft.
Fasteners attaching the bearings to the drive frame
should also be checked.

MOTOR MAINTENANCE
Deflection = Belt Span (BELT AND DIRECT DRIVE)
64
Fig. 6
Motor maintenance is generally limited to cleaning
Shaft bearings are the most critical moving part of a and lubrication (where applicable). Cleaning should be
fan. Therefore, special attention should be given to limited to exterior surfaces only. Removing dust and
keeping the bearings clean and well lubricated. grease build-up on the motor housing assures proper
Proper lubrication provides for reduction in friction motor cooling. Use caution and do not allow water or
and wear, transmission and dissipation of heat, solvents to enter the motor or bearings. Under no
extended bearing life and prevention of rust. circumstances should motors or bearings be sprayed
with steam, water or solvents.
In order for a lubricant to fulfill these tasks, the proper
grease applied at regular intervals is required. See the Greasing of motors is intended only when fittings are
recommended bearing lubrication schedule. provided. Many fractional horsepower motors are
BEARING LUBRICATION SCHEDULE permanently lubricated for life and require no further
FOR GREENHECK UTILITY FANS lubrication. Motors supplied with grease fittings
should be greased in accordance with the
(Relubrication schedule in months) manufacturer’s recommendations.
Shaft Diameter in inches
Fan RPM
3/4 to 11⁄2 13⁄4 to 2
WHEEL AND FASTENER
To 500 6 6 MAINTENANCE
500-1000 6 5
1000-1500 5 4 Wheels require very little attention when exhausting
1500-2000 4 3 clean air, however air heavily laden with grease or dirt
2000-2500 4 2 will tend to accumulate on the wheel causing
2500-3000 3 1 unbalance. Wheels exhausting dirty or grease laden
3000-3500 2 1 air require frequent cleaning to assure smooth and
safe operation.
If unusual conditions exist - temperatures below 32°F
or above 200°F, moisture or contaminants - more All fasteners, including set screws in the bearing
frequent lubrication is required. collars, should be checked for tightness each time
maintenance checks are performed.
With the unit running add grease very slowly with a
manual grease gun until a slight bead of grease forms A proper maintenance program will help preserve the
at the seal. performance and reliability designed into the fan.
6
PARTS LIST

4
7
6
5

2
3
9

10

11
12 14
13
Always provide the unit model and serial number when requesting parts or information.

REPLACEMENT PARTS

1. Scroll housing 6. Drive frame assembly 11. Motor pulley


2. Drive frame - Base angle 7. Pillow block bearings 12. Belt tensioning bolts
3. Intake support panel 8. Fan shaft 13. Motor plate
4. Inlet ring and cone 9. Shaft pulley 14. Motor
5. Wheel (Specify rotation) 10. Belt

7
TROUBLESHOOTING
Problem Cause Corrective Action
Adjust wheel and/or inlet cone. Tighten wheel
Wheel Rubbing Inlet
hub or bearing collars on shaft.
Tighten sheaves on motor/fan shaft. Adjust
belt tension. Align sheaves properly
V-Belt Drive
Excessive (see page 4). Replace worn belts
Noise or sheaves.
Replace defective bearing(s). Lubricate
Bearings
bearings. Tighten collars & fasteners.
Clean all dirt off wheel. Check wheel
Wheel Unbalance
balance, rebalance in place if necessary.
Check wheel for correct rotation.
Low Fan
Increase fan speed.*
CFM
Duct System See page 4.
Fan Decrease fan speed.
High
Resize ductwork. Access door,
CFM Duct System
filters, grills not installed.
Duct system has Change obstructions in system. Use
Static more or less correction factor to adjust for
Pressure restriction than temperature/altitude. Resize ductwork.
Wrong anticipated Clean filters/coils. Change fan speed.*
Check rotation of wheel. Reduce
Fan
fan speed.
High
Resize ductwork. Check proper operation
Horsepower Duct
of face and bypass dampers. Check
System filters and access doors.
Check fuses/circuit breakers. Check for
Electrical
switches off. Check for correct
Supply supply voltage.
Fan
Doesn’t Check for broken belts. Tighten
Drive
Operate loose pulleys.
Assure motor is correct horsepower
Motor
and not tripping overload protector.
Check for excessive or insufficient grease
Lubrication
in the bearing.
Overheated
Bearing Replace damaged bearing. Relieve excessive
Mechanical belt tension. Align bearings.
Check for bent shaft.
NOTE: Always provide the unit model and serial numbers when requesting parts or service information.
*Always check motor amps and compare to nameplate rating. Excessive fan speed may overload the motor and
result in burnout.

WARRANTY
Greenheck warrants this equipment to be free from defects in material and workmanship for a period of one year from the
purchase date. Any units or parts which prove to be defective during the warranty period will be replaced at our option
when returned to our factory, transportation prepaid. Motors are warranted by the motor manufacturer for a period of one
year. Should motors furnished by Greenheck prove defective during this period, they should be returned to the nearest
authorized motor service station. Greenheck will not be responsible for any removal or installation costs.

As a result of our commitment to continuous improvement, Greenheck reserves the right to change specifications without notice.

GREENHECK
P.O. BOX 410 SCHOFIELD, WISCONSIN 54476-0410
PH. 715-359-6171 IOM SWB/SFB/SFD FS
® www.greenheck.com Rev. 4 June 2005
Copyright © 2005 Greenheck Fan Corp.
READ AND SAVE THESE INSTRUCTIONS PN 453148

Serving area: Control bldg Stairwell


Qty : 1
Selected Model: RSFP-200- 100 Roof Supply Fans
® Capacity : 26567 m3/hr
Pressurization Fan
Models RSF and RSFP

Installation, Operation and Maintenance Manual

Model RSF

Model RSFP

Greenheck Model RSF and RSFP fans are thoroughly inspected and test run at the factory, however damage
may occur during handling and shipping. Consequently, it is important to inspect the unit for visible and
concealed damage before beginning installation. Report any damage to the shipper immediately. In addition,
assure all accessory items are accounted for.

Dimensional Data
B SQ. BL SQ.

F
C CL

J
D D
G H
2 1/2 in. 2 1/2 in.
A
A SQ. A SQ.
BASE OF UNIT
RSF RSFP
M
Louver Weights
Fan A B BL K L Nominal
C CL D F G H J M Tiers
Size SQ. SQ. SQ. SQ. SQ. Filter RSFP RSF RSFP L K
SQ. SQ.
90 26 351/8 317/8 231/4 253/8 101/4 121/4 103/4 75/8 67/8 241/2 121/4 61/8 (4) 12x20 3 145 126
100 30 411/8 357/8 231/4 253/8 101/4 135/8 117/8 91/16 83/16 281/2 141/4 71/8 (4) 12x25 3 173 146
120 34 471/8 397/8 271/4 293/8 101/4 161/8 137/8 101/16 815/16 321/2 181/4 71/8 (4) 16x25 4 225 180 M
150 40 531/8 457/8 311/4 333/8 101/4 191/8 161/2 111/4 107/16 381/2 201/4 91/8 (8) 16x20 5 336 250
(4) 16x20 M
180 46 611/8 517/8 341/4 353/8 121/4 221/2 191/2 101/8 113/4 441/2 261/4 91/8 5 400 285
(4) 20x20
OPTIONAL DUCT ADAPTER
200 52 731/8 583/16 391/4 403/8 121/4 231/4 251/4 133/8 143/8 501/2 301/4 101/8 (8) 20x25 6 620 431
All dimensions are in inches.

1
Lifting
Lifting the RSF and RSFP model fans must be done with care to avoid
damaging the housing. For Model RSF attach four lifting devices under the
outer housing, each device beneath the vertical row of fasteners (Fig. 1).
Lifting devices should be a minimum of 3 in. wide to avoid damaging the
sheet metal housing. Do not lift Model RSF near the center of the outer
housing. Fig. 1
For Model RSFP attach a minimum of four lifting devices under an exterior
louver panel, each device near the corner of the louvered housing. Lift Here
Lift Here

Installation
Move the fan to its intended location and fasten it securely through mounting holes provided in the fan base. Shims may be
necessary depending upon thickness of the roofing material. For ducted applications, an optional duct adapter (if provided)
is attached and holds the ductwork in place prior to installing the unit. The following diagram shows a typical installation
with prefab roof curb and ductwork.

TYPICAL INSTALLATION
Curb Recom. Duct Nominal
Fan Roof Size Damper
Size* Opening ID Size
RSF unit with prepunched RSF/RSFP- 90 241/2 15 12 12 x 12
mounting holes and 21/2 inch
RSF/RSFP- 100 281/2 17 14 14 x 14
skirt to aid in installation.
RSF/RSFP- 120 321/2 21 18 18 x 18
Ductwork (by others) RSF/RSFP- 150 381/2 23 20 20 x 20

Duct adapter (optional) allows RSF/RSFP- 180 441/2 29 26 26 x 26


ductwork to be completed RSF/RSFP- 200 501/2 33 30 30 x 30
prior to setting unit on curb.
All dimensions are in inches.
Roof Curb Note: In cases where extreme snow depths may be
encountered, extended base may be required to raise unit
or condensation pans may be required in ductwork.
*Recommended curb size shown is outside curb
dimension without roofing and flashing.

Access to the motor compartment is made by releasing four latches which secure the cover. The cover should be placed in
an area where wind will not blow it off the roof.

Electrical Connection
The electrical supply must be compatible with the fan motor with regard to voltage, phase and amperage capacity.
Moreover, the electrical supply line must be properly fused and conform to local and national electrical codes.
Electrical lead-in wires should be routed through the pre-punched hole in the optional duct adapter (if provided) and the
punched hole in the bottom of the fan housing. Electrical wires must be located so as not to rub on moving components.
The electrical supply line is connected to the optional safety disconnect switch (if provided) or wired directly to the motor.

Pre-Starting Checks

Note: For units shipped with motor and drives separate, refer to the Motor Mounting Instructions included in the hardware
bag.

WARNING!
DISCONNECT AND SECURE TO THE “OFF” POSITION ALL ELECTRICAL POWER TO THE FAN PRIOR TO INSPECTION OR
SERVICING. FAILURE TO COMPLY WITH THIS SAFETY PRECAUTION COULD RESULT IN SERIOUS INJURY OR DEATH.

Check all fasteners and set screws for tightness. Rotate the fan wheel by hand
to assure it turns freely and is centered between the inlets. Check pulleys and
belts for proper alignment to avoid premature belt wear, noise, vibration and
power loss. Motor and fan pulleys must be parallel and in line (Fig. 2).

The adjustable motor pulley is set at the factory for the fan RPM specified. Fan
speed can be increased by closing or decreased by opening the adjustable
motor pulley. Two groove variable pitch pulleys must be adjusted an equal WRONG WRONG CORRECT
Fig. 2
2
number of turns open. Any increase in fan speed results in an increase in horsepower required for the motor. Motor load
amperes should always be checked and compared to nameplate rating when changing fan speed.

Direction of fan wheel rotation is critical. A fan wheel rotating in the wrong
ROTATIO ROT
AT
direction will result in reduced airflow, motor overloading and possible burn- N

IO
out. Check wheel rotation by momentarily turning the fan on.

N
Rotation should be in the same direction as airflow at the outlet. See housing
and wheel examples in Fig. 3. IMPORTANT NOTE: RSF/RSFP fans should be
operated only when attached to the completed system. Without proper
static pressure loading, the motor may be overloaded and burnout may
occur.
Fig. 3 AIRFLOW

Routine Maintenance - See WARNING Page 2


To preserve the reliability and performance designed into the fan, regularly scheduled maintenance should be performed.
Items to be checked at each maintenance interval are filters, belts, bearings, fasteners, lubrication and removal of dust and
dirt.

Filters
1 inch washable aluminum mesh filters are standard on Model RSF and RSFP fans. (Optional 2 inch filters may be supplied
on some fans). Filters should be cleaned on a regular basis for optimum efficiency.

To remove the filters, first remove the fan cover by releasing the four latches. (Place the cover in an area where wind will not
blow it off the roof). The filters can be lifted out and washed in a mild detergent solution. If desired, an adhesive spray
available at most filter distributors can be applied to increase filter efficiency.

Belts
Belt tension should be checked two times during the first 24 hours of
operation and during each scheduled maintenance thereafter. Premature belt
failures are frequently caused by improper belt tension, either too tight or
loose. The proper belt tension for operating a V-belt is the lowest tension at Belt Span
which the belt will not slip at peak load conditions. For initial tensioning, belt
deflection should be 1/64 inch for each inch of belt span, determined by using
moderate thumb pressure half way between pulley centers. For example, the
belt deflection should be 1/2 inch if the belt span is 32 inches (Fig. 4).

Belt tension can be adjusted by loosening the motor plate hinge bolts and
adjusting the jack screws as required. RSF/RSFP units are supplied with Deflection =
either a painted steel motor bracket or a galvanized motor plate for larger Belt Span
motor frames. To adjust belt tension on units equipped with the painted steel 64
motor bracket, simply adjust the single jack screw. Fig. 4

For units equipped with a galvanized motor plate, both jack screws must be adjusted equally. Check pulley and belt
alignment after adjusting belt tension (Fig. 2).

Lubrication
Fan bearings on Model RSF and RSFP are permanently lubricated. Motor bearings equipped with grease fittings should be
lubricated in accordance with instructions on the motor nameplate. Motors without grease fittings are lubricated for life.

Cleaning
Motors and Fan Wheels require periodic cleaning to remove dust and dirt which may accumulate. Motor cleaning should be
limited to the exterior surface only. Removing dust and dirt from the motor housing assists in motor cooling and prolongs
motor life. Motors should never be sprayed with steam, water or solvents.
Fan wheels which are left to accumulate dust and dirt will have poor air performance, loss of efficiency and possible
damaging vibration due to an unbalanced condition.

Periodic cleaning is a good investment in preserving the reliability and performance designed into the fan.

3
PARTS LIST

Blower Unit

Filters
*Motor Plate

Shaft Pulley
Motor

Blower Mounting Angle

Motor Pulley

Belt
Shock Mounts (4)

*Galvanized motor plate shown. Painted steel motor bracket used on units with smaller motor frame sizes.

Note: The unit serial number, located on the Greenheck name tag, should be provided when requesting parts or
information.

Warranty
Greenheck warrants this equipment to be free from defects in material and workmanship for a period of one year from
the purchase date. Any units or parts which prove to be defective during the warranty period will be replaced at our
option when returned to our factory, transportation prepaid.
The motor is warranted by the motor manufacturer for a period of one year. Should the motor furnished by Greenheck
prove defective during this period, it should be returned to the nearest authorized motor service station. Greenheck
will not be responsible for any removal or installation costs.

As a result of our commitment to continuous improvement, Greenheck reserves the right to change specifications without notice.

GREENHECK
P.O. BOX 410 SCHOFIELD, WISCONSIN 54476-0410
PH. 715-359-6171
® www.greenheck.com
RSF/RSFP IOM
#453148 Rev 2 Dec 2004
Copyright © 2004 Greenheck Fan Corp.
SIDI KRIR POWER STATION 750 MW COMBINED CYCLE PROJECT
MECHANICAL EQUIPMENT / PIPE INSTALLATION

WEST DELTA ELECTRICITY PRODUCTION COMPANY

POWER GENERATION ENGINEERING AND SERVICES COMPANY

Installation, Operation & Maintenance Manual for


CW Pump House # Ventilation Fans

This document is confidential and is the property of Toshiba Plant Systems & Services Corporation. It must not be copied, loaned or transferred, nor must the information it
contains be disclosed to any third party without their written permission.
P.O. Box 410
Schofield, WI 54476

Phone: 715.359.6171
www.greenheck.com

PROTECTING AND REPAIRING THE FINISH


These recommendations are intended to assist architects, contractors, owners, building managers,
etc., who are concerned with the care and maintenance of painted &/or anodized architectural
aluminum. The information contains suggested methods as an aid in establishing safe, sound
cleaning and maintenance procedures.

TODAY'S HIGH QUALITY PAINTED AND ANODIZED FINISHES ARE EXTREMELY


DURABLE. But even the best finish needs a little TLC; and with the most careful treatment of
the louvers or architectural products during installation and daily use, occasional damage will
occur.

This article discusses the recommended care of painted or anodized finishes on architectural
metal and looks at three levels of concern: Care and Cleaning, Minor Repairs, and More
Complex Refinishing.

The Care and Cleaning of Painted Material


Today’s factory applied heat-cured painted finishes are durable and very colorfast. The Kynar
and Hylar based products that meet the AAMA 2605 specification and/or ASCA 96 with trade
names such as Duranar by PPG, Fluropon by Valspar or Trinar by Akzo-Nobel are warranted to
retain their color and gloss level for many years. However, to assure that they retain their original
beauty, even these highly durable finishes should be cleaned occasionally. When selecting a
cleaning solution use mild soap solutions that are safe for use with your bare hands such as those
products that one would use to wash a car. Avoid the use of strong acid or alkali cleaners as they
may damage the finish.

Solvents no stronger than mineral spirits or denatured alcohol may be used to remove grease,
sealants or other materials. Never mix cleaners or cleaners and solvents as the resultant mixture
can cause harmful or even dangerous results. Do not use abrasive cleaners or materials such as
steel wool or abrasive brushes, which can also harm the surface.

Once heavy soil, grease or sealant is removed the mild soap solution should be applied with a
soft cloth, sponge or soft brush. Rinse the surface thoroughly with clean water and dry with a
soft cloth.

In coastal areas where the finish is exposed to salt spray or in areas containing heavy industrial
pollutants the cleaning should take place on a regular basis. For example cleaning the painted
finish can be scheduled as a part of the regular maintenance program for glass cleaning.
Cleaning Anodized Material
Anodized material has an extremely hard surface that is very colorfast and mar resistant. The
Class I clear or color anodized finishes applied by a computer automated, high quality
commercial anodizer specializing in architectural finishing will provide consistent color and long
product life in a variety of applications.

Much like painted surfaces, an anodized finish should be cleaned using mild soap solutions to
retain its original beauty. Products that are safe for use with bare hands including most
commercial cleaning products can be safely used. The cleaning solution should be applied with a
soft cloth, sponge or brush. Avoid the use of strong acid or alkali cleaners.

Severely soiled anodized surfaces can be cleaned a little more aggressively than painted surfaces.
For example, slight scuffmarks and rub marks on an anodized surface can be removed with a
mild abrasive pad such as the Scotch-Brite pad. Use the pad to remove the mark, then clean the
surface using the mild soap solution. Rinse the surface thoroughly with clean water and dry with
a soft cloth.

As with painted surfaces, in coastal areas where the finish is exposed to salt spray or in areas
containing heavy industrial pollutants the cleaning should take place on a regular maintenance
program.

Field Touch Up
It is almost a given that some damage will occur and touchup work will be required during or
after installation. But the good news is that both painted and anodized surface damage can be
easily repaired if the damage is slight such as a scratch or rub mark. Minor painted surface
damage can be sanded prior to touchup painting with excellent results. For scratches or gouges
use a relatively course grit paper to remove the damage, then use progressively finer paper to
remove the sanding marks, finishing with a 180 to 220 grit paper.

Sanding of anodized material that is going to be touched up is not recommended. The anodized
surface is aluminum oxide, which is generally harder than the sandpaper. Some rub marks on an
anodized surface can be removed with a mild abrasive pad such as the Scotch-Brits pad prior to
touch up painting.

Custom finishers usually supply a limited mount of touch-up paint with the project material.
Touchup paint is supplied in small aerosols or bottles with a built in brush for easy application
and is to be applied very sparingly. It is intended to cover small blemishes or to touchup exposed
cut ends on fabricated parts. It is not intended for use on large areas of more than a few square
inches. The color will closely match the factory applied painted or anodized finish, however the
finish is not as hard nor performance the same as the baked on finishes. After cleaning the area to
be touched up, wipe the area with denatured alcohol to remove any moisture or cleaning residue
and apply the touchup per the finisher’s instructions. Use caution as excessive use of touch up
paint may void the original finisher’s warranty.
Part #458066
Model LSF Assembly


Assembly Instructions
Serving area: CWP House bldg
Qty : 4
Selected Model: LSF-36- 100
Capacity: 41230 m3/hr
Supply Fan

How to use this manual


Read and save these instructions. This manual is designed to assist with the assembly of Greenheck Model LSF
Louvered Supply Fans. It contains detailed assembly instructions, parts and hardware lists, as well as step-by-
step renderings.

Complete descriptions and renderings of all parts and hardware items can be found on pages 2-4. Procedures
described in this manual should be followed in the order they appear.

Receiving and Handling


Upon receiving the equipment, check for both obvious and hidden damage. If damage is found, record all
necessary information on the bill of lading and file a claim with the final carrier. Check to be sure that all parts of
the shipment, including accessories and hardware, are present.

NOTE
Rooftop assembly is recommended. Fan should be
assembled on previously mounted roof curb.

®
Model LSF Assembly 1
LSF 24, 27 AND 30

7
2

5 3

1
9 8
4

PARTS LIST
Item No. Description Quantity
1 Louver Assembly, End 2
2 Louver Assembly, Side 2
3 Base Panel 4
4 Filters See page 12
5 Blower Assembly
6 Curb Adapter Panel (shown upside down) 4
7 Hood Panel, Center 1
8 Reinforcing Angle for Base Panel 2
9 Gusset 4
Hardware Package #821385 See page 4

2 Model LSF Assembly ®


LSF 33 AND 36

8
7

11

3 1
4
5
10 9

PARTS LIST
Item No. Description Quantity
1 Louver Assembly, End 2
2 Louver Assembly, Side, with Spacer 2
3 Base Panel 4
4 Filters See page 12
5 Blower Assembly
6 Curb Adapter Panel (shown upside down) 4
7 Hood Panel, Center 1
8 Hood Panel, Side 2
9 Reinforcing Angle for Base Panel 2
10 Gusset 4
11 Hood Support Rail 2
Hardware Package #821246 See page 4

®
Model LSF Assembly 3
LSF 24 - 30 LSF 33 - 36
Hardware Hardware
HARDWARE PACKAGE AND FASTENER DETAILS Package Package
#821385 #821246
Part
Item Description Quantity
Number
415006 Sheet Metal Screw, Indented Hex Washer, Zinc Plated, #14 x 1-1/2 inch 6 6
415203 Sheet Metal Screw, Phillips Oval Head, Stainless Steel, #10 x 1-1/4 inch 96 96
415439 Sheet Metal Screw, Indented Hex Washer, Stainless Steel, #12 x 5/8 inch 70 70
415041 Thread Cutting Screw, Indented Hex Washer Head, Zinc Plated, 5/16 inch - 18 x 1 inch 21 33
415005 Thread Cutting Screw, Indented Hex Washer Head, Zinc Plated, 3/8 inch - 16 x 1 inch 2 2
415225 Thread Cutting Screw, Indented Hex Washer Head, Zinc Plated, 5/16 inch - 18 x 5/8 inch 0 8
415729 Machine Screw, Phillips Truss Head, Stainless Steel, 1/4 inch - 20 x 5/8 inch 10 0
415486 Serrated Flange Fastener (Whiz Lock Screw), Zinc Plated, 5/16 inch - 18 x 1 inch 8 8
415837 Lock Washer, Stainless Steel, 1/4 inch 10 0
415457 Nut, Serrated, Zinc Plated, 3/8 inch - 16 2 2
415456 Nut, Zinc Plated, 5/16 inch - 18 8 8
415099 Nut, Stainless Steel, 1/4 inch - 20 10 0
415220 Tinnerman Clip, 5/16 inch - 18 21 21
370022 Grommet, Neoprene 1 1
450023 Rod, Retainer Pin (not shown) 4 0
506023 Louver Bracket (not shown) 4 0
Note: Depending on unit size, all hardware may not be used. Drawing is not to scale.

415006 415203 415439 415041

415005 415225 415729 415486 415837

415457 415456 415099 415220 370022


4 Model LSF Assembly ®
Step 1
Locate and identify parts as listed on Parts List
and Hardware Package and Fastener Details
List on pages 2 and 3. See exploded view for
assistance in identifying parts.

Step 2
Place duct adapter panels upside down so that
the screws can be inserted into the predrilled
holes in the flanges. Fasten the panels together
as shown using the #12 x 5/8 inch stainless sheet
metal screws.

Step 3
Install the neoprene grommet in wiring hole.

Step 4
Flip over the duct adapter panels and apply 3/4 x
3/4 inch gray adhesive-backed foam tape to top
of duct adapter around the edge of the opening
at the proper location; noting the size of the unit.
(The roll of foam tape will be attached to the
blower assembly).

Sizes 24, 27, 30 – flush with edge, all around

Size 33 – flush with edge on long sides, 3/4 inch


away from edge on short sides

Size 36 – flush with edge on long sides, 1-1/4 inch


away on short sides

Step 5
Mount assembled duct adapter onto preexisting
roof curb. Align the adapter squarely on the curb
and nail through the prepunched mounting holes
(nails not provided).

Step 6
Place and align the blower assembly on the duct
adapter—being sure to place the motor near the
wiring hole in the duct adapter. NOTE: Blower
frame will extend 3/4 inch over each end of the
curb. Make sure the frame is centered on the curb.

Step 7
Using the 1/4 inch x 1-1/2 inch lag bolts, fasten
the blower assembly to the curb aligning the
prepunched holes in the blower assembly and
duct adapter.

Step 8
Locate the two (2) wood shipping blocks between
blower assembly frame and isolation base.
Remove and discard the hardware and the blocks.

Step 9
To begin installation of the base panels, remove
the lifting lugs. Save the lifting lugs and mounting
hardware. They will be reused in Step 10.

®
Model LSF Assembly 5
Step 10
Set one (1) end panel in place on the end of the
support frame.

Replace the lifting lugs, reusing the hardware


to fasten the panel in place. Do not tighten the
hardware completely until instructed to do so. Use
a 3/8 inch-16x1 inch thread cutting screw in the
center of the end base panel between the lifting
lugs. Do not tighten completely Repeat Step 10 for
the other end base panel.

Step 11
Install reinforcing angle on the two (2) side base
panels. Use #12 x 5/8 inch stainless sheet metal
screws for each reinforcing angle.

Step 12
Place the side base panel with reinforcing angle
on the duct adapter and fasten at both ends using
#12 x 5/8 inch stainless metal screws along both
vertical edges. Repeat Step 12 for the other side
base panel.

Step 13
Install corner gussets on the surface of the duct
adapter and fasten to the bottom corners of the
base panels, using four (4) #12 x 5/8 inch stainless
sheet metal screws in each gusset.

Step 14
Tighten the two (2) bolts in each lifting lug as well
as the one in the center of the base panel that
were not tightened in Step 10.

6 Model LSF Assembly ®


Step 15
Install Tinnerman clips in the slots preprunched at
the top of the base panels.

Step 16
Set one (1) section of the end louver assemblies
(without a cover) in place on an end base panel
(panels with lifting lugs). Fasten posts on louver
assemblies with 5/16 inch-18x1 inch thread
cutting screws, using the prepunched holes in the
posts and Tinnerman clips already installed in the
base panels. Repeat Step 16 for opposite louver
end assembly.

LSF Sizes 24–30 continue on page 8


STOP LSF Sizes 33–36 continue on page 10

®
Model LSF Assembly 7
LSF Sizes 24, 27 and 30

Step 17
Set in place one (1) side louver assembly (with
hood panel). Use 5/16 inch -18 x 1 inch thread
cutting screws to fasten posts to base panels as
in Step 16. Using #12 x 5/8 inch stainless sheet
metal screws, fasten the corner posts of the
adjoining sides together at the top and bottom.
Use four (4) screws per louver assembly. Repeat
Step 17 for opposite side louver assembly.

Step 18
Fasten mitered louver corners with #10 x 1-1/4 inch
sheet metal screws.

Step 19
Slide the filters into their racks using the diagram
on page 12 as a guide for proper size, location and
orientation of the filters.

8 Model LSF Assembly ®


LSF Sizes 24, 27 and 30

Step 20
Set center hood cover on top of louver
assemblies. Slowly close the side hood panels,
one at a time, adjusting the center section
slightly—if necessary—to attain a proper
alignment of all three hood panels.

Step 21
To secure the center hood, locate the center hood
latch. Mark where the slot meets the top louver.
Drill a 9/64 inch hole and insert one (1) sheet metal
screw through center hood latch and top louver.
Repeat Step 21 for opposite side of center hood.

Step 22
Set in place hasp bracket through hood latch.
Hold hasp bracket in place and swing hood panel
open. Mark hasp hole locations on top louver and
drill 1/4 inch holes at each mark. Insert one (1) 1/4
inch - 20 x 1/2 inch machine screw through the
hasp bracket and top louver. Fasten by attaching
one (1) 1/4 inch lock washer and one (1) 1/4 inch
x 20 hex nut to each screw. Follow the same
procedure for the other end of the hood. Repeat
Step 22 for the opposite side hood.

Step 23
Close side hood panels and insert rod retainer pin Fasten
through louver bracket to secure side hood panel. Here
Join side hoods to center hood along hood seams
using four (4) 5/16 inch - 18 x 1 inch serrated
flange fasteners and four (4) 5/16 inch - 18 nuts on
each flange.

Step 24
Using prepunched mounting holes in base panels,
fasten unit to roof curb nailer (fasteners not
provided).

Completed LSF
Size 24, 27 or 30

®
Model LSF Assembly 9
LSF Sizes 33 and 36

Step 17
Set in place one (1) side louver assembly with
spacer. Use 5/16 inch -18 x 1 inch thread cutting
screws to fasten posts to base panels as in Step
16. Using #12 x 5/8 inch sheet metal screws,
fasten louver spacer to corner post of end
assembly at the top and bottom. Use four (4)
screws per louver assembly. Repeat Step 17 for
opposite side louver assembly.

Step 18
Fasten mitered louver corners with #10 x 1-1/4 inch
sheet metal screws.

Step 19
Slide the filters into their racks using the diagram
on page 12 as a guide for proper size, location and
orientation of the filters.

10 Model LSF Assembly ®


LSF Sizes 33 and 26

Step 20
Set in place hood support rails over center posts,
leaving one (1) post between for spacing. Use 5/16
inch - 18 x 5/8 inch thread cutting screws to fasten
hood support rails to center posts; four (4) screws
per center post.

Step 21
Set center hood cover on top of hood support
rails. Align slots in center hood to holes in hood
support rails.

Step 22
Set side hood cover panels on top of unit, one
on each side of center hood. Use thread cutting
screws to fasten hood panels to corner mount
brackets and hood support rails. Join side hoods
to center hood along hood seams using four (4)
5/16 inch - 18 x 1 inch serrated flange fasteners
and four (4) 5/16 inch - 18 nuts on each flange.

Step 23
Using prepunched mounting holes in base panels,
Fasten
fasten unit to roof curb nailer (fasteners not Here
provided).

®
Model LSF Assembly 11
LSF Filter Sizes and Quantities
All sides are identical.

Size 24 Size 27 Size 30

16 x 20 16 x 20 16 x 20 16 x 20 16 x 25 16 x 20 16 x 25 16 x 25 16 x 25

16 x 20 16 x 20 16 x 20 16 x 20 16 x 25 16 x 20 20 x 25 20 x 25 20 x 25

Size 33 Size 36

20 x 20 20 x 20 20 x 20 20 x 20 20 x 20 20 x 25 20 x 25 20 x 20

20 x 20 20 x 20 20 x 20 20 x 20 25 x 20 25 x 25 25 x 25 25 x 20

Unit Size
Filter
24 27 30 33 36
Size
16 x 20 24 16

20 x 20 32 8

20 x 25 12 16

16 x 25 8 12

25 x 25 8

Warranty

Greenheck warrants this equipment to be free from defects in material and workmanship for a period of one year from
the purchase date. Any units or parts which prove defective during the warranty period will be replaced at our option
when returned to our factory, transportation prepaid. Motors are warranted by the motor manufacturer for a period of
one year. Should motors furnished by Greenheck prove defective during this period, they should be returned to the
nearest authorized motor service station. Greenheck will not be responsible for any removal or installation costs.

As a result of our commitment to continuous improvement, Greenheck reserves the right to change specifications
without notice.

Greenheck Catalog LSF provides additional information AMCA Publication 410-96, Safety Practices for Users and
describing the equipment, fan performance, available Installers of Industrial and Commercial Fans, provides
accessories, and specification data. additional safety information. This publication can be
obtained from AMCA International, Inc. at: www.amca.org.

1IPOF 
t'BY 
t&NBJMHGDJOGP!HSFFOIFDLDPNtWebsite: www.greenheck.com

12 t-4'"TTFNCMZ 3FW "VHVTU $PQZSJHIUª(SFFOIFDL'BO$PSQPSBUJPO


SIDI KRIR POWER STATION 750 MW COMBINED CYCLE PROJECT
MECHANICAL EQUIPMENT / PIPE INSTALLATION

WEST DELTA ELECTRICITY PRODUCTION COMPANY

POWER GENERATION ENGINEERING AND SERVICES COMPANY

Installation, Operation & Maintenance Manual for


CW Pump Electrical Equipment Bldg
# Ventilation Fans & AC Units

This document is confidential and is the property of Toshiba Plant Systems & Services Corporation. It must not be copied, loaned or transferred, nor must the information it
contains be disclosed to any third party without their written permission.
READ AND SAVE THESE INSTRUCTIONS PN 453148

Serving area: CWPE Equipment bldg


Qty : 2
Selected Model: RSFP-200- 30 Roof Supply Fans
® Capacity : 14462 m3/hr
Supply Roof Fan
Models RSF and RSFP

Installation, Operation and Maintenance Manual

Model RSF

Model RSFP

Greenheck Model RSF and RSFP fans are thoroughly inspected and test run at the factory, however damage
may occur during handling and shipping. Consequently, it is important to inspect the unit for visible and
concealed damage before beginning installation. Report any damage to the shipper immediately. In addition,
assure all accessory items are accounted for.

Dimensional Data
B SQ. BL SQ.

F
C CL

J
D D
G H
2 1/2 in. 2 1/2 in.
A
A SQ. A SQ.
BASE OF UNIT
RSF RSFP
M
Louver Weights
Fan A B BL K L Nominal
C CL D F G H J M Tiers
Size SQ. SQ. SQ. SQ. SQ. Filter RSFP RSF RSFP L K
SQ. SQ.
90 26 351/8 317/8 231/4 253/8 101/4 121/4 103/4 75/8 67/8 241/2 121/4 61/8 (4) 12x20 3 145 126
100 30 411/8 357/8 231/4 253/8 101/4 135/8 117/8 91/16 83/16 281/2 141/4 71/8 (4) 12x25 3 173 146
120 34 471/8 397/8 271/4 293/8 101/4 161/8 137/8 101/16 815/16 321/2 181/4 71/8 (4) 16x25 4 225 180 M
150 40 531/8 457/8 311/4 333/8 101/4 191/8 161/2 111/4 107/16 381/2 201/4 91/8 (8) 16x20 5 336 250
(4) 16x20 M
180 46 611/8 517/8 341/4 353/8 121/4 221/2 191/2 101/8 113/4 441/2 261/4 91/8 5 400 285
(4) 20x20
OPTIONAL DUCT ADAPTER
200 52 731/8 583/16 391/4 403/8 121/4 231/4 251/4 133/8 143/8 501/2 301/4 101/8 (8) 20x25 6 620 431
All dimensions are in inches.

1
Lifting
Lifting the RSF and RSFP model fans must be done with care to avoid
damaging the housing. For Model RSF attach four lifting devices under the
outer housing, each device beneath the vertical row of fasteners (Fig. 1).
Lifting devices should be a minimum of 3 in. wide to avoid damaging the
sheet metal housing. Do not lift Model RSF near the center of the outer
housing. Fig. 1
For Model RSFP attach a minimum of four lifting devices under an exterior
louver panel, each device near the corner of the louvered housing. Lift Here
Lift Here

Installation
Move the fan to its intended location and fasten it securely through mounting holes provided in the fan base. Shims may be
necessary depending upon thickness of the roofing material. For ducted applications, an optional duct adapter (if provided)
is attached and holds the ductwork in place prior to installing the unit. The following diagram shows a typical installation
with prefab roof curb and ductwork.

TYPICAL INSTALLATION
Curb Recom. Duct Nominal
Fan Roof Size Damper
Size* Opening ID Size
RSF unit with prepunched RSF/RSFP- 90 241/2 15 12 12 x 12
mounting holes and 21/2 inch
RSF/RSFP- 100 281/2 17 14 14 x 14
skirt to aid in installation.
RSF/RSFP- 120 321/2 21 18 18 x 18
Ductwork (by others) RSF/RSFP- 150 381/2 23 20 20 x 20

Duct adapter (optional) allows RSF/RSFP- 180 441/2 29 26 26 x 26


ductwork to be completed RSF/RSFP- 200 501/2 33 30 30 x 30
prior to setting unit on curb.
All dimensions are in inches.
Roof Curb Note: In cases where extreme snow depths may be
encountered, extended base may be required to raise unit
or condensation pans may be required in ductwork.
*Recommended curb size shown is outside curb
dimension without roofing and flashing.

Access to the motor compartment is made by releasing four latches which secure the cover. The cover should be placed in
an area where wind will not blow it off the roof.

Electrical Connection
The electrical supply must be compatible with the fan motor with regard to voltage, phase and amperage capacity.
Moreover, the electrical supply line must be properly fused and conform to local and national electrical codes.
Electrical lead-in wires should be routed through the pre-punched hole in the optional duct adapter (if provided) and the
punched hole in the bottom of the fan housing. Electrical wires must be located so as not to rub on moving components.
The electrical supply line is connected to the optional safety disconnect switch (if provided) or wired directly to the motor.

Pre-Starting Checks

Note: For units shipped with motor and drives separate, refer to the Motor Mounting Instructions included in the hardware
bag.

WARNING!
DISCONNECT AND SECURE TO THE “OFF” POSITION ALL ELECTRICAL POWER TO THE FAN PRIOR TO INSPECTION OR
SERVICING. FAILURE TO COMPLY WITH THIS SAFETY PRECAUTION COULD RESULT IN SERIOUS INJURY OR DEATH.

Check all fasteners and set screws for tightness. Rotate the fan wheel by hand
to assure it turns freely and is centered between the inlets. Check pulleys and
belts for proper alignment to avoid premature belt wear, noise, vibration and
power loss. Motor and fan pulleys must be parallel and in line (Fig. 2).

The adjustable motor pulley is set at the factory for the fan RPM specified. Fan
speed can be increased by closing or decreased by opening the adjustable
motor pulley. Two groove variable pitch pulleys must be adjusted an equal WRONG WRONG CORRECT
Fig. 2
2
number of turns open. Any increase in fan speed results in an increase in horsepower required for the motor. Motor load
amperes should always be checked and compared to nameplate rating when changing fan speed.

Direction of fan wheel rotation is critical. A fan wheel rotating in the wrong
ROTATIO ROT
AT
direction will result in reduced airflow, motor overloading and possible burn- N

IO
out. Check wheel rotation by momentarily turning the fan on.

N
Rotation should be in the same direction as airflow at the outlet. See housing
and wheel examples in Fig. 3. IMPORTANT NOTE: RSF/RSFP fans should be
operated only when attached to the completed system. Without proper
static pressure loading, the motor may be overloaded and burnout may
occur.
Fig. 3 AIRFLOW

Routine Maintenance - See WARNING Page 2


To preserve the reliability and performance designed into the fan, regularly scheduled maintenance should be performed.
Items to be checked at each maintenance interval are filters, belts, bearings, fasteners, lubrication and removal of dust and
dirt.

Filters
1 inch washable aluminum mesh filters are standard on Model RSF and RSFP fans. (Optional 2 inch filters may be supplied
on some fans). Filters should be cleaned on a regular basis for optimum efficiency.

To remove the filters, first remove the fan cover by releasing the four latches. (Place the cover in an area where wind will not
blow it off the roof). The filters can be lifted out and washed in a mild detergent solution. If desired, an adhesive spray
available at most filter distributors can be applied to increase filter efficiency.

Belts
Belt tension should be checked two times during the first 24 hours of
operation and during each scheduled maintenance thereafter. Premature belt
failures are frequently caused by improper belt tension, either too tight or
loose. The proper belt tension for operating a V-belt is the lowest tension at Belt Span
which the belt will not slip at peak load conditions. For initial tensioning, belt
deflection should be 1/64 inch for each inch of belt span, determined by using
moderate thumb pressure half way between pulley centers. For example, the
belt deflection should be 1/2 inch if the belt span is 32 inches (Fig. 4).

Belt tension can be adjusted by loosening the motor plate hinge bolts and
adjusting the jack screws as required. RSF/RSFP units are supplied with Deflection =
either a painted steel motor bracket or a galvanized motor plate for larger Belt Span
motor frames. To adjust belt tension on units equipped with the painted steel 64
motor bracket, simply adjust the single jack screw. Fig. 4

For units equipped with a galvanized motor plate, both jack screws must be adjusted equally. Check pulley and belt
alignment after adjusting belt tension (Fig. 2).

Lubrication
Fan bearings on Model RSF and RSFP are permanently lubricated. Motor bearings equipped with grease fittings should be
lubricated in accordance with instructions on the motor nameplate. Motors without grease fittings are lubricated for life.

Cleaning
Motors and Fan Wheels require periodic cleaning to remove dust and dirt which may accumulate. Motor cleaning should be
limited to the exterior surface only. Removing dust and dirt from the motor housing assists in motor cooling and prolongs
motor life. Motors should never be sprayed with steam, water or solvents.
Fan wheels which are left to accumulate dust and dirt will have poor air performance, loss of efficiency and possible
damaging vibration due to an unbalanced condition.

Periodic cleaning is a good investment in preserving the reliability and performance designed into the fan.

3
PARTS LIST

Blower Unit

Filters
*Motor Plate

Shaft Pulley
Motor

Blower Mounting Angle

Motor Pulley

Belt
Shock Mounts (4)

*Galvanized motor plate shown. Painted steel motor bracket used on units with smaller motor frame sizes.

Note: The unit serial number, located on the Greenheck name tag, should be provided when requesting parts or
information.

Warranty
Greenheck warrants this equipment to be free from defects in material and workmanship for a period of one year from
the purchase date. Any units or parts which prove to be defective during the warranty period will be replaced at our
option when returned to our factory, transportation prepaid.
The motor is warranted by the motor manufacturer for a period of one year. Should the motor furnished by Greenheck
prove defective during this period, it should be returned to the nearest authorized motor service station. Greenheck
will not be responsible for any removal or installation costs.

As a result of our commitment to continuous improvement, Greenheck reserves the right to change specifications without notice.

GREENHECK
P.O. BOX 410 SCHOFIELD, WISCONSIN 54476-0410
PH. 715-359-6171
® www.greenheck.com
RSF/RSFP IOM
#453148 Rev 2 Dec 2004
Copyright © 2004 Greenheck Fan Corp.
Serving Area: CWEE Dcs room
QTY: 4 ( 2 Working + 2 Stand by )R
Selected Model: TTK 530 - MCD 530 R

Installation
Operation
Maintenance
MCD/MWD
512-518-524-530-536-048-060
Ductable ceiling-suspended unit

SS-SVX07A-E4
General information

Foreword About the unit


These Installation Operation and MCD/MWD units are assembled,
Maintenance instructions are given pressure tested, dehydrated, charged
as a guide to good practice in the and run tested before shipment.
installation, start-up, operation and MCD units are designed to operate
periodic maintenance by the user of in cooling mode only, whereas MWD
MCD/MWD. They do not contain the can operate in cooling or heating
full service procedures necessary for modes. This unit with its mounted
the continued successful operation accessories is in conformity with the
of this equipment. The services of a provisions of the low voltage
qualified service technician should directive 73/23/EEC and
be employed, through the medium electromagnetic compatibility
of a maintenance contract with a directive 89/336/EEC as amended,
reputable service company. and in conformity with nation
implementing legislation.
Warranty
Warranty is based on the general Reception
terms and conditions of the On arrival, inspect the unit before
constructor. The warranty is void if signing the delivery note. Specify
the equipment is modified or any damage on the delivery note,
repaired without the written and send a registered letter of
approval of the constructor, if the protest to the last carrier of the
operating limits are exceeded, or if goods within 72 hours of delivery.
the control system or the electrical Notify the local sales office at the
wiring is modified. Damage due to same time. The unit should be totally
misuse, lack of maintenance, or inspected within 7 days of delivery.
failure to comply with the If any concealed damage is
manufacturer's instructions, is not discovered, send a registered letter
covered by the warranty obligation. of protest to the carrier within 7 days
If the user does not conform to the of delivery and notify the local sales
rules of chapter "Maintenance", it office. Units are shipped with the
may entail cancellation of warranty refrigerant operating or holding
and liabilities by the constructor. charge and should be examined with
an electronic leak detector to
determine the hermetic integrity of
About this manual the unit. The refrigerant charge is not
The information contained in this included in the standard Warranty
manual applies to units designated Cover.
MCD/MWD. Cautions appear at
appropriate places in this instruction
manual. Your personal safety and the Refrigerant
proper operation of this machine The refrigerant provided by the
require that you follow them constructor meets all the
carefully. The constructor assumes requirements of our units. When
no liability for installations or using recycled or reprocessed
servicing performed by unqualified refrigerant, it is advisable to ensure
personnel. Read this manual its quality is equivalent to that of a
carefully and the manual on the new refrigerant. For this, it is
installation of the outdoor unit necessary to have a precise analysis
before starting to install the system. made by a specialized laboratory. If
this condition is not respected, the
constructor warranty could be
cancelled. Do not release refrigerant
into the atmosphere.

©American Standard Inc. 2004 SS-SVX07A-E4


Contents

General information
Foreword 2
Warranty 2
General information 2
Reception 2
Refrigerant 2

Installation
Before starting 4
General data 5
Operating limits 13
Power and control wiring 14
Choice of installation position 15
Refrigerant connections 16
Condensate connections 18
Electrical connections 18
Connecting the ducts 19
Filtering 19
Installing the wired controller 19

Operation
Creating a vacuum 20
Additional refrigerant charge 20
Fan speed 21
Configuration and operation 21
Before start-up by a qualified technician 21
Unit display and emergency switch operation 21
Wired controller operation 21
Wireless controller operation 21

Maintenance
Periodic maintenance 23
Troubleshooting 24
Controller troubleshooting 26
Safety recommendations 28
Maintenance contract 28
Training 28

SS-SVX07A-E4 3
Installation

Before starting Table 1 - Recommended sections of


electric wires (power link)
Creation of refrigerant lines
To create the refrigerant lines you Unit size Section Maximum fuse size
512 2.5 mm² 16 aM
will need refrigeration quality 518 - 524 2.5 mm² 32 aM
annealed copper tubing. These tubes 530 - 536 RB/SB 4.0 mm² 40 aM
are available on the local market 530 - 536 RB/SB 2.5 mm² 32 aM
048 - 060 2.5 mm² 32 aM
together with the insulation and
mounting equipment. These units Figure 1 - Unit description
must be connected using screw
connections/flare type for unit sizes 2

512 to 536 and brazed connections 1

for unit sizes 048-060.

3
Electrical connections

Use insulated copper wire. The
section of the core varies depending
on the length required. Refer to 5

table 1 for the recommended 4

sections. The wiring and electrical


connections must comply with 1 =
Direct expansion coil
national electricity regulations. 2 =
Fan assembly
Check that the electrical 3 =
Control panel
characteristics on the nameplate 4 =
Cooling mode expansion device
(sizes 530-060)
correspond to those of the national
5 = Refrigerant connections
grid. The electrical installation shall (screw connections/flare type for unit sizes
include a disconnect switch in 512 to 536 and brazed connections for unit
compliance with local electrical sizes 048-060)
regulations.

WARNING!
Never open the indoor or outdoor
unit without first disconnecting the
power supply. There is a risk of
electrocution.

4 SS-SVX07A-E4
Installation

General data
Table 2 - Cooling only R407C (1/2)
Performances TTK 512 RB TTK 518 RB TTK 524 RB TTK 530 SB TTK 530 SC
Indoor unit MCD 512 CB MCD 518 CB MCD 524 CB MCD 530 CB MCD 530 CB
Cooling Capacity (1) (kW) 3.16 4.56 6.76 8.60 8.60
Power Input (kW) 1.27 1.88 2.87 3.41 3.41
Main Power supply (V/Ph/Hz) 230/1/50 230/1/50 230/1/50 230/1/50 400/3/50
Sound Power Level in high speed (dB(A)) 36 43 40 44 44
Units Amps
Current (A) 6.4 9.6 12.8 19.8 7.7
Starting Amps (A) 28.7 44.0 72.0 97.0 45.5
Recommended Fuse size (AM) type gG 16 20 20 25 20
Recommended Power Wire nb wires x mm2 3 x 1.5 3 x 2.5 3 x 2.5 3x4 4 x 2.5
Recommended Control Interconnection Wire nb wires x mm2 2 x 1.5 2 x 1.5 2 x 1.5 2 x 1.5 2 x 1.5
Max wire length (2) (m) 50 50 50 50 50
Compressor
Number 1 1 1 1 1
Type Rotary Rotary Rotary Scroll Scroll
Model RE 207 VHSMT PE 31 VNEMT NE 41 VNHMT ZR 40 K3E PFJ ZR 40 K3E TFD
Number of speeds 1 1 1 1 1
Number of motors 1 1 1 1 1
Maximum Continuous Current (A) 6.0 9.0 12.2 18.7 6.6
Locked Rotor Amps (A) 28 43 71 100 46
Motor RPM (rpm) 2850 2900 2900 2900 2900
Crankcase Heater (W) - - - - -
Outdoor Coil
Fin Type Wavy 3B Wavy 3B Wavy 3B Wavy 3B Wavy 3B
Tube size (mm) 9.52 9.52 9.52 9.52 9.52
Tube Type Inner Groove Inner Groove Inner Groove Inner Groove Inner Groove
Height (mm) 508 559 559 762 762
Length (mm) 420 755 755 855 855
Face Area (m2) 0.213 0.420 0.420 0.650 0.650
Number of rows 2 2 2 2 2
Number of circuits 1 2 2 4 4
Fins per feet (fpf) 180 180 180 180 180
Outdoor Fan
Type Axial Axial Axial Axial Axial
Number 1 1 1 1 1
Diameter mm (inches) 406(16) 457(18) 457(18) 508(20) 508(20))
Number of speeds 1 1 1 1 1
Airflow (3) (4) (m3/h) 1050 2020 2020 3400 3400
Number of motors 1 1 1 1 1
Motor (4) (kW) 0.08 0.14 0.14 0.229 0.229
Rated Amps (4) (A) 0.35 0.60 0.60 1.05 1.05
Locked rotor Amps (4) (A) 0.70 1.00 1.00 2.04 2.04
Motor RPM (rpm) 930 930 930 900 900
Capacitor per fan (µF) 2.5 2 2 5 5
Power supply (V/Ph/Hz) 230/1/50 230/1/50 230/1/50 230/1/50 230/1/50
Indoor Fan
Airflow (3) (4) (m3/h) 550 820 1100 1370 1370
Expansion device
Cooling mode Orifice Orifice Orifice Orifice Orifice
Dimensions crated
Length (mm) 672 860 860 1045 1045
Width (mm) 357 340 340 380 380
Height (mm) 577 580 580 790 790
Dimensions uncrated
Length with feet (mm) 667 821 821 1100 1100
Length without feet (mm) 667 821 821 1003 1003
Width with feet (mm) 332 400 400 365 365
Width without feet (mm) 277 327 327 365 365
Height (mm) 517 567 567 790 790
Weight
Weight uncrated (kg) 36 54 58 87 87
Weight crated (kg) 37 56 60 89 89
Refrigerant Connections
Type Flare Flare Flare Flare Flare
Suction line (inches) 1/2 5/8 5/8 3/4 3/4
Liquid line (inches) 1/4 3/8 3/8 3/8 3/8
R407C Refrigerant Charge (kg) 1.1 1.6 2.2 2.5 2.5

Notes:
(1) at 27°C db /19°C wb indoor and 35°C outdoor
(2) Wire channel @ 35°C ambient max.
(3) at nominal airflow with standard drive
(4) for fan system

SS-SVX07A-E4 5
Installation

Table 2 - Cooling only R407C (2/2)


Performances TTK 536 SB TTK 536 SC TTK 048 SC TTK 060 SC
Indoor unit MCD 536 CB MCD 536 CB MCD 048 CB MCD 060 CB
Cooling Capacity (1) (kW) 9.42 9.42 13.14 14.90
Power Input (kW) 4.35 4.35 5.25 6.37
Main Power supply (V/Ph/Hz) 230/1/50 400/3/50 400/3/50 400/3/50
Sound Power Level in high speed (dB(A)) 44 44 53 63
Units Amps
Current (A) 24.6 11.1 11.3 12.7
Starting Amps (A) 116.0 52.0 64.0 72.5
Recommended Fuse size (AM) type gG 40 20 20 20
Recommended Power Wire nb wires x mm2 3x6 4 x 2.5 4 x 2.5 4 x 2.5
Recommended Control Interconnection Wire nb wires x mm2 2 x 1.5 2 x 1.5 2 x 1.5 2 x 1.5
Max wire length (2) (m) 50 50 50 50
Compressor
Number 1 1 1 1
Type Scroll Scroll Scroll Scroll
Model ZR 48 K3E PFJ ZR 48 K3E TFD ZR 61 KCE TFD ZR 72 KCE TFD
Number of speeds 1 1 1 1
Number of motors 1 1 1 1
Maximum Continuous Current (A) 23.5 10.0 10.0 11.4
Locked Rotor Amps (A) 114 50 65.5 74
Motor RPM (rpm) 2900 2900 2900 2900
Crankcase Heater (W) - - - -
Outdoor Coil
Fin Type Wavy 3B Wavy 3B Wavy 3B Wavy 3B
Tube size (mm) 9.52 9.52 9.52 9.52
Tube Type Inner Groove Inner Groove Inner Groove Inner Groove
Height (mm) 762 762 1219 1219
Length (mm) 855 855 855 855
Face Area (m2) 0.650 0.650 1.048 1.048
Number of rows 2 2 2 2
Number of circuits 4 4 6 6
Fins per feet (fpf) 180 180 240 240
Outdoor Fan
Type Axial Axial Axial Axial
Number 1 1 2 2
Diameter mm (inches) 508(20) 508(20) 457(18) 457(18)
Number of speeds 1 1 1 1
Airflow (3) (4) (m3/h) 3400 3400 4600 4600
Number of motors 1 1 2 2
Motor (4) (kW) 0.229 0.229 0.29 0.29
Rated Amps (4) (A) 1.05 1.05 1.20 1.20
Locked rotor Amps (4) (A) 2.04 2.04 2.00 2.00
Motor RPM (rpm) 900 900 930 930
Capacitor per fan (µF) 5 5 4 4
Power supply (V/Ph/Hz) 230/1/50 230/1/50 230/1/50 230/1/50
Indoor Fan
Airflow (3) (4) (m3/h) 1650 1650 2190 2300
Expansion device
Cooling mode Orifice Orifice Orifice Orifice
Dimensions crated
Length (mm) 1045 1045 1045 1045
Width (mm) 380 380 390 390
Height (mm) 790 790 1389 1389
Dimensions uncrated
Length with feet (mm) 1100 1100 1030 1030
Length without feet (mm) 1003 1003 1030 1030
Width with feet (mm) 365 365 420 420
Width without feet (mm) 365 365 366 366
Height (mm) 790 790 1246 1246
Weight
Weight uncrated (kg) 89 89 105 108
Weight crated (kg) 91 91 108 111
Refrigerant Connections
Type Flare Flare Braze Braze
Suction line (inches) 3/4 3/4 1 1/8 1 1/8
Liquid line (inches) 3/8 3/8 3/8 3/8
R407C Refrigerant Charge (kg) 2.5 2.5 3.8 4.2

Notes:
(1) at 27°C db /19°C wb indoor and 35°C outdoor
(2) Wire channel @ 35°C ambient max.
(3) at nominal airflow with standard drive
(4) for fan system

6 SS-SVX07A-E4
Installation

Table 3 - Cooling only R22 (1/2)


Performances TTK 512 RB TTK 518 RB TTK 524 KB TTK 530 KB
Indoor unit MCD 512 DB MCD 518 DB MCD 524 DB MCD 530 DB
Cooling Capacity (1) (kW) 3.30 5.00 6.40 8.30
Power Input (kW) 1.51 1.62 2.70 3.30
Main Power supply (V/Ph/Hz) 230/1/50 230/1/50 230/1/50 230/1/50
Sound Power Level in high speed (dB(A)) 36 43 40 44
Units Amps
Current (A) 6.0 8.0 11.3 19.1
Starting Amps (A) 28.7 44.0 72.0 97.0
Recommended Fuse size (AM) type gG 16 20 20 25
Recommended Power Wire nb wires x mm2 3 x 1.5 3 x 2.5 3 x 2.5 3x4
Recommended Control Interconnection Wire nb wires x mm2 2 x 1.5 2 x 1.5 2 x 1.5 2 x 1.5
Max wire length (2) (m) 50 50 50 50
Compressor
Number 1 1 1 1
Type Rotary Rotary Rotary Reciprocating
Model RH207 VHAT PH31 VNET CK32K3-PFZ CR37KQ-PFT
Number of speeds 1 1 1 1
Number of motors 1 1 1 1
Maximum Continuous Current (A) 5.5 7.0 11.0 18.5
Locked Rotor Amps (A) 31 43 75 85.5
Motor RPM (rpm) 2850 2900 2900 2900
Crankcase Heater (W) - - - -
Outdoor Coil
Fin Type Wavy 3B Wavy 3B Wavy 3B Wavy 3B
Tube size (mm) 9.52 10.52 11.52 12.52
Tube Type Inner Groove Inner Groove Inner Groove Inner Groove
Height (mm) 508 559 559 762
Length (mm) 420 755 755 855
Face Area (m2) 0.213 0.420 0.420 0.650
Number of rows 2 2 2 2
Number of circuits 2 4 4 4
Fins per feet (fpf) 180 180 180 180
Outdoor Fan
Type Axial Axial Axial Axial
Number 1 1 1 1
Diameter mm (inches) 406(16) 457(18) 457(18) 508(20)
Number of speeds 1 1 1 1
Airflow (3) (4) (m3/h) 1050 2020 2020 3400
Number of motors 1 1 1 1
Motor (4) (kW) 0.08 0.14 0.14 0.23
Rated Amps (4) (A) 0.35 0.60 0.60 1.05
Locked rotor Amps (4) (A) 0.70 1.00 1.00 2.04
Motor RPM (rpm) 930 930 930 900
Capacitor per fan (µF) 2.5 2 2 5
Power supply (V/Ph/Hz) 230/1/50 230/1/50 230/1/50 230/1/50
Indoor Fan
Airflow (3) (4) (m3/h) 550 820 1100 1370
Expansion device
Cooling mode Orifice Orifice Orifice Orifice
Dimensions crated
Length (mm) 672 860 860 1045
Width (mm) 357 340 340 380
Height (mm) 577 580 580 790
Dimensions uncrated
Length with feet (mm) 667 821 821 1100
Length without feet (mm) 667 821 821 1003
Width with feet (mm) 332 400 400 365
Width without feet (mm) 277 327 327 365
Height (mm) 517 567 567 790
Weight
Weight uncrated (kg) 36 54 58 87
Weight crated (kg) 37 56 60 89
Refrigerant Connections
Type Flare Flare Flare Flare
Suction line (inches) 1/2 5/8 5/8 3/4
Liquid line (inches) 1/4 3/8 3/8 3/8
R22 Refrigerant Charge (kg) 1.2 1.9 2.5 3.6
Notes:
(1) at 27°C db /19°C wb indoor and 35°C outdoor
(2) Wire channel @ 35°C ambient max.
(3) at nominal airflow with standard drive
(4) for fan system

SS-SVX07A-E4 7
Installation

Table 3 - Cooling only R22 (2/2)


Performances TTK 536 KB TTK 048 KC TTK 060 KC
Indoor unit MCD 536 DB MCD 048 DB MCD 060 DB
Cooling Capacity (1) (kW) 9.90 13.50 15.80
Power Input (kW) 4.20 5.10 5.90
Main Power supply (V/Ph/Hz) 230/1/50 400/3/50 400/3/50
Sound Power Level in high speed (dB(A)) 44 53 63
Units Amps
Current (A) 21.9 9.0 10.6
Starting Amps (A) 116.0 64.0 72.5
Recommended Fuse size (AM) type gG 40 20 20
Recommended Power Wire nb wires x mm2 3x6 4 x 2.5 4 x 2.5
Recommended Control Interconnection Wire nb wires x mm2 2 x 1.5 2 x 1.5 2 x 1.5
Max wire length (2) (m) 50 50 50
Compressor
Number 1 1 1
Type Reciprocating Reciprocating Reciprocating
Model CR47KQ-PFZ CRPQ-0450-TFD CRNQ-0500-TFD
Number of speeds 1 1 1
Number of motors 1 1 1
Maximum Continuous Current (A) 21.0 8.0 10.0
Locked Rotor Amps (A) 105 55 65
Motor RPM (rpm) 2900 2900 2900
Crankcase Heater (W) - 27 27
Outdoor Coil
Fin Type Wavy 3B Wavy 3B Wavy 3B
Tube size (mm) 13.52 14.52 15.52
Tube Type Inner Groove Inner Groove Inner Groove
Height (mm) 762 1219 1219
Length (mm) 855 855 855
Face Area (m2) 0.650 1.048 1.048
Number of rows 2 2 2
Number of circuits 4 6 6
Fins per feet (fpf) 180 240 240
Outdoor Fan
Type Axial Axial Axial
Number 1 2 2
Diameter mm (inches) 508(20) 457(18) 457(18)
Number of speeds 1 1 1
Airflow (3) (4) (m3/h) 3400 4600 4600
Number of motors 1 2 2
Motor (4) (kW) 0.23 0.29 0.29
Rated Amps (4) (A) 1.05 1.20 1.20
Locked rotor Amps (4) (A) 2.04 2.00 2.00
Motor RPM (rpm) 900 930 930
Capacitor per fan (µF) 5 4 4
Power supply (V/Ph/Hz) 230/1/50 230/1/50 230/1/50
Indoor Fan
Airflow (3) (4) (m3/h) 1650 2190 2300
Expansion device
Cooling mode Orifice TXV TXV
Dimensions crated
Length (mm) 1045 1045 1045
Width (mm) 380 390 390
Height (mm) 790 1389 1389
Dimensions uncrated
Length with feet (mm) 1100 1030 1030
Length without feet (mm) 1003 1030 1030
Width with feet (mm) 365 420 420
Width without feet (mm) 365 366 366
Height (mm) 790 1246 1246
Weight
Weight uncrated (kg) 89 105 108
Weight crated (kg) 91 108 111
Refrigerant Connections
Type Flare Flare Flare
Suction line (inches) 3/4 1 1/8 1 1/8
Liquid line (inches) 3/8 3/8 3/8
R22 Refrigerant Charge (kg) 3.8 3.5 4.5
Notes:
(1) at 27°C db /19°C wb indoor and 35°C outdoor
(2) Wire channel @ 35°C ambient max.
(3) at nominal airflow with standard drive
(4) for fan system

8 SS-SVX07A-E4
Installation

Table 4 - Heat pump R407C (1/2)


Performances TWK 512 RB TWK 518 RB TWK 524 RB TWK 530 SB TWK 530 SC
Indoor unit MWD 512 CB MWD 518 CB MWD 524 CB MWD 530 CB MWD 530 CB
Cooling Capacity (1) (kW) 2.97 4.28 6.08 7.95 7.95
Cooling mode power input (kW) 1.46 1.54 2.60 3.26 3.26
Heating Capacity (2) (kW) 3.40 4.61 6.78 8.82 8.82
Heating mode power input (kW) 1.16 1.30 2.13 2.83 2.83
Main Power supply (V/Ph/Hz) 230/1/50 230/1/50 230/1/50 230/1/50 400/3/50
Sound Power Level in high speed (dB(A)) 36 43 40 44 44
Units Amps
Current (A) 6.4 9.6 12.8 19.8 7.7
Starting Amps (A) 28.7 44.0 72.0 97.0 45.5
Recommended Fuse size(AM) type gG 16 20 20 25 20
Recommended Power Wire nb wires x mm2 3 x 1.5 3 x 2.5 3 x 2.5 3x4 4 x 2.5
Recommended Control Interconnection Wire nb wires x mm2 2 x 1.5 2 x 1.5 2 x 1.5 2 x 1.5 2 x 1.5
Max wire length (3) (m) 50 50 50 50 50
Compressor
Number 1 1 1 1 1
Type Rotary Rotary Rotary Scroll Scroll
Model RE 207 VHSMT PE 31 VNEMT NE 41 VNHMT ZR 40 K3E PFJ ZR 40 K3E TFD
Number of speeds 1 1 1 1 1
Number of motors 1 1 1 1 1
Maximum Continuous Current (A) 6.0 9.0 12.2 18.7 6.6
Locked Rotor Amps (A) 28.0 43.0 71.0 100.0 46.0
Motor RPM (rpm) 2850 2900 2900 2900 2900
Crankcase Heater (W) - - - - -
Outdoor Coil
Fin Type Wavy 3B Wavy 3B Wavy 3B Wavy 3B Wavy 3B
Tube size (mm) 9.52 9.52 9.52 9.52 9.52
Tube Type Inner Groove Inner Groove Inner Groove Inner Groove Inner Groove
Height (mm) 508 559 610 762 762
Length (mm) 420 755 855 855 855
Face Area (m2) 0.213 0.420 0.521 0.650 0.650
Number of rows 2 2 2 2 2
Number of circuits 2 4 2 3 3
Fins per feet (fpf) 180 180 240 180 180
Outdoor Fan
Type Axial Axial Axial Axial Axial
Number 1 1 1 1 1
Diameter mm (inches) 406(16) 457(18) 457(18) 508(20) 508(20)
Number of speeds 1 1 1 1 1
Airflow (4) (5) (m3/h) 1050 2020 2020 3400 3400
Number of motors 1 1 1 1 1
Motor (5) (kW) 0.08 0.14 0.14 0.229 0.229
Rated Amps (5) (A) 0.35 0.60 0.60 1.05 1.05
Locked rotor Amps (5) (A) 0.70 1.00 1.00 2.04 2.04
Motor RPM (rpm) 930 930 930 900 900
Capacitor per fan (µF) 2.5 2 2 5 5
Power supply (V/Ph/Hz) 230/1/50 230/1/50 230/1/50 230/1/50 230/1/50
Indoor Fan
Airflow (3) (4) (m3/h) 550 820 1100 1370 1370
Expansion device
Cooling mode Orifice Orifice Orifice Orifice Orifice
Dimensions crated
Length (mm) 672 860 1045 1045 1045
Width (mm) 357 340 390 380 380
Height (mm) 577 580 695 790 790
Dimensions uncrated
Length with feet (mm) 667 821 1030 1100 1100
Length without feet (mm) 667 821 1030 1003 1003
Width with feet (mm) 332 400 420 365 365
Width without feet (mm) 277 327 366 365 365
Height (mm) 517 567 623 790 790
Weight
Weight uncrated (kg) 36 54 58 87 87
Weight crated (kg) 37 56 60 89 89
Refrigerant Connections
Type Flare Flare Flare Flare Flare
Suction line (inches) 1/2 5/8 5/8 3/4 3/4
Liquid line (inches) 1/4 3/8 3/8 3/8 3/8
R407C Refrigerant Charge (kg) 1.0 1.7 2.3 2.4 2.4
Notes:
(1) at 27°C db /19°C wb indoor and 35°C outdoor
(2) at 7°C db /6°C wb outdoor and 20°C indoor
(3) Wire channel @ 35°C ambient max.
(4) at nominal airflow with standard drive
(5) for fan system

SS-SVX07A-E4 9
Installation

Table 4 - Heat pump R407C (2/2)


Performances TWK 536 SB TWK 536 SC TWK 048 SC TWK 060 SC
Indoor unit MWD 536 CB MWD 536 CB MWD 048 CB MWD 060 CB
Cooling Capacity (1) (kW) 9.05 9.05 11.00 12.40
Cooling mode power input (kW) 3.99 3.99 4.86 5.73
Heating Capacity (2) (kW) 11.20 11.20 13.70 15.30
Heating mode power input (kW) 3.56 3.56 4.38 4.91
Main Power supply (V/Ph/Hz) 230/1/50 400/3/50 400/3/50 400/3/50
Sound Power Level in high speed (dB(A)) 44 44 53 63
Units Amps
Current (A) 6.24.6 11.1 11.3 12.7
Starting Amps (A) 116.0 52.0 64.0 72.5
Recommended Fuse size (AM) type gG 40 20 20 20
Recommended Power Wire nb wires x mm2 3x6 4 x 2.5 4 x 2.5 4 x 2.5
Recommended Control Interconnection Wire nb wires x mm2 2 x 1.5 2 x 1.5 2 x 1.5 2 x 1.5
Max wire length (3) (m) 50 50 50 50
Compressor
Number 1 1 1 1
Type Scroll Scroll Scroll Scroll
Model ZR 48 K3E PFJ ZR 48 K3E TFD ZR 61 KCE TFD ZR 72 KCE TFD
Number of speeds 1 1 1 1
Number of motors 1 1 1 1
Maximum Continuous Current (A) 23.5 10.0 10.0 11.4
Locked Rotor Amps (A) 114.0 50.0 65.5 74.0
Motor RPM (rpm) 2900 2900 2900 2900
Crankcase Heater (W) - - - -
Outdoor Coil
Fin Type Wavy 3B Wavy 3B Wavy 3B Wavy 3B
Tube size (mm) 9.52 9.52 9.52 9.52
Tube Type Inner Groove Inner Groove Inner Groove Inner Groove
Height (mm) 762 762 1219 1219
Length (mm) 855 855 855 855
Face Area (m2) 0.650 0.650 1.048 1.048
Number of rows 2 2 2 2
Number of circuits 2 2 4 4
Fins per feet (fpf) 180 180 240 240
Outdoor Fan
Type Axial Axial Axial Axial
Number 1 1 2 2
Diameter mm (inches) 508(20) 508(20) 457(18) 457(18)
Number of speeds 1 1 1 1
Airflow (4) (5) (m3/h) 3400 3400 4600 4600
Number of motors 1 1 2 2
Motor (5) (kW) 0.229 0.229 0.29 0.29
Rated Amps (5) (A) 1.05 1.05 1.20 1.20
Locked rotor Amps (5) (A) 2.04 2.04 2.00 2.00
Motor RPM (rpm) 900 900 930 930
Capacitor per fan (µF) 5 5 4 4
Power supply (V/Ph/Hz) 230/1/50 230/1/50 230/1/50 230/1/50
Indoor Fan
Airflow (3) (4) (m3/h) 1650 1650 2190 2300
Expansion device
Cooling mode Orifice Orifice Orifice Orifice
Dimensions crated
Length (mm) 1045 1045 1045 1045
Width (mm) 380 380 390 390
Height (mm) 790 790 1389 1389
Dimensions uncrated
Length with feet (mm) 1100 1100 1030 1030
Length without feet (mm) 1003 1003 1030 1030
Width with feet (mm) 365 365 420 420
Width without feet (mm) 365 365 366 366
Height (mm) 790 790 1246 1246
Weight
Weight uncrated (kg) 89 89 105 108
Weight crated (kg) 91 91 108 111
Refrigerant Connections
Type Flare Flare Braze Braze
Suction line (inches) 3/4 3/4 1 1/8 1 1/8
Liquid line (inches) 3/8 3/8 3/8 3/8
R407C Refrigerant Charge (kg) 2.6 2.6 3.3 3.75
Notes:
(1) at 27°C db /19°C wb indoor and 35°C outdoor
(2) at 7°C db /6°C wb outdoor and 20°C indoor
(3) Wire channel @ 35°C ambient max.
(4) at nominal airflow with standard drive
(5) for fan system

10 SS-SVX07A-E4
Installation

Table 5 - Heat pump R22 (1/2)


Performances TWK 512 RB TWK 518 RB TWK 524 KB TWK 530 KB
Indoor unit MWD 512 DB MWD 518 DB MWD 524 DB MWD 530 DB
Cooling Capacity (1) (kW) 3.30 5.00 6.40 8.30
Cooling mode power input (kW) 1.51 1.62 2.70 3.30
Heating Capacity (2) (kW) 3.50 5.90 7.50 9.30
Heating mode power input (kW) 1.20 1.35 2.21 2.92
Main Power supply (V/Ph/Hz) 230/1/50 230/1/50 230/1/50 230/1/50
Sound Power Level in high speed (dB(A)) 36 43 40 44
Units Amps
Current (A) 6.0 8.0 11.3 19.1
Starting Amps (A) 28.7 44.0 72.0 97.0
Recommended Fuse size (AM) type gG 16 20 20 25
Recommended Power Wire nb wires x mm2 3 x 1.5 3 x 2.5 3 x 2.5 3x4
Recommended Control Interconnection Wire nb wires x mm2 2 x 1.5 2 x 1.5 2 x 1.5 2 x 1.5
Max wire length (2) (m) 50 50 50 50
Compressor
Number 1 1 1 1
Type Rotary Rotary Rotary Reciprocating
Model RH207 VHAT PH31 VNET CK32K3-PFZ CR37KQ-PFT
Number of speeds 1 1 1 1
Number of motors 1 1 1 1
Maximum Continuous Current (A) 5.5 7.0 11.0 18.5
Locked Rotor Amps (A) 31.0 43.0 75.0 85.5
Motor RPM (rpm) 2850 2900 2900 2900
Crankcase Heater (W) - - - -
Outdoor Coil
Fin Type Wavy 3B Wavy 3B Wavy 3B Wavy 3B
Tube size (mm) 9.52 10.52 11.52 12.52
Tube Type Inner Groove Inner Groove Inner Groove Inner Groove
Height (mm) 508 559 559 762
Length (mm) 420 755 755 855
Face Area (m2) 0.213 0.420 0.420 0.650
Number of rows 2 2 2 2
Number of circuits 2 4 4 4
Fins per feet (fpf) 180 180 180 180
Outdoor Fan
Type Axial Axial Axial Axial
Number 1 1 1 1
Diameter mm (inches) 406(16) 457(18) 457(18) 508(20)
Number of speeds 1 1 1 1
Airflow (3) (4) (m3/h) 1050 2020 2020 3400
Number of motors 1 1 1 1
Motor (4) (kW) 0.08 0.14 0.14 0.23
Rated Amps (4) (A) 0.35 0.60 0.60 1.05
Locked rotor Amps (4) (A) 0.7 1 1 2.04
Motor RPM (rpm) 930 930 930 900
Capacitor per fan (µF) 2.5 2 2 5
Power supply (V/Ph/Hz) 230/1/50 230/1/50 230/1/50 230/1/50
Indoor Fan
Airflow (3) (4) (m3/h) 550 820 1100 1370
Expansion device
Cooling mode Orifice Orifice Orifice Orifice
Dimensions crated
Length (mm) 672 860 860 1045
Width (mm) 357 340 340 380
Height (mm) 577 580 580 790
Dimensions uncrated
Length with feet (mm) 667 821 821 1100
Length without feet (mm) 667 821 821 1003
Width with feet (mm) 332 400 400 365
Width without feet (mm) 277 327 327 365
Height (mm) 517 567 567 790
Weight
Weight uncrated (kg) 36 54 58 87
Weight crated (kg) 37 56 60 89
Refrigerant Connections
Type Flare Flare Flare Flare
Suction line (inches) 1/2 5/8 5/8 3/4
Liquid line (inches) 1/4 3/8 3/8 3/8
R22 Refrigerant Charge (kg) 1.2 1.4 1.7 2.4
Notes:
(1) at 27°C db /19°C wb indoor and 35°C outdoor
(2) at 7°C db /6°C wb outdoor and 20°C indoor
(3) Wire channel @ 35°C ambient max.
(4) at nominal airflow with standard drive
(5) for fan system

SS-SVX07A-E4 11
Installation

Table 5 - Heat pump R22 (2/2)


Performances TWK 536 KB TWK 048 KC TWK 060 KC
Indoor unit MWD 536 DB MWD 048 DB MWD 060 DB
Cooling Capacity (1) (kW) 9.90 13.50 15.80
Cooling mode power input (kW) 4.2 5.10 5.90
Heating Capacity (2) (kW) 11.10 15.10 17.70
Heating mode power input (kW) 3.66 4.45 5.20
Main Power supply (V/Ph/Hz) 230/1/50 400/3/50 400/3/50
Sound Power Level in high speed (dB(A)) 44 53 63
Units Amps
Current (A) 21.9 9.0 10.6
Starting Amps (A) 116.0 64.0 72.5
Recommended Fuse size (AM) type gG 40 20 20
Recommended Power Wire nb wires x mm2 3x6 4 x 2.5 4 x 2.5
Recommended Control Interconnection Wire nb wires x mm2 2 x 1.5 2 x 1.5 2 x 1.5
Max wire length (2) (m) 50 50 50
Compressor
Number 1 1 1
Type Reciprocating Reciprocating Reciprocating
Model CR47KQ-PFZ CRPQ-0450-TFD CRNQ-0500-TFD
Number of speeds 1 1 1
Number of motors 1 1 1
Maximum Continuous Current (A) 21.0 8.0 10.0
Locked Rotor Amps (A) 105.0 55.0 65.0
Motor RPM (rpm) 2900 2900 2900
Crankcase Heater (W) - 27 27
Outdoor Coil
Fin Type Wavy 3B Wavy 3B Wavy 3B
Tube size (mm) 13.52 14.52 15.52
Tube Type Inner Groove Inner Groove Inner Groove
Height (mm) 762 1219 1219
Length (mm) 855 855 855
Face Area (m2) 0.650 1.048 1.048
Number of rows 2 2 2
Number of circuits 4 6 6
Fins per feet (fpf) 180 240 240
Outdoor Fan
Type Axial Axial Axial
Number 1 2 2
Diameter mm (inches) 508(20) 457(18) 457(18)
Number of speeds 1 1 1
Airflow (3) (4) (m3/h) 3400 4600 4600
Number of motors 1 2 2
Motor (4) (kW) 0.23 0.29 0.29
Rated Amps (4) (A) 1.05 1.20 1.20
Locked rotor Amps (4) (A) 2.04 2 2
Motor RPM (rpm) 900 930 930
Capacitor per fan (µF) 5 4 4
Power supply (V/Ph/Hz) 230/1/50 230/1/50 230/1/50
Indoor Fan
Airflow (3) (4) (m3/h) 1650 2190 2300
Expansion device
Cooling mode Orifice TXV TXV
Dimensions crated
Length (mm) 1045 1045 1045
Width (mm) 380 390 390
Height (mm) 790 1389 1389
Dimensions uncrated
Length with feet (mm) 1100 1030 1030
Length without feet (mm) 1003 1030 1030
Width with feet (mm) 365 420 420
Width without feet (mm) 365 366 366
Height (mm) 790 1246 1246
Weight
Weight uncrated (kg) 89 105 108
Weight crated (kg) 91 108 111
Refrigerant Connections
Type Flare Flare Flare
Suction line (inches) 3/4 1 1/8 1 1/8
Liquid line (inches) 3/8 3/8 3/8
R22 Refrigerant Charge (kg) 2.6 3.5 4.5
Notes:
(1) at 27°C db /19°C wb indoor and 35°C outdoor
(2) at 7°C db /6°C wb outdoor and 20°C indoor
(3) Wire channel @ 35°C ambient max.
(4) at nominal airflow with standard drive
(5) for fan system

12 SS-SVX07A-E4
Installation

Dimensions
Figure 2 - Unit dimensions

Table 6 - Unit dimensions (inch/mm)


A B C D E F G H
MCD/MWD 512 23 (578) 12 (305) 38.5 (980) 31.6 ( 803) 6.7 (170) 3.3 (87) 8.3 (210) 4.3 (110)
MCD/MWD 518 23 (578) 12 (305) 38.5 ( 980) 31.6 ( 803) 6.7 (170) 3.3 (87) 8.3 (210) 4.3 (110)
MCD/MWD 524 23 (578) 12 (305) 42.9 ( 1090) 36.1 (920) 6.7 (170) 3.3 (87) 8.3 (210) 4.3 (110)
MCD/MWD 530 23 (578) 12 (305) 48.3 ( 1228) 42.1 (1069) 6.7 (170) 3.3 (87) 8.3 (210) 4.3 (110)
MCD/MWD 53